Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 1st June 2024, 07:25:30am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Location/Venue 
 
 
Session Overview
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Capacity: 78 persons
Date: Monday, 21/Aug/2023
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 I: Research in Higher Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Rosemary Deem
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Place of Well-being in Doctoral Researcher Development: Examining Support Services

Neslihan Gök Ayyıldız, Gökçe Gökalp

Middle East Technical University, Türkiye

Presenting Author: Gök Ayyıldız, Neslihan; Gökalp, Gökçe

A Ph.D. often requires several years to complete; throughout this time, students face both intellectual and emotional challenges. As many of the students experience enthusiasm in the process, others have negative feelings (Stubb et al., 2011). The extraordinarily competitive academic environment, stressful conditions (Mattijssen et al., 2021), lack of permanent contacts and research funding, and increasingly difficult working conditions (Olsthoorn et al., 2020) have negative effect on academic well-being and mental health. Thus doctoral students were seen as high-risk group for problems with their mental health and well-being that may affect the quality and quantity of the researcher’s output (Levecque et al., 2017).

Researcher Mental Health Observatory (ReMO) COST Action network (234 members representing 34 EU countries) is one of the first coordinated and evidence-based European initiatives addressing mental health and well-being issues in academia. In the public declaration called ReMO Manifesto, ReMO aims to develop strategies for researcher well-being and mental health which are prioritized by World Health Organisation (WHO), International Labour Organisation (ILO), and European Commission (EC) in the past decade. ReMO aims to promote and improve mental health and well-being of researchers through developing strategies for how Europa and national level organizations proposed frameworks for improving career development for doctoral and early career researchers in academia and beyond.

Thus, it is crucial to examine how and in what ways doctoral organizations such as Eurodoc and Vitae have been known to provide support for doctoral candidates and address well-being and mental health needs. Eurodoc, European Council of Doctoral Candidates and Junior Researchers is an international federation of 26 national associations of early career researchers (ECRs) from Europe. Eurodoc was established as a non-profit, global volunteer organization in 2005 based in Brussels after first being launched in 2002. Eurodoc interacts with all significant European stakeholders and plays important role to inform policy at the European level. Eurodoc (2018) proposed a transferable skills and competency framework that consist of nine competence categories for early career researchers to be used in doctoral training as follows: career development, cognitive, communication, digital, enterprise, interpersonal, mobility, research, teaching, and supervision. Besides, it conducts projects, and training activities for researchers, and creates a learning community among researchers.

Another important organization supporting the professional development of researchers is Vitae with over 50 years of experience. Vitae aims to empower doctoral researchers, provide professional and career development support for researchers, and inform policy related to researcher development. To achieve this, Researcher Development Framework (RDF), developed by Vitae with the help of the United Kingdom Higher Education sector and other stakeholders, provides a highly comprehensive approach to researcher development (2010). The RDF is a professional development framework for planning, promoting, and supporting the personal, professional, and career development of researchers in higher education. The RDF has four domains as follows: knowledge and intellectual abilities, personal effectiveness, research governance, organization, engagement, influence, and impact. Similar to Eurodoc, Vitae organizes events for researchers such as project meetings, conferences, training, and creating a learning community. Both of these organizations originally were focusing on developing academic skills and competencies, and only more recently they have expanded their focus to include the mental health and well-being of doctoral students.

In this context, the aim of this study is to compare and contrast the steps these two prominent organizations, which play a crucial role in doctoral researcher development, are taking related to the well-being and mental health of doctoral students that have a crucial role in doctoral researcher development. More specifically, the research question for this exploration is:

- How are doctoral researchers’ well-being and mental health needs being addressed by Eurodoc and Vitae?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative document analysis was used in order to reveal how doctoral researchers’ well-being and mental health needs are being addressed by Eurodoc and Vitae identifying the similarities and differences between the two organizations in terms of addressing issues of well being and mental health. Document analysis is known as the systematic review and evaluation of documents, including printed and electronic (computer-based and Internet-transmitted) materials. Document analysis has generally been used in complementary with other research methods, although it can be employed on its own. The research process follows finding, selecting, appraising (making sense of), and synthesizing data in the documents (Bowen, 2009). Similar to other analytical-qualitative research methods, data needs to be investigated and interpreted to elicit meaning and provide empirical knowledge (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) by identifying conceptual boundaries (Charmaz, 2003).
Data were collected through a compare and contrast rubric developed by the researchers to review existing documents O’Leary (2014) classifies the documents in three categories as public records, personal documents, and physical evidence. The ongoing records of Eurodoc and Vitae can be considered public documents since they are open-access documents. While planning the document analysis procedure, the 8-step guideline of O’leary (2014) was followed which is gathering relevant information, developing a management plan, making copies of originals, assessing the authenticity of documents, exploring documents and background information, asking questions to document (who, why, when produced document?), and exploring the content.
Thematic data analysis was used for the qualitative data analysis which is a method of identifying, organizing, analyzing, and reporting patterns (themes) within data. The thematic analysis enables the researcher to see and make sense of common or shared meanings and experiences by focusing on meaning across a data set (Braun & Clarke, 2012). Six phases of the thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was used while analyzing documentary data that can be identified as familiarizing with data, generating initial codes, searching for themes, reviewing potential themes, defining and naming themes, and reporting.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Especially in recent years, it has been revealed that doctoral students are a group at risk in terms of well-being and mental health, it is seen that this has increased to an even more crucial dimension with the Covid 19 pandemic. Research also shows that decreased well-being may have dire consequences for doctoral researchers, such as developing serious health problems and leaving the doctoral program.
Given the importance of doctoral researchers' well-being, with the current exploration, we expect to uncover to what extent and how doctoral researchers’ well-being and mental health needs are being addressed by Eurodoc and Vitae. The analysis will reveal the similarities and differences between the two organizations in terms of addressing issues of well-being and mental health. Our first impressions from the Vitae and Eurodoc webpages are that their main focus is to provide more academic skills  support, while support resources and services related to doctoral students' well-being are at the initial level. In conclusion, through the current examination, we hope to identify effective support practices for addressing the well-being and mental health issues of doctoral students from these two organizations with extensive know-how in supporting doctoral researcher development which could serve as a guide for higher education institutions to develop well-being support for their doctoral students.  

References
Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27-40.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association.
Charmaz, K. (2003). Grounded theory: Objectivist and constructivist methods. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Strategies for qualitative inquiry (2nd ed.), Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 249291.
Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for devel oping grounded theory (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Eurodoc (2018) Identifying Transferable Skills and Competences to Enhance Early Career Researchers Employability and Competitiveness. http://www.eurodoc.net/news/2018/press-release-eurodoc-report-on-transferable-skills-and-competences Last accessed 31 January 2023.
ILO Mental Health in the workplace (2010) https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_emp/---ifp_skills/documents/publication/wcms_108221.pdf, Last accessed: 31 January 2023.
Levecque, K., Anseel, F., De Beuckelaer, A., Van Der Heyden, J., & Gisle, L. (2017). Work organization and mental health problems in PhD students. Research Policy, 46(4), 868-879.
Mattijssen, L. M., Bergmans, J. E., van der Weijden, I. C., & Teelken, J. C. (2021). In the eye of the storm: the mental health situation of PhD candidates. Perspectives on Medical Education, 10, 71-72.
O’Leary, Z. (2014). The essential guide to doing your research project (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.
Olsthoorn, L. H. M., Heckmann, L. A., Filippi, A., Vieira, R. M., Varanasi, R. S., Lasser, J., Bäuerle, F., Zeis, P., & Schulte-Sasse, R. (2020). Max Planck PhDnet Survey 2019 Report. Max Planck PhDNet. https://www.phdnet.mpg.de/145345/PhDnet_Survey_Report_2019.pdf, Last accessed: 31 January 2023.
Stubb, J., Pyhältö, K., & Lonka, K. (2011). Balancing between inspiration and exhaustion: PhD students' experienced socio-psychological well-being. Studies in Continuing Education, 33(1), 33-50.
Vitae Researcher Development Framework (RDF) (2011) https://www.vitae.ac.uk/vitae-publications/rdf-related/researcher-development-framework-rdf-vitae.pdf/view Lst accessed 31 January 2023.
WHO Healthy Workplace Framework and Model (2010)
https://www.who.int/occupational_health/healthy_workplace_framework.pdf, Last accessed: 31 January 2023.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Using Research-Engaged Evaluation to Develop Sense of Belonging and Educational Community for Students in Higher Education

Charlotte Boulton, Emily Halsall, Alison Shaw

Newcastle University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Boulton, Charlotte

The international higher education sector has developed growing interest in the concept of ‘sense of belonging’ for students over recent years. Understanding sense of belonging is about understanding how students come to feel connected with their peers, their place of study and their university community. This paper engages with the conversations happening across the United Kingdom, United States and Europe, about what sense of belonging is, how it can be fostered to improve students’ academic outcomes and experiences within their educational communities, and the key role of evaluation in making change for students.

Through insights from a literature review of international research and from primary research conducted in an English higher education institution, the paper aims to connect the worlds of research and evaluation to further knowledge of both sense of belonging research and a Theory of Change evaluation framework. The use of a case study will demonstrate how research-engaged evaluation methodologies can be used to assess the real-world application of research findings and their potential impact on students. Alongside the UK context of the case study, research and real-world findings from other contexts will be integrated e.g., student-led bonding and belonging activities in universities based in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway.

The research questions driving this work, and framing the structure of this proposed presentation, are:

  • What is ‘sense of belonging’ in the higher education context and why does it matter?

  • How can researchers and evaluators contribute to developing a sense of belonging and community for diverse student groups in universities across different geographical contexts?

  • How can researchers and evaluators work together to improve outcomes for students in real-world applications of research?

These research questions align with the key purpose of this presentation: to articulate how research and evaluation can collaborate to establish, and ideally to improve, the impact on outcomes when planning and delivering interventions intended to facilitate a greater sense of belonging and community for students. The paper also investigates how university colleagues (including researchers, evaluators, and practitioners) can use existing research findings to inform how they facilitate diverse and inclusive communities and spaces for students. This objective will be met by sharing insights from key research on sense of belonging, including defining how ‘fit’ is influential for students’ belonging academically, socially and in the spaces which combine the academic and social.

These concepts of ‘fit’ come from the conceptual and theoretical frameworks underpinning the paper, which have been developed and challenged by the growing pool of literature on these topics. The conceptual frameworks for ‘sense of belonging’ span psychosocial, sociological, and educational theories; as my understandings have been influenced by multiple authors and ways of thinking, there is opportunity to share multiple theoretical perspectives within the paper. Crucially, I draw on the work of Lewis and Hodges (2014) who consider the two dimensions of “social fit” and “ability or academic fit” as the foundations of sense of belonging; this distinction acts as stimulus for the case study of encouraging greater student engagement in academic school-related societies.

Alongside the conceptual frameworks relating to sense of belonging and community, this paper is also informed by, and engaged with, the evaluative framework of Theory of Change. This approach is often used to evaluate community-based change interventions, aiming to make visible the complex interactions between actions and their outcomes. The paper will share insights on how a Theory of Change works and how it can be practically used in response to, and alongside, research and evidence in real-life application - in this case, in interventions aimed to facilitate university students’ sense of belonging to their academic school (/academic department).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is informed by multiple methodologies from the worlds of research and evaluation. Firstly, the insights from sense of belonging research have been collected through a literature review undertaken to establish a comprehensive account of existing research related to the topic. The literature review used a methodical search strategy, primarily drawing on electronic databases accessible via my institution. The search strategy excluded texts which did not have a clear research focus on sense of belonging, and snowball sampling was used after the initial search to strengthen the breadth of the search. The literature review focused on a sample of 14 relevant texts, as the review had been commissioned to function as a starting point for developing an institutional understanding of sense of belonging in the higher education context.  

Key sources cited in the literature review include Thomas’ What works? report (2012), belonging intervention research from Walton and Cohen (2011) and the more recent work of Weiss (2021). Through the literature review, synthesis of differing perspectives on the concept of sense of belonging was possible, allowing me to analyse and suggest definitions and terminology which incorporated multiple sources. Opportunities for me to conduct further research in this area are under discussion, with goals to expand the literature review in future and consolidate learning from grey literature and more recent article releases.  

Secondly, the paper aims to socialise with delegates the methodology of a Theory of Change (ToC) evaluation framework, through a case study research-evaluation process using this methodology. The paper discusses the process of using the literature review research insights to inform the delivery and evaluation of an academic societies funding and events scheme. This evaluation used Connell and Kubisch’s four-stage Theory of Change evaluation framework (1998), which will be elaborated on within the paper using the real-world example of the academic societies funding scheme evaluation. This framework includes the development of a programme-specific ToC, using this to focus the evaluation research questions and data collection methods, evidence-gathering to understand context, inputs, activities, outputs, outcomes and impact, and analysis of the findings to establish whether the intended outcomes outlined in the ToC have been met. The application of this framework will be demonstrated through discussion of the ToC created and iteratively developed during the case study evaluation process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are significant findings I wish to share in this paper, as well as some expected outcomes which are still in progress, as the evaluation case study is scheduled to complete in February. Findings from the literature review include the key distinctions made by Lewis and Hodges about social fit and academic fit, which I have further synthesised with other findings to create working definitions of what encompasses each ‘fit.’ These definitions are used to inform the conclusion that social fit and academic fit should become used more commonly in education research across various contexts when we discuss sense of belonging in higher education. Other findings from the literature review include correlations between sense of belonging and improved academic outcomes, which will frame the significance of the topic.

The ongoing evaluation case study will offer a range of findings specific to the English higher education context, exploring key themes of the impact of the academic societies funding scheme on students’ sense of belonging to their academic school, engagement with their academic school, and students’ own definitions of what sense of belonging means to them. As the evaluation results are complemented by international research, it is hoped that the outcomes of this evaluation can be useful for colleagues across different regions and the ToC approach can be personalised to each individual context and initiative. Early findings from the evaluation do suggest that there has been an increase in students’ sense of belonging associated with the academic schools funding scheme.  

The paper will end with reflections on the research-evaluation process overall, sharing conclusions to answer the research questions and establish how this model of evaluating research-engaged practice could be drawn on in other contexts and geographies to foster students’ sense of belonging across the globe.

References
Lewis, K. and Hodges, S. (2014) ‘Expanding the concept of belonging in academic domains: Development and validation of the Ability Uncertainty Scale’, Learning and Individual Differences, 37, pp. 197-202. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2014.12.002 

Thomas, L. (2012) Building student engagement and belonging in Higher Education at a time of change: final report from the What Works? Student Retention & Success programme. Available at: https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/knowledge-hub/building-student-engagement-and-belonging-higher-education-time-change-final-report  

Weiss, S. (2021) ‘Fostering sense of belonging at universities’, European Journal of Education, 56(1), pp. 93 – 97. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12439 (Accessed: 24th August 2021).   

Walton, G. and Cohen, G. (2011) ‘A Brief Social-Belonging Intervention Improves Academic and Health Outcomes of Minority Students’, Science, 331(6023), pp. 1447-1451. DOI: 10.1126/science.1198364 (Accessed: 24th August 2021).   

Widdicks, K. et al. (2021) ‘Women’s Sense of Belonging in Computer Science Education: The Need for a Collective Response’, UKICER '21: United Kingdom and Ireland Computing Education Research conference. Glasgow, 2nd-3rd September. Available at: https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3481282.3481288.

Brooman, S. and Darwent, S. (2013) ‘Measuring the beginning: a quantitative study of the transition to higher education’, Studies in Higher Education, 39(9), pp. 1523-1541. Available at: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/03075079.2013.801428.

Barkat, S. (20219) ‘Evaluating the impact of the Academic Enrichment Programme on widening access to selective universities: Application of the Theory of Change framework’, British Educational Research Journal, 45(6), pp. 1160 – 1185. DOI: 10.1002/berj.3556. 

Connell, J. and Kubisch, A. (1998) ‘Applying a theory of change approach’, in: Anderson, K., Kubisch, A. and Connell, J. (Eds.) New approaches to evaluating community initiatives, Vol. 2. Theory, measurement, and analysis. Washington, D.C.: Aspen Institute. 

Dent, S., Mountford-Zimdars, A. and Burke, C. (2022) Theory of Change: Debates and Applications to Access and Participation in Higher Education. Bingley: Emerald Publishing. 

Matta, C. et al. (2023) ‘The Mechanistic Rewards of Data and Theory Integration for Theory-Based Evaluation’, American Journal of Evaluation, pp. 1- 23. DOI: 10.1177/10982140221122764.  

Kelly, S. and Kelly, C. (2019) BILT Learning Community Team 1: Evaluating large-scale educational initiatives. Available at: https://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/education/documents/bristol-working-papers-in-education/kelly_2019_working_paper.pdf.  


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Interdisciplinarity – A Preliminary Review of the Literature

Bernard Concannon, Dr Anne Graham Cagney

South East Technological University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Concannon, Bernard

The evolution of Irish Institutes of Technology (IoT) to Technology University (TU) status is near completion. These changes have resulted in a heightened need for the new TUs to continue to build on previous success in competing for research funding and attracting higher numbers of PhD students. Success of this nature depends, in part, on individuals identifying new sources of social, economic, and technological innovation. Building a research culture of interdisciplinarity (ID) will be a key aspect of achieving these milestones. At the centre of this move toward ID are the Principal Investigators (PIs), actors who find themselves responsible for delivering research projects; something which requires them to think and talk across disciplinary boundaries.

Until relatively recently, the use of the term ID has been inconsistent with respect to how and in what way it is defined. Therefore, conducting a review of the extant literature is helpful to explore different approaches and conceptualisations of ID and their historical emergence. Furthermore, conducting this review will identify the underlying theoretical positions as a first step towards the completion of a successful research study aimed at augmenting current knowledge on how to manage interdisciplinary research and development environments. Ultimately, better enabling PIs and their research teams to think and talk beyond their core discipline; to overcome the troublesome knowledge of disciplinary barriers; and to communicate across professional disciplinary boundaries.

The aim of this paper is to explore the historical emergence of interdisciplinarity and its main conceptualisations.

The following questions guide the literature review:

  1. How is interdisciplinarity defined?
  2. How has the concept of interdisciplinarity developed over time?
  3. What are the key conceptualisations of interdisciplinarity within the literature?

Theoretical Framework:

The concept of ID has, over the last few decades, rapidly gained popularity within the research arena – including Higher Education Institutes (HEIs). It has impacted all areas of research, including practice, teaching, and policy. Proponents of ID posit arguments for why it is not only beneficial but necessary for tackling the large-scale challenges facing society. Examples of such support can be seen across the research landscape, from funding agencies introducing requirements for interdisciplinary collaboration in competitive calls (European Commission, 2018), to HEIs reducing the number of research centres so that researchers are coalesced into more interdisciplinary settings (EUA, 2021). Substantial innovation relies on the ability of research leaders to facilitate diversity and integration across disciplinary boundaries within their teams. (Gray, 2008).

Interdisciplinarity, although sometimes presented as being in a dichotomy with disciplinarity, fundamentally relies on an integration of different disciplines. Ways of thinking within individual disciplines have certain similarities (Donald, 2002; McCune & Hounsell, (2005): i) a deep engagement with the epistemology, ii) command of the vocabulary and theory of the field, that leads ultimately to iii) a different mindset or way of thinking and practising that is distinctive of the discipline. The differences between disciplines are often subtle and lie in the type of language used, the logical structure, preferred criteria for validating knowledge and most pronounced methods or modes of inquiry (Apostel, Berger, Briggs & Michauud, OECD, 1970; Dirkx, 1996; Becher & Trowler, 2001, Lave & Wenger, 1999). Donald’s working model of thinking processes across the disciplines reveals six thinking processes and behaviours that are coded across five methods of inquiry: hermeneutics, critical thinking, problem solving, scientific method and expertise (2002, pg24).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, a narrative review of the literature (Green et al, 2006) was used to provide a broad overview of the topic and describe the development of the concept (Slavin, 1995; Day, 1996). This was appropriate given the introductory nature of the subject material within the overall research study.
The authors reviewed seminal works, books, journal articles, websites, and EU reports, accessing both empirical and nonempirical literature that related to ID. Internet databases as well as university library resources were used in the search, utilising key terms including “disciplinarity”, “cross-disciplinarity” and “interdisciplinarity”. The search results were further refined through the additional use of combinations of “interdisciplinary research”, “collaboration”, “team science”, and “higher education”. As the breadth of the literature widened, search results were refined again to explore specific avenues of interdisciplinarity by including terms such as “research leadership”, “barriers to”, “development of” and “future of”.
After reading each selected text, it was analysed and documented in a literature table to identify key elements such as themes, findings, links to the theoretical framework, and methodology. An annotation was written for each piece, to aid in the writing of this paper as well as the Literature Review chapter of the PhD dissertation. This paper is not intended to be a comprehensive review of the field of ID, but rather was designed specifically to answer the questions that were derived from the overall study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The term ‘interdisciplinary’ first emerged in the early 1900s within the social sciences (Keestra, 2019) and was widely used by the 1960s and 1970s (Mayville, 1978; Meeth, 1978; McGrath, 1978). However, the term was generally vaguely defined and relatively casual, with a focus on curriculum development as part of the “general education” movement, or “interdisciplinary studies”. This approach often did not actually integrate disciplines anywhere other than the course descriptions or prospectuses (McGrath, 1978). Klein, one of the foremost scholars on ID, described these early stages as crucial to its development in “real-world problem solving” (Lotrecchiano & Hess, 2019).
More explicit definitions of ID emerged through events like the formation of the Association of Interdisciplinary Studies (AIS) in 1979 and publications such as the OECD volume Interdisciplinarity in 1972 and the 1982 Newell & Green article Defining and Teaching Interdisciplinary Studies, which emphasised the requirement for the integration of disciplines. Integration has now become a prerequisite when defining ID (Klein, 2021).
Two main overarching conceptualisations of ID are apparent in the literature. First, ID is systematic and normative, “filling the gaps” left between traditional disciplines (Campbell, 1969; Chettiparamb, 2007) and essentially resulting in the production of its own basic knowledge. Second, ID transcends what individual disciplines can achieve, contributing to the solution of complex problems (Jantsch, 1972; Lattuca, 2001; Pohl, Kerkhoff, Hirsch Hadorn & Bammer, 2008; Vogel et al, 2013). The latter has become the most widely accepted (though not universal) conceptualisation, with proponents positing that ID does not simply bring together actors from across disciplines, industries and sectors but introduces coordination and collaboration between them (Jantsch in Newell, 2013; Defila and Di Giulio, 2015; Klein, 2021; Laursen, 2022). Finally, a range of contrasting typologies resides within both these conceptualisations, identified by Frodeman (2017) including Methodological/Theoretical, Bridge-Building/Restructuring, and Instrumental/Critical.

References
Selected References:

Apostel,L., Berger,G., Briggs,A., Michaud,G. Eds. OECD. (1970) Interdisciplinarity: Problems of Teaching and Research in Universities. Washington D.C. OECD Publications.

Campbell, D. (1969). Ethnocentrism of disciplines and the fish-scale model of omniscience. In M.
Sherif & C. Sherif (Eds.), Interdisciplinary relations in the social sciences (pp. 328-348). Chicago, IL: Aldine.

Chettiparamb, Angelique. (2007). Interdisciplinarity: a literature review.

Donald, J.G. (2002) Learning to think: Disciplinary perspectives. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

EUA (2021) The National Framework for Doctoral Education in Ireland: Report on its Implementation by Irish Higher Education Institutions. rep. Dublin, IRL: EUA Solutions.

Frodeman, R. (ed.) (2017) The Oxford Handbook of Interdisciplinarity. 2nd edn. Oxford, United Kingdom: Oxford University Press.

Green, B.N., Johnson, C.D. and Adams, A. (2006) “Writing narrative literature reviews for peer-reviewed journals: Secrets of the Trade,” Journal of Chiropractic Medicine, 5(3), pp. 101–117. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/s0899-3467(07)60142-6.

Keestra, M. (2019) “Imagination and Actionability: Reflections on the Future of Interdisciplinarity, Inspired by Julie Thompson Klein,” ISSUES IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES, 37(2), pp. 110–129.

Klein, J.T. (2021) Beyond interdisciplinarity: Boundary work, communication, and collaboration. Oxford University Press.

Laursen, B.K., Motzer, N. and Anderson, K.J. (2022) “Pathways for assessing interdisciplinarity: A systematic review,” Research Evaluation, 31(3), pp. 326–343. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1093/reseval/rvac013.

Lattuca, L.R. (2001) “Creating interdisciplinarity.” Available at: https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv167563f.

Lotrecchiano and Hess (2019) “The Impact of Julie Thompson Klein’s Interdisciplinarity: An Ethnographic Journey,” ISSUES IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES, 37(2), pp. 169–192.

Mayville, W.V. (1978). Interdisciplinarity: The mutable paradigm, AAHE/ERIC
Higher Education Research Report, Issue 9, Washington, DC: American Association
for Higher Education.

McGrath, E.J. (1978). Interdisciplinary studies: An integration of knowledge and
experience. Change Report on Teaching(7), 6-9.

Meeth, L.R. (1978) Interdisciplinary Studies: A matter of definition. Change Report on Teaching 10(7), 10.

Newell & Green (1982). Defining and teaching interdisciplinary studies. Improving College and University Teaching, 30:1 (Winter), 23-30

Salter & Hearn (1996) Outside the lines: issues in interdisciplinary research. Montreal QC, Canada: McGill-Queen’s University Press

Slavin, R.E. (1995) “Best evidence synthesis: An intelligent alternative to meta-analysis,” Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 48(1), pp. 9–18. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/0895-4356(94)00097-a.

Vogel, A. L., Hall, K. L., Fiore, S. M., Klein, J. T., Bennett, L. M., Gadlin, H., Stokols, D., Nebeling, L. C., Wuchty, S., Patrick, K., Spotts, E. L., Pohl, C., Riley, W. T., and Falk-Krzesinski, H. J. (2013) ‘The Team Science Toolkit: Enhancing Research Collaboration through Online Knowledge Sharing’, American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 45: 787–9.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Employability Development in Liberal Arts Undergraduates: Evidence From a Dutch University College

Milan Kovačević1, Teun J. Dekker1, Rolf van der Velden2

1University College Maastricht, Maastricht University, The Netherlands; 2Research Centre for Education and the Labour Market (ROA), School of Business and Economics, Maastricht University, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Kovačević, Milan

While universities are expected to enhance graduate employability, the role of different higher education features in this process has been overlooked due to an overreliance on employment-based measures. This holds even more in the context of European liberal arts education (LAE) and its distinctive features, the implications of which on student employability gains are still unknown. The resurgence of LAE in Europe has been taking place since the late 1990s, especially in the Netherlands, where ten university colleges have been established. Inspired by the American liberal arts model but maintaining its own specificities, Dutch university colleges are defined by several unique features that distinguish them from traditional bachelor’s programmes. Firstly, university colleges are broad, general academic programmes that are not professionally oriented. Furthermore, university colleges are distinguished by their self-tailored, interdisciplinary curricula that allow students to combine courses from a wide range of fields, a student-centred learning environment involving small-scale teaching and extensive student-faculty interactions, as well as selective admission policies. In contrast to this, traditional bachelor’s programmes in the Netherlands are typically more professionally focused and monodisciplinary, with a fixed curriculum structure, large-scale teaching, and non-selective admission.

Dutch university colleges have been lauded for their commitment to academic excellence, but also criticized for the alleged impracticality of their degrees. While the proponents of LAE stress its ability to provide an optimal response to the demands associated with the contemporary workplace, little is known as to how the distinctive characteristics of LAE programmes relate to enhancing student employability. The current paper addresses this research gap. Its main goal is twofold. Firstly, it seeks to propose an alternative, developmental approach to assessing the contribution of undergraduate programmes to fostering employability. Secondly, it aims to determine how a university college performs in this regard compared to a traditional bachelor’s programme in Law at the same university. It does so by applying the graduate capital model, a well-established employability framework proposed by Michael Tomlinson (2017), and using it to answer the following research question: How does employability develop in university college students during the course of their studies compared to their peers from a traditional programme?

Adjusting the graduate capital model to fit the study purpose, the paper focuses on six skills that enhance employability: creativity, lifelong learning, career decidedness, self-efficacy, resilience, and personal initiative. The framework adjustment has been guided by four main considerations, focusing on employability constituents which: (a) are malleable and can be developed within higher education, (b) fundamentally stem from the overall learning environment, (c) are expected to reflect the distinctive features of LAE, and (d) can be measured with adequate instruments. To measure employability growth, a cross-sectional pseudo-cohort research design is adopted, comparing first-, second-, and third-year student cohorts. The study employed a DiD approach, looking at the differences in the development students make within a programme.

The results show that attending an LAE undergraduate programme leads to visible progression in a range of career-relevant skills. This is especially the case with regard to creativity and personal initiative, in which second- and third-year LAE students both scored significantly higher than freshmen. As for career decidedness, self-efficacy, and resilience, significant gains were found for second-year LAE cohorts. Lifelong learning scores revealed no significant differences between the three study years. Compared to the traditional programme, the gains in creativity and personal initiative particularly stand out, reflecting the differences between interdisciplinary and monodisciplinary learning, and self-tailored and fixed curriculum structure. This refutes the stereotype that a liberal arts degree does not prepare students for the labour market and points to the relevance of programme-specific features for employability development in higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In line with Hoareau McGrath et al. (2015), employability growth is considered from the perspective of ‘distance travelled’. As an alternative to monitoring a single cohort of students at two timepoints, this study follows Flowers et al. (2001) in using a cross-sectional pseudo-cohort research design, simultaneously looking at multiple cohorts in different years of their study. More precisely, employability development is assessed by comparing first-, second-, and third-year cohorts at a LAE programme and a traditional undergraduate programme in Law at the same university. The major advantage of this approach is that it accounts for differential selection into programmes, as it focuses on the development of skills across year groups within each programme. This basically resembles a Difference-in-Difference (DiD) approach, accounting for unobserved heterogeneity. However, it assumes that the characteristics of the year cohorts do not change over time.

Data was collected via an online survey lasting approximately 20 minutes. A total of 558 responses were included in the final sample. 308 respondents were LAE students and 250 were studying Law, respectively accounting for approximately 39% and 23% of the total number of students enrolled in these two programmes.

Guilford’s (1967) Alternate Uses Task (AUT) was used to assess creativity. Lifelong learning was assessed using Wielkiewicz and Meuwissen’s (2014) Lifelong Learning Scale (WielkLLS). Career decidedness was measured on a scale developed by Lounsbury et al. (2005). Self-efficacy was assessed via the General Self-Efficacy Scale (Schwarzer & Jerusalem, 1995). The brief resilience scale (BRS) was used to measure the demonstration of resilience. Personal initiative was measured using the situational judgement test (SJT-PI) developed by Bledow and Frese (2009).

These six employability constituents were used as the dependent variables of this study. The study programme and study year served as the main independent variables. In order to take into account the possible compositional differences between the cohorts, a number of controls for student background characteristics have also been collected, including age, gender, country, type of secondary education, high school GPA, and work experience.

Six OLS regression models were estimated—one for each dependent variable. All analyses were conducted in Stata 17, using the command regress with robust standard errors. To determine whether the scores significantly differ between first-, second-, and third-year cohorts in each of the programmes, an interaction term was included between the study year and study programme variables. This interaction term was then dissected by using the margins and contrast commands.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that LAE students make significant progress in five out of the six examined employability-related skills. In particular, the comparison between the two programmes points to the relevance of LAE-specific features for the development of creativity and personal initiative. With regard to fostering creativity, the profoundly interdisciplinary character of LAE and the students’ associated ability to approach problems from a plurality of perspectives might have played a crucial role. Likewise, the higher growth in personal initiative can be seen as a consequence of the LAE self-tailored curriculum, which pushes the students to be proactive and take charge of their own educational journey. Hence, it can be inferred that the discrepancy in creativity and personal initiative gains of LAE and Law students reflects the differences between interdisciplinary and monodisciplinary learning, as well as flexible and traditional curriculum structure.

Overall, the paper shows that a seemingly impractical liberal arts undergraduate degree provides students with a range of career-relevant skills. This refutes the stereotype that the liberal arts have no economic value. Furthermore, and perhaps most importantly, it indicates that the dichotomy between ‘learning for learning’s sake’ and ‘learning for career preparation’, often assumed by LAE critics, is false. As Knight and Yorke (2003) pointed out, even without directly aiming to advance graduate employability, a good learning environment is highly compatible with employability-enhancing policies and practices. Along these lines, it is crucial to stress that employability development in higher education can only be substantially achieved at the programme level, through the creation of suitable learning environments, rather than through bolt-on activities and isolated interventions. To that end, this study’s findings suggest that the heterogenous skill-building effects resulting from exposure to programme-specific features should not be underestimated.

References
Bledow, R., & Frese, M. (2009). A situational judgment test of personal initiative and its relationship to performance. Personnel Psychology, 62(2), 229–258. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-6570.2009.01137.x

Flowers, L., Osterlind, S. J., Pascarella, E. T., & Pierson, C. T. (2001). How much do students learn in college? The Journal of Higher Education, 72(5), 565–583. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221546.2001.11777114

Guilford, J. P. (1967). The nature of human intelligence. McGraw-Hill.

Hoareau McGrath, C., Guerin, B., Harte, E., Frearson, M., & Manville, C. (2015). Learning gain in higher education. RAND Corporation. https://doi.org/10.7249/RR996

Knight, P., & Yorke, M. (2003). Employability and good learning in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 8(1), 3–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/1356251032000052294

Lounsbury, J. W., Hutchens, T., & Loveland, J. M. (2005). An investigation of big five personality traits and career decidedness among early and middle adolescents. Journal of Career Assessment, 13(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/1069072704270272

Schwarzer, R., & Jerusalem, M. (1995). Generalized self-efficacy scale. In M. Johnston, S. Wright, & J. Weinman (Eds.), Measures in health psychology: A user’s portfolio. Causal and control beliefs (pp. 35–37). NFER-NELSON.

Tomlinson, M. (2017). Forms of graduate capital and their relationship to graduate employability. Education + Training, 59(4), 338–352. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-05-2016-0090

Wielkiewicz, R. M., & Meuwissen, A. S. (2014). A lifelong learning scale for research and evaluation of teaching and curricular effectiveness. Teaching of Psychology, 41(3), 220–227. https://doi.org/10.1177/0098628314537971
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 I: Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Engaging Diffractive Ethnography To Explore Student and Teacher Perceptions of Collaborative Testing To Enhance Learning and Engage STEM Students.

Helen Bremert

Sydney University, Australia

Presenting Author: Bremert, Helen

Education across the globe, including Europe, the United Kingdom and Australia, has been fuelled by a resurgence of high-stakes testing, exacerbated by outcome-defined policies and competing factors, including the ongoing demands of accountability, performativity, and the rigid alignment between high-stakes exams and curricula (Lingard & Sellar, 2016; Löfstedt et al., 2020; Verger, Parcerisa & Fontdevila, 2019). The performance-based nature of education has turned education into schooling. Kemmis et al. (2014) describe schooling as the opposite of education; it is a ‘technical tool’ (p.25) used to impart and monitor information as outcomes. These influence assessments' objectives, methods, and outcomes, in addition, to teachers' pedagogical assessment practices (Cairns, 2020). Given current political preferences for teachers' accountability and measurable outcomes, students undertake multiple assessments measuring their learning at single points in time, each affecting their depth of understanding, engagement with the subject, and sense of who they are as a student (Andrade & Brookhart, 2020). Further, teachers' pedagogical practices may be modified by the effects of high-stakes testing as they move from collaborative work in the classroom to more 'teach to the test' methods, further reducing student engagement (Resnick & Schantz, 2017). A significant number of studies investigating the advantages of collaborative learning have been undertaken, promoting a constructivist approach to collaboration in the classroom. However, behaviourist methods are still prevalent when assessing students. This discrepancy leads to the question: if collaboration is widely recognized as enhancing learning, why does the reliance on individual summative testing persist? Broader recognition of multiple assessment methods is required to improve engagement in high school STEM classes and abate the documented effects of individual summative testing. Leading to the research questions –

  • How do students perceive collaborative testing?
  • How do students and teachers discern collaborative testing's impact on student learning?
  • What are teachers' perceptions of the utility of collaborative testing?

Perspective

Humans exist in a dynamic world where we are a part of the world and being of that world interact with other humans and non-humans. Participating in the environment entangles or intertwines us with the material and others, all affecting each other as we understand our place, meaning and knowledge of the world (Barad, 2007; Muris, 2022; Plauberg, 2018). Knowledge is not separated from the learner; it is interwoven and interconnected; it affects and is affected by interactions with non-human and human interactions (Barad, 2007; Guillion, 2018).

Teaching science involves a dynamic intra-mingling between students, teachers, surroundings, and our classroom's tools. In this intra-play, students attained their understanding and knowledge of science. They did not do so alone; students did not sit apart, and they did not sit quietly; they participated, interacted and enhanced their understanding of science. These interactions influence our meaning-making (Koro- Ljungberg, 2015). The learner’s thinking and actions act upon the world equally as the thinking of the learner acts on the world. There can be no separation between object or subject, from human and non-human; all are intertwined in the knowing. Barad (2007) termed this interconnecting of theory and knowledge as onto-epistemology.

Onto-epistemology does not separate the object/subject, human/non-human, world/us, knowledge/learning. This theory places equal importance on the material world, ‘matter matters’ (Barad, 2007). Matter is an active participant in the entanglement of meaning, enfolded alongside material and discursive practices; they are constantly reconfiguring to forge reality (Guillion, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents early data from a doctoral study exploring student and teacher perceptions of collaborative testing within collaborative pedagogy and as an addition to current practices of individual, competitive testing. The study design draws on diffractive ethnography to examine (i) teachers' perceptions of the utility of collaborative testing and (ii) students' and teachers' views on the effectiveness of collaborative testing. Additionally, this study examines the effectiveness of assessing students' 21st-century skills while collaboratively testing.
To address this novel approach to testing, the researcher used a multi-phase, collaborative practitioner inquiry method involving eight teachers and the researcher in a reciprocal relationship. The discussion will include qualitative data gathered through interviews, focus groups, audio recordings of student testing groups, observations, and assessment tasks, outlining student and teacher perceptions of the efficacy of this novel assessment method.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The literature demonstrates a supportive view of the pedagogical value of authentic summative assessments utilising collaborative ideals to benefit student understanding (Reiger & Reiger, 2020). However, almost all research into collaborative testing has been conducted in undergraduate science classes; therefore, this diffractive ethnographic study hopes to broaden understanding and highlight different assessment choices to enhance teachers' pedagogy, practice, and student engagement. Of equal importance to improving teacher assessment strategies, this study will look at the feasibility of using a rubric to assess 21st-century skills such as collaboration, communication and student social skills while students are undertaking collaborative testing.

References
References

Andrade, H. L., & Brookhart, S. M. (2020). Classroom assessment as the co-regulation of learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 27(4), 350-372. doi:10.1080/0969594X.2019.1571992

Barad, K. M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham: Duke University Press.

Cairns, R. (2020). Exams tested by Covid-19: An opportunity to rethink standardized senior secondary examinations. PROSPECTS. doi:10.1007/s11125-020-09515-9

Gullion, J. S. (2018). Diffractive ethnography : social sciences and the ontological turn. New York, NY: Routledge.

Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Praxis, Practice and Practice Architectures. In Changing Practices, Changing Education (pp. 25-41). Singapore: Springer Singapore.

Koro-Ljungberg, M. (2016). Reconceptualizing Qualitative Research: Methodologies without Methodology. doi:10.4135/9781071802793

Löfstedt, P., García-Moya, I., Corell, M., Paniagua, C., Samdal, O., Välimaa, R., & Rasmussen, M. (2020). School satisfaction and school pressure in the WHO European region and North America: an analysis of time trends (2002–2018) and patterns of co-occurrence in 32 countries. Journal of adolescent health, 66(6), S59-S69.

Murris, K. (2022). Karen Barad as Educator. In Karen Barad as Educator, Agential Realism and Education (1 ed., pp. XV, 95): Springer Singapore.

Plauborg, H. (2018). Towards an agential realist concept of learning. Subjectivity, 11, 322-338. doi:https://doi.org/10.1057/s41286-018-0059-9

Rieger, G. W., & Rieger, C. L. (2020). Collaborative Assessment That Supports Learning.  J. Mintzes & E. Walter (Eds.), Active Learning in College Science. Springer., https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-33600-4_51

Resnick, L. B., & Schantz, F. (2017). Testing, teaching, learning: who is in charge? Assessment in education: principles, policy & practice, 24(3), 424-432. doi:10.1080/0969594X.2017.1336988


Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: A political sociology of global education reforms. Educational Review, 71(1), 5-30.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Hitting the Mark: Formative Assessment and the Development of Capabilities in a Primary School Context

Valerio Rigo

Libera Università di Bolzano, Italy

Presenting Author: Rigo, Valerio

In December 2020, the Italian Ministry of Education adopted a new assessment modality based on predominantly discursive communication and the abolition of numerical grades. This means was introduced to incentivize greater equality and support students in becoming aware of how they develop their competencies (Girelli, 2022). One of the core elements of this change is the shift from a "normative" way of assessing pupils - that implies the comparison between a single student and the rest of the class - to a criteria-based one. This latter mode of assessment requires the teacher to consider pre-established criteria that help the students better understand their potential (Black, Wiliam, 1998) by indicating the level of achievement of a learning objective. Four fundamental elements must be considered for this purpose: the level of autonomy with which the pupil can achieve the set goals, his or her ability to find resources spontaneously, the fact that learning takes place in an unfamiliar situation, and finally whether the acquisition of the set goals is continuous (i.e. it occurs in more than a single isolated case) or not (MIUR, 2020).

The theoretical framework of this research is the Capability Approach developed by Amartya Sen and Martha Nussbaum (Sen, 1999; Nussbaum, 2006). It is «an intellectual discipline that gives a central role to the evaluation of a person’s achievements and freedoms in terms of his or her actual ability to do the different things a person has reason to value doing or being» (Sen, 2009). The attention devoted to the valorization of non-quantifiable processes in terms of accountability and rethinking the role played by the concept of measurement (Unterhalter, 2019) makes this framework a proper tool for proposing a new look at the evaluation methods currently in use in Italian primary schools. Since the right to education «requires a deep commitment to building human capabilities» and «Education nurtures understandings and builds capabilities that can help to ensure that our futures are more socially inclusive (UNESCO, 2021)», it is necessary to understand whether the learning processes promoted at school can promote the development of such resources.

Therefore, the question from which this research stems is how can formative assessment help students develop their capabilities. To date, few studies within the capability approach have focused on primary schools and formative assessment (Robeyns, 2017; Unterhalter, 2019; Palumbo, Pandolfini, 2019). The Italian context lends itself particularly well to investigating the relationship between these realities since the main document used by teachers to guide their teaching (MIUR, 2012) was formulated by Edgar Morin and the theory of complexity is also a fundamental factor for the capability approach (Szekeley. Mason, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology used for the research is based on an action-research approach in three different Italian primary schools. The teachers who will take part in the research were selected within the assessment group of the Movimento di Cooperazione Educativa (MCE-FIMEM). This movement played a crucial role in the formulation of the new assessment system adopted in Italian primary schools (Piscozzo, Stefanel, 2022). The selected teachers will be considered active co-researchers in trying to outline the potential of the capability approach for formative assessment practices, to create a real "community of practice" dedicated to investigating these issues (Wenger, 1998). The pupils taking part in the research project come from second grades of public primary schools in three different regions of Northern Italy. In addition to direct classroom observations and focus groups with the research team of teachers, the research also involves the use of interviews with pupils. This choice was made because both in the capability approach (Robeyns, 2017; Hart, Brando, 2018) and recent literature on formative assessment (Yan, Yang, 2022; Monteiro et al., 2021) the active participation of students appears to be a determining factor.
The research genre adopted is Educational Design-Based Research (McKenney, Reeves, 2020), which aims to develop practical solutions to education problems and theoretical comprehension by cooperating with the stakeholders involved in the research. This genre was chosen because of its versatility in combining theoretical and practical perspectives with a focus on subsequent implementation and spread.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Considering the early stage of the research, the data collection phase has not yet taken place. One of the main expected outcomes is the rethinking of competence-based teaching. The assessment system adopted in the European Union is strongly oriented towards the development of competencies and skills. The capability approach can make an essential contribution to rethinking assessment processes and practices to make pupils more aware of their potential (Lozano et al., 2012; Palumbo, Pandolfini, 2019; Urbani, 2018).
References
Black, P.J., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy, and Practice,  5(1), 7-74.
Girelli, C. (2022). Valutare nella scuola primaria. Dal voto al giudizio descrittivo. Roma: Carocci.
Hart, C.S., & Brando, N. (2018). A capability approach to children’s well‐being, agency and participatory rights in education. European Journal of Education, 53, 293-309.
Lozano, J.F., Boni, A., Peris, J., & Hueso, A. (2012). Competencies in Higher Education: A Critical Analysis from the Capabilities Approach. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 46(1), 132-147.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, C. T. (2020). Educational design research: Portraying, conducting, and enhancing productive scholarship. Medical Education, 1-11.
M.I.U.R. (2012). Indicazioni Nazionali. Annali della Pubblica Istruzione, Le Monnier: Firenze.
M.I.U.R. (2020). Linee Guida Ordinanza Ministeriale n. 172/2020.
Monteiro, V., Mata, L., & Santos, N.N. (2021). Assessment Conceptions and Practices: Perspectives of Primary School Teachers and Students. Frontiers in Education, 6.
Otto, H-U., & Ziegler, H. (2006). Capabilities and Education. Social Work & Society, 4(2), 269-287.
Palumbo, M., & Pandolfini, V. (2019). Scuola e disuguaglianze: apprendere dalla valutazione? Sociologia Italiana – AIS Journal of Sociology, 13, 113-132.
Piscozzo, M., & Stefanel, S. (2022). La valutazione nella scuola primaria. Obiettivi, curricoli, scelte. Milano: UTET.
Robeyns, I., (2017). Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice: The Capability Approach Re-Examined. Cambridge, UK: Open Book Publishers.
Sen, A. (1999). Development as Freedom, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sen, A. (2009). Capability: Reach and Limit. In Debating Global Society: Reach and Limits of the Capability Approach, (pp. 15–28), Milan: Fondazione Giangiacomo Feltrinelli.
Szekely, E., & Mason, M. (2018). Complexity theory, the capability approach, and the sustainability of development initiatives in education, Journal of Education Policy, 1-18.
UNESCO, (2021). Reimagining our Futures Together: A new Social Contract for Education.
Unterhalter, E. (2019). Measuring the Unmeasurable in Education. New York: Routledge.
Urbani, C. (2018). Lo sviluppo professionale docente dalle competenze alla capacitazione. Milano: Franco Angeli.
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press.
Yan, Z., & Yang, L. (2022). Assessment as Learning. Maximizing Opportunities for Student Learning and Achievement. New York: Routledge.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Design and Development of a Measurement Scale for Evaluating Teaching Effectiveness from Students' Perspective

Daniel - Emil Iancu

West University of Timișoara, Romania

Presenting Author: Iancu, Daniel - Emil

Student Evaluation of Teaching (SET) is the procedure by which students evaluate and rate teaching performance. Usually, during a SET procedure students complete rating forms or questionnaires about different aspects related to their teachers, but mostly about their teaching practices. Universities or higher education institutions from all over the world implement SET procedures to achieve 3 main purposes. Generally, and from a practical point of view, the main purpose of implementing this type of procedure in most universities is the necessity of reporting SET results to quality assurance agencies. The other main goal of SET procedures, and surely the most important one from an educational perspective, is to provide feedback to academics about their teaching practices and/or to design teacher training programs focused on developing teaching skills. Another important use of SET results is related to evaluating evidence of teaching performance to use the results for academic career advancements or other ways of rewarding teaching effectiveness.

The topic of Student Evaluations of Teaching (SET) is one of the most researched ones in the domain of educational research, with over 2000 studies published in peer-reviewed journals over a period of a little more than 100 years (Spooren et al., 2017). One of the earliest debates in this field of research is about the validity of the SET scales and procedures. The main question was whether the measurement instruments applied to students during these procedures can accurately measure teaching effectiveness. Even if this debate was most active in the 1970s and the evidence was inclining more towards the affirmative answer to the question in case (see reviews from Richardson, 2005 and Marsh, 2007), a recently published meta-analysis (Uttl et al., 2017) presented some evidence which seriously threatens the validity of SET results. The results of the mentioned study strongly suggest that there is no relationship between the SET results of a teacher and the level of their students’ achievement/learning.

Analyzing the SET scales utilized in the studies included in the last-mentioned meta-analysis, we observed that lots of them contain items that are either too vague, either unclear, or even completely unrelated to observable teaching actions and behaviors. Moreover, many SET instruments had only 1 or 2 overall questions about teaching quality.

Some of the main reasons why we chose to develop a new SET scale are the following: (1) most SET scales are not rigorously developed from the theoretical and psychometrical point of view, and those that are, were developed in older times when digital environments were not so common; (2) the majority of SET instruments lack available and published psychometrical evidence for the validity of the results; (3) there are very few instruments that contain questions strictly related to the observable behaviors and actions of teachers; and (4) there are not many SET instruments than can be adapted to different teaching contexts by adapting the selection and number of dimensions to be measured.

Thus, we propose the development and validation of a new multi-dimensional instrument that is based on a systematic mixed-methods process of defining effective teaching in higher education, consists of questions related to the observable actions and behaviors of teachers, and contains a large number of dimensions suitable for several teaching contexts.

Given that the purpose of the study is to develop and validate a SET scale, the research objectives are the following:

1) To perform the theoretical substantiation of the construct and related dimensions.

2) To develop and refine items for each dimension of the scale.

3) To gather evidence in favor of validity (content, construct and criterion) and fidelity (test-retest, internal consistency) of the scale.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For start, we will carry out an extensive and systematic literature review on the topic of teaching effectiveness and SET measures, to outline a comprehensive definition and dimensionality of the construct of interest. Also to define the construct and identify the dimensions, we will conduct interviews with effective award-winning teachers, with students, and with experts in education, asking them about what an effective teacher does, in terms of actions and behaviors, to facilitate and stimulate learning in higher education.

Once the dimensions are identified, we will define and operationalize them in terms of teaching actions and behaviors that are observable from the student’s perspective. Afterward, we will generate an expanded set of items of 10-15 items for each dimension (considering the dimensions’ operational definitions) and we will also choose an answer scale that reflects the nature of the dimensions and the purpose of the measurement.

Regarding the process of gathering evidence in favor of the new SET scale’s reliability and validity, we will follow the following steps:
1) Assessment of content validity by a panel of 3 experts in teacher training and evaluation, who will evaluate the dimension definitions and the items, for assessing their relevance and coverage of the construct.
2) Pre-piloting the instrument with a small number of participants from the intended population to observe whether the items and answer options are properly interpreted by the respondents and, if necessary, to revise the items according to what was observed.
3) Piloting the instrument on a sample closely representative of the target population and performing descriptive analysis of data, the analysis of the fidelity of the sample (test-retest, internal consistency), and confirmatory factor analysis, to revise and reduce the scale and to refine the items that need refinement.
4) In terms of checking relationships with other constructs, we will use 3 tools that are theoretically related to our construct. To check the convergent validity we will use the ATI (Approaches to Teaching Inventory) (Trigwell, Prosser, and Ginns, 2005) which is a teaching approach evaluation tool. At the same time, we will also use the SEEQ (Students Evaluation of Educational Quality) (Marsh, 1982) which is maybe the most rigorously developed SET scale. In terms of criterion validity, we will analyze the links between our instrument and the R-SPQ-2F (Revised-Study Process Questionnaire-2 Factors) (Biggs, Kember, & Leung, 2001), which refers to the ways in which students approach learning (deep or surface).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome is a new rigorously developed and evidence-based multi-dimensional SET scale for evaluating teaching effectiveness in higher education. We expect to obtain positive evidence of content, construct, and criterion validity and also evidence for the usefulness of the results in improving teaching actions and behaviors. Also, considering the large number of teaching dimensions we want to assess through the new SET scale, we expect that it could be used flexibly in different settings or disciplines, by teachers or SET administrators. In other words, it will offer teachers or SET administrators the opportunity to select and evaluate only the dimensions that are relevant for that specific setting or discipline.

From the perspective of the impact on educational practice and teacher training, the SET scale resulting from this research project will allow the following: (1) giving feedback and support to teachers based on the scores obtained on each dimension; (2) identifying the training needs of teaching staff with the aim of developing training programs aimed at those needs; (3) measuring teaching effectiveness as a result of various initiatives to increase the quality of teaching and reviewing these initiatives based on their effects; and last but not least (4) the use of the results in promotion decisions or for awarding teaching activity, aspects that may lead to greater involvement in teaching improvement initiatives from teachers.

References
American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, & National Council on Measurement in Education. (2014). Standards for educational and psychological testing. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association.

Biggs, J., Kember, D., & Leung, D. Y. (2001). The revised two‐factor study process questionnaire: R‐SPQ‐2F. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 71(1), 133-149.

Marsh, H. W. 1982. “SEEQ: A Reliable, Valid, and Useful Instrument for Collecting Students’ Evaluations of University Teaching.” British Journal of Educational Psychology 52 (1): 77–95.

Marsh, H. W. (2007). Students’ evaluations of university teaching: Dimensionality, reliability, validity, potential biases and usefulness. In P.R., Pintrich & A. Zusho (Coord.), The scholarship of teaching and learning in higher education: An evidence-based perspective (pp. 319-383). Springer, Dordrecht.

Richardson, J. T. (2005). Instruments for obtaining student feedback: A review of the literature. Assessment & evaluation in higher education, 30(4), 387-415.

Spooren, P., Vandermoere, F., Vanderstraeten, R., & Pepermans, K. (2017). Exploring high impact scholarship in research on student's evaluation of teaching (SET). Educational Research Review, 22, 129-141.

Trigwell, K., Prosser, M., & Ginns, P. (2005). Phenomenographic pedagogy and a revised approaches to teaching inventory. Higher Education Research & Development, 24(4), 349-360.

Uttl, B., White, C. A., & Gonzalez, D. W. (2017). Meta-analysis of faculty's teaching effectiveness: Student evaluation of teaching ratings and student learning are not related. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 54, 22-42.

Willis, G. B. (2004). Cognitive interviewing: A tool for improving questionnaire design. Sage Publications.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers’ Formative Assessment Literacy in the Confucian Culture Context: Design and Validation of an Inventory

Rong Fu

University of Calgary, Canada

Presenting Author: Fu, Rong

Formative assessment places greater emphasis on bidirectional contributions between the students in the assessment process (Yorke, 2003), as well as advocates an equal teacher-student relationship. To promote student learning, both stakeholders are expected to be fully engaged in the learning process (Black & Wiliam, 1998), instead of measuring student performance unilaterally (Wiggins, 1998). Although formative assessment is well established in western classroom practices and is required as one underpinning literacy for teachers (Popham, 2011), when the idea of formative assessment was introduced to Confucian heritage countries in Asia, tensions for K‒12 teachers arose due to the perennial convention of overemphasizing summative assessment in school.

Profoundly influenced by Confucianism, teachers in China may perceive formative assessment as a novel assessment paradigm that contradicts their traditional mindset on assessment. Take Chinese teachers as an example, many of them seem to be reluctant to this reform (Zhan, 2021). Moreover, schooling in these countries has been constantly shifted to virtual online classroom platforms since the COVID-19 pandemic. Given that online classrooms largely constrain the effectiveness of the implementation of assessment (Khan & Khan, 2018), the different classroom modes complicate the teacher formative assessment practices.

However, there is a paucity of research on teachers’ overall literacy of formative assessment in the eastern Confucian heritage countries (Zhan, 2019). There is also a need to design and develop a psychometrically sound and culturally responsive inventory instrument in the field of formative assessment literacy in the Confucian cultural context. Thus, I attempt to design and validate a first easternized online inventory to evaluate teachers’ capacity for formative assessment acquisition and authentic application. The whole process includes four phases under the guide of an exploratory sequential mixed-methods design. Building on the interviews and the prior inventories on relevant domains (e.g., Campbell & Mertler, 2004; Yan & Pastore, 2022), I plan to categorize the dimensions as five scenarios, consisting of 1) face-to-face classroom, 2) online classroom, 3) after-school assignments and tasks, 4) feedback, 5) ethical concerns. Each contains six multiple-choice questions and each question has one best answer. The inventory will be uploaded to www.wjx.cn, a Chinese online open survey website, and automatically code the correct answer as 1 point while the incorrect answers as 0 points. Thus, the total grade for one participant is 30 points and each subsection values 6 points.

In particular, I am fully aware of the unique characteristics of Confucian heritage culture and its ubiquitous impact on teacher assessment practices. Therefore, all the questions are edited in line with the authentic local classroom settings. For example, I will emphasize student dignity considerations to replace the typical western inventory questions about privacy risks.

The expected findings will contribute to the initial investigation of the status of formative assessment literacy for K‒12 teachers in Confucian heritage culture and locate the specific factors influencing the building and practice of teachers in this domain. Eventually, the inventory will be used to gather evidence to inform in-service and preservice teacher professional development programs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Given that educational assessment is a complex phenomenon that is difficult to measure solely on quantitative or qualitative information, and Confucian K–12 school contexts are unique through the lens of the social and cultural aspects (Berthrong & Berthrong, 2000). Therefore, we employ an exploratory sequential mixed-method research design (Creswell, & Plano Clark, 2018). The main research thread is:
(1) Qualitative method: we intend to conduct a series of semi-structured interviews with 10 in-service teachers from elementary, junior high, and senior high schools to portray an initial picture of the status of teacher formative assessment literacy in Shanghai, China.
(2) Quantitative method: building on the prior inventories on assessment literacy around the world, and the outcomes from the first-phase interviews, we will vernacularize and design a five-point Likert-type response questionnaire and a multiple-choice scale to explore how teachers perceive, comprehend, and practice formative assessment. About 300 teachers from 12 grades and all major disciplines will be invited as participants. In this phase, we will examine the construct validity of the quantitative data using exploratory factor analysis.
(3) Qualitative method: As a necessity of exploratory sequential design, we will aim to verify the quantitative findings by conducting a new round of qualitative method. Thus, we will invite 3 cohorts of teachers and 1 group of school administrators from three-level schools to participate in the final focus group. Their consensus of formative assessment literacy will conduce to hone the quantitative findings and finally conflate and summarize the overall findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The overarching aim of this study is to design and validate a psychometrically sound and culturally responsive inventory in the Confucian culture context, which can be used as a tool for K–12 teachers’ overall formative assessment literacy. This study can directly depict the current state of Chinese K–12 teachers' formative assessment literacy. I expect to explore the advantages and disadvantages of formative assessment literacy in authentic settings and how Confucianism influences the building of formative assessment literacy for teachers.
Further, it can gather the total grade of a teacher’s general comprehension on formative assessment and five subtotal grades convergent from three dimensions: conceptual, practical and socio-cultural for prospective analysis. Accordingly, the insights from this study could be used as suggestions for ongoing educational practices. By extension, this inventory could be harnessed as an underpinning tool for higher educational institutions to review and redesign pre-service and in-service teacher professional development programs focusing on improving teachers’ formative assessment literacy in Confucian contexts.

References
Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Inside the black box: Raising standards through classroom assessment. Phi Delta Kappan, 80(2), 139–148.
Berthrong, J. H., & Berthrong, E. N. (2000). Confucianism: A short introduction. Oneworld Publications.
Campbell, C., & Mertler, C. A. (2004). Assessment Literacy Inventory. https://learn.maricopa.edu/courses/811364/quizzes/1226231
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). Sage.
Khan, S., & Khan, R. A. (2018). Online assessments: Exploring perspectives of university students. Education and Information Technologies, 24(1), 661–677. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-018-9797-0
Popham, W. J. (2011). Assessment literacy overlooked: a teacher educator's confession. The Teacher Educator, 46(4), 265-273. https://doi.org/10.1080/08878730.2011.605048
Wiggins, G. P. (1998). Educative assessment: Designing assessments to inform and improve student performance. Jossey-Bass.
Yan, & Pastore, S. (2022). Are teachers literate in formative assessment? The development and validation of the Teacher Formative Assessment Literacy Scale. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 74, 1–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2022.101183
Yorke, M. (2003). Formative assessment in higher education: Moves towards theory and the enhancement of pedagogic practice. Higher Education, 45(4), 477–501. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1023967026413
Zhan, Y. (2021). What matters in design? Cultivating undergraduates’ critical thinking through online peer assessment in a Confucian heritage context. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(4), 615–630. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1804826
Zhan, Y. (2019). Conventional or sustainable? Chinese university students’ thinking about feedback used in their English lessons. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(7), 973–986. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1557105.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 I: Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

How do private schools respond to regulatory reform? School Inclusion Law in Chile 2015-2020

Juan Antonio Carrasco

Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Carrasco, Juan Antonio

The participation of the private sector in the organisation of school provision has steadily expanded globally over the last decades (Verger et al., 2023), leading to mixed provision models characterised by the coexistence of a network of public and private subsidised schools in the organisation of school provision. This study is based on the analysis of a national educational reform that modifies the framework and guidelines that regulate mixed provision to raise the levels of equity and explores the variety of responses of the private subsidised network to changes in the conditions based on which its participation in school provision is arranged.

From a comparative perspective, reforms to mixed provision systems have focused mainly on three areas: the definition of the conditions for entrance and permanence in the subsidy regime, the mode in which school funding is organised, and the characteristics of school choice and admission processes (Zancajo et al. 2021b). These reform impulses aimed to standardise some of the regulatory dimensions of mixed models, defining a common structure for public and private schools. However, this does not necessarily include a principle of equivalence between them, nor does it imply convergence in all institutional aspects. In these institutional settings, regulators seek through educational policies to expand their capacity to influence the configuration of school provision, one of their main challenges being to align the network of private subsidised schools with the broader objectives of the education system.

Since 2015, School Inclusion Law (SIL) reform modifies at least three structural dimensions of the mixed provision in Chile: regulating practices of selectivity in the access to schools by a semi-centralised admission system, promoting to replace of obligatory charges to families including larger public funding and forbidding for profits incentive to educational administrators. The question that guides the research process consists of what are the factors that are linked to the variety of responses from the network of subsidized private centers regarding the changes in the regulatory context that the SIL promotes. The study’s main objective is to establish the patterns of interpretation and response of private subsidised schools’ networks to these regulatory changes introduced by the SIL in Chile between 2015 and 2020. Finally, the study examines how this variety of responses is associated with the problems of mixed school provision systems.

The concept of school responses pattern is operationalized, integrating elements of the literature about systemic change and logic of action (Bagley et al.,1996, 1998, Wood, 2000, Maroy & Ball, 2008, Van Zanten, 2008). In this sense, the notion of response generation is inherent to the quasi-market settings (Bagley et al., 1996) and is defined as the extent to which schools modify their practices and policies because of changes in the institutional context. For Bagley, et al. 1996, the generation of school responses is not straightforward but there are barriers that interact in complex forms that can negatively influence inhibiting the capacity of schools.

The generation of responses from schools does not constitute a simple adaptive process with respect to external conditions but rather a complex one, which is endowed with its own logic and includes, on the part of educational actors, a moment of active interpretation. It is in this intermediate zone where the actors negotiate a framework for understanding the problems, mobilizing a network of meanings, resources, and practical knowledge.On the other hand, this perspective should not lead to overestimating the response generation capacity of schools or neglecting the influence of structural factors that may either inhibit its generation or induce a unique type of response (Bagley et al. al. 1998, Zancajo, 2017, Moschetti, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To respond to the stated objectives, the empirical strategy was based on a mixed sequential explanatory design (Cresswell, 2014, Bazeley, 2018). This design is organised in two main phases: a first component is based on quantitative data analysis that seeks to characterise the response patterns of schools. Subsequently, a second qualitative component is structured based on educational actors’ interviews, both of which are organised sequentially.
This first phase allowed an initial exploration of the interaction of the variables, to operationalise more specific conjectures and to define the criteria for the selection of factors or covariates. Subsequently, a multiple correspondence analysis was carried out which allowed for the elaboration of an "attribute space" related to private subsidised provision. Based on the multiple correspondence analysis, the structural typology is used to observe the variety of school responses (López-Roldán & Fachelli, 2015).
The advantage of this type of approach lies in the interpretative capacity to connect the analysis of the results of the first phase to the design of the second phase and subsequently integrate the results of each stage in a broader interpretation, for which the qualitative data generation process is structured directly on the results of the quantitative analysis (Cresswell, 2014). As will be detailed, the integration of the analytical process between the two components is of an expansive type (Bazeley, 2018), i.e., through qualitative analysis, the aim is to deepen the understanding and explanatory structure obtained from the first phase, rather than generalising to a broader sample or testing new hypotheses.
The analysis plan follows the sequential structure of the study: quantitative data generation and analysis, qualitative data generation and analysis, and the integration stage of the analytical process based on expanding or deepening the understanding gained through the progression of the study (Bazeley, 2018). In this type of analytical integration, one component more directly informs another. In this sense, the qualitative component responds to the need to expand the interpretation of the data already generated during the first phase. However, this does not imply that the qualitative component has only a confirmatory or subsidiary purpose, as it offers interpretative elements and emerging aspects that can enrich the overall findings of the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the analysis of the data, it is observed that the process of expansion of subsidised private provision has been segmented and hierarchical, giving way to complex dynamics in the organisation of school supply. Its dynamism was driven by the implementation of a quasi-universal competitive demand-side financing scheme, which generated stable incentives for the participation of private actors. The configuration of private subsidised provision responds preferably to a continuous cycle supply, not complex and with the integration of pre-school levels. Therefore, selection and admission processes are concentrated in the first years of schooling and a relationship with families is promoted based on extensive schooling trajectories.

The case study examined highlights that the variety of responses of educational centres to new regulatory requirements can be very diverse, from a rather passive assimilation of the changes posed by educational policy to forms of action that seek to preserve autonomy for part of the subsidized private network. The variety of responses from schools is organized based on a matrix that includes four types of trajectories: conversion, transition, consolidation, and reception processes. Additionally, for these types, different modalities are proposed according to their orientation. Factors that are connected to this variety of responses include the status attributes of schools, engagement with education policies and the characteristics of school provision. Through these responses, schools negotiate decision-making spaces by modifying their legal framework, composition or type of funding. The reform analysed is aimed at moderating the competitive-oriented framework of schools, but this effect is ambivalent, as it corrects and makes the competitive scheme and school choice viable.

References
Ball, S., & Maroy, C. (2009) School’s Logic of Action as Mediation and Compromise between Internal
Dynamics and External Constraints and Pressures. Compare: A Journal of
Comparative and International Education, 39(1), 99-112.
Bernstein, B (1989) Clases, Códigos y Control I. Akal Universitaria.
•1988 Clases, Códigos y Control II. Akal Universitaria.
•1988b Poder, educación y conciencia. Sociología de la transmisión cultural. CIDE.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Durkheim, E (1982) La división del Trabajo Social. Akal Universitaria.
Verger, A., Moschetti, M., y Fontdevila, C. (2023). La industria educativa global: análisis de su expansión y de sus múltiples manifestaciones desde una perspectiva comparada. Revista Española de Educación Comparada, 42,10-27. https://doi.org/10.5944/reec.42.2023.36415
Woods, P. (2000). Varieties and themes in producer engagement: Structure and agency in the schools public-market. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 21(2), 219-242. https://doi.org/10.1080/713655342
Van Zanten, A. (2008) Competitive arenas and schools’ logics of action: a European comparison,
Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 39(1), 85-
98, https://doi.org/10.1080/03057920802447867
Zancajo, A. (2019). Drivers and Hurdles to the Regulation of Education Markets: The Political Economy of Chilean Reform. Working Paper 239 National Center for the Study of Privatization in Education. Teachers College, Columbia University. Recuperado de https://ncspe.tc.columbia.edu/working-papers/files/WP239.pdf
Zancajo, A., Verger, A., y Fontdevila, C. (2021a). The instrumentation of public subsidies for private schools: Different regulatory models with concurrent equity implications. European Educational Research Journal, 21(1), 44–70. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211023339
• (2021b). La concertada a debat. Reformes contra les desigualtats educatives des d’una mirada internacional i comparada. Fundación Bofill. Recuperado de https://fundaciobofill.cat/publicacions/concertada


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Transitions Within Swedish Compulsory School as a Policy ‘Problem’

Josefin Ånger

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ånger, Josefin

Different transitions are built into all school systems, either between or within school forms. These transitions entail different changes and challenges for both students and teachers. This ongoing doctoral project aims to contribute with knowledge on how the transition between stages within compulsory school is constructed in policy, and by teachers, in a school system where compulsory school is cohesive. Although the Swedish compulsory school consist of only one school form, it bears traces from the pre-1960’s divide between primary and secondary schools, as well as several following school reforms. For a long time, these reforms aimed to tighten the cultural gap between primary and secondary school, resulting in a compulsory school without stage divisions in 1994. This lasted until the 2010’s when stage divisions were reinstated as a way of making each stage more specialised. Those traces imply that the cohesive compulsory school in Sweden can be organised in a variety of ways, with the consequence that transitions between stages can encompass many different aspects and practices. In many cases those practices are similar to transitions between school forms. The object of study in this project is the transition between stages equivalent to the transition between primary and secondary school (from year 6 to 7).

In an international, and European, context there is a large variety of aspects on transitions between primary and secondary school that have been researched – academic (e.g. Prendergast et.al. 2019), social (e.g. van Rens et.al. 2018) and comparative/organisational (e.g. Nielsen et.al. 2017). Research on transitions within compulsory school in a Nordic context, similar to the Swedish, is scarce but there are some studies about the student perspective (e.g.Virtanen et.al., 2019). In the Swedish context research mainly concern transitions between school forms: from preschool to compulsory school (e.g. Ackesjö, 2014; Kallberg, 2018) and from compulsory school to upper secondary school (e.g Sundelin and Lundahl, 2022). Most of the research on transitions shares some relation to the concept of continuity, sometimes differentiated between various types e.g. social or pedagogical. Continuity is mostly assumed to be desirable but lacking, affecting students’ well-being as well as their learning results. Criticism against the focus on transition in research include that this focus may exaggerate the problems with transitions (Bru et.al., 2010) or that this focus places blame on the transitions when there might be other structural problems that cause difficulties associated with transitions (Downes, 2019).

Focus in this paper is on policy. By using Bacchi’s (2009) “What’s the Problem Represented to be?” (WPR) approach I am investigating how transitions within the Swedish compulsory school are understood in policy. The WPR approach is a poststructural tool for policy analysis that departs from the statement that governing takes place through problematisations and that these problematisations needs to be scrutinized. The “problem” refers to the thing that needs to change through the studied policy and these representations are thought to be constructed within the policy process, not problems existing “in the real”. Representations are part of discourses but do also impact discourses. The impact of the representations also may concern how those governed view themselves and others as well as possibly having material influence. Research questions for this part of the project are:

- What is included and excluded in the discourse on transitions in Swedish school policy?

- What may be possible effects from this way of problematising transitions?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In Sweden there are school policies on different levels. The national level contains for example the Education Act (SFS 2010:800), the National Curriculum for the compulsory school (SNAE, 2022) and other texts from the Swedish National Agency for Education. Local level policies could be either municipal or school specific. National policy documents mostly regulate transitions between school forms and never mentions transitions between stages within compulsory school specifically. Therefore, the national policy documents included in this study are those that in some way describes transitions related to compulsory school. In addition, local policy documents have been collected. Given that school organisations in Sweden vary, and that the WPR approach sees policies as cultural products affected by context (Bacchi, 2009), policies are collected from different kinds of municipalities and schools. The municipalities have been randomly selected within three categories – big cities, smaller cities and rural – one from each category. Within these municipalities schools were selected to get a variation of different organisations (year 1-9, year 1-6 and year 7-9) and different socioeconomic areas (measured by percentage of the parents having academic education). The collected local policy documents consist of both more general descriptions as well as different forms used for working with transitions. In total the policy study includes 15 documents, 4 on national level and 9 on local levels.
For analysis of the policy documents Bacchi’s (2009) WPR approach will be used. The approach consists of six questions to apply to policies to examine the problematisations (how the problem is understood as a specific kind of problem). This includes investigating underlying assumptions and context that enable this problematisation, and the possible effects of the problematisation – both from what is represented to be the problem and what is left out in this representation. The last question concerns how the problematisation is defended or contested. All six questions will be applied to the policy documents included in the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Tentative results show different problem representations but the dominant one is transfer/submission of information between school forms, or in some cases between schools or within the same school. The problem of transferring information seems twofold – first a problem of organizing how to transfer information between school units and second a problem with transferring the “right” information. What is considered the right information seems to be related to individual student “short-comings” or deviations from the norm, in order for the new school to ease the transitions for these students. The continuity in focus is that of individual support and by that make sure that these students progress in their learning. This problematisation is in line with Swedish school discourse that since the introduction of the cohesive and undifferentiated compulsory school advocated for individualizing the teaching within the class. However, this representation does not include continuity in content or pedagogy in whole classes. The content of each subject, for each stage, is regulated by the national curriculum, but the teachers’ freedom to interpret and prioritize may make pedagogical or content continuity based on only what is said in the curriculum difficult. This aspect of transitions is included in policy aimed at transitions in lower years but not of later transitions, even though it could be argued that it is as important in all transitions. According to WPR (Bacchi, 2009), this large focus on individual students, deviating from the norm, in need of something more, or different, has subjectification effects – meaning it effects how the students are thought of, both by themselves and others, in this case not assumed in a positive way.
References
Ackesjö, H. (2014). Barns övergångar till och från förskoleklass : gränser, identiteter och (dis-)kontinuiteter. [Doktorsavhandling].  Linnaeus University Press.
Bacchi, C. L. (2009). Analysing policy : what's the problem represented to be? Pearson.
Bru, E., Stornes, T., Munthe, E., & Thuen, E. (2010). Students' Perceptions of Teacher Support Across the Transition from Primary to Secondary School. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 54(6), 519-533. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2010.522842
Downes, P. (2019). Transition as a displacement from more fundamental system concerns: Distinguishing four different meanings of transition in education. Educational philosophy and theory, 51(14), 1465-1476. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2018.1561366
Kallberg, P. (2018). Två lärarkategoriers arbete med sociala relationer i övergången från förskoleklass till årskurs 1. [Doktorsavhandling]. School of Education, Culture and Communication, Mälardalen University.
Nielsen, L., Shaw, T., Meilstrup, C., Koushede, V., Bendtsen, P., Rasmussen, M., Lester, L., Due, P., & Cross, D. (2017). School transition and mental health among adolescents: A comparative study of school systems in Denmark and Australia. International Journal of Educational Research, 83, 65-74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.01.011
Prendergast, M., O’Meara, N., O’Hara, C., Harbison, L., & Cantley, I. (2019). Bridging the primary to secondary school mathematics divide: Teachers’ perspectives. Issues in Educational Research, 29(1), 243–260.
SFS 2010:800. Education Act.
SNAE. (2022). Curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and school-age educare.
Sundelin, Å., & Lundahl, L. (2022). Managing critical transitions: Career support to young people risking ineligibility for upper secondary education. European Educational Research Journal, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221094439
van Rens, M., Haelermans, C., Groot, W. et al. Facilitating a Successful Transition to Secondary School: (How) Does it Work? A Systematic Literature Review. Adolescent Res Rev 3, 43–56 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40894-017-0063-2
Virtanen, T. E., Vasalampi, K., Torppa, M., Lerkkanen, M. K., & Nurmi, J. E. (2019). Changes in students' psychological well-being during transition from primary school to lower secondary school: A person-centered approach. Learning and Individual Differences, 69, 138-149. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2018.12.001
 
Date: Tuesday, 22/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 I: Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Volker Bank
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

An Investigation of Young People’s Perspectives on the Effectiveness of Scottish Youth Work in Supporting Wellbeing Post COVID-19 Pandemic

Haley Sneed

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sneed, Haley

The aim of the research is to investigate how young people’s wellbeing priorities and how different forms of youth work participation in Scotland impact their ability to take action to address those priorities, particularly in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Bynner et al. (2020) note that the climate of lockdowns, isolation, and social distancing has contributed to substantial shifts in our daily lives, resulting in severe repercussions for health and wellbeing. Adult populations have been at the forefront of many COVID-19 wellbeing studies, but there is a lack of research on young people’s experiences (Guessoum et al., 2020; Suhail, Iqbal, and Smith, 2020).

Research shows that people belonging to Scottish communities of multiple deprivations are facing extensive challenges, which, although predating the pandemic, have been exacerbated by it (The Scottish Government & COSLA, 2020). Specifically, it has worsened the disproportionate effects for “…households on low incomes or in poverty, low-paid workers, children and young people, older people, disabled people, minority ethnic groups, and women” (Scottish Government & COSLA, 2020, p.4).

The literature provides strong evidence that the detrimental impacts of the pandemic have hit young people hardest out of any group (Hagell, 2021; Leavey, Eastaugh, and Kane, 2020). It has deeply intensified poverty, impacted employability and education outcomes, and hindered wellbeing (Bynner et al., 2020; The Scottish Government and COSLA, 2019; The Scottish Government, 2021).

Recent research argues that community organisations, such as youth projects, are ideally placed to address and solve local problems caused by the pandemic (Leach et al., 2020; O’Sullivan et al., 2021; Suhail, Iqbal, and Smith, 2020). For example, Stansfield, Mapplethorpe and South (2020) argue that communities and youth work have been paramount in helping meet the needs of the most vulnerable. Youth work services articulate that they have been significant in supporting young people throughout COVID-19 (UK Youth, 2021; Youth Scotland, 2020; YouthLink Scotland, 2020), but young people’s views are missing.

This research addresses this gap in the literature by investigating the experiences of those young people who have been most detrimentally impacted by COVID-19. This project seeks not only to speak to young people about their experiences but to find out what they need from youth work in Scotland. How much do youth work services listen to young people? Is there meaningful engagement of young people in youth work? This study will get to the heart of these issues by investigating young people’s perspectives on the role of Scottish youth work in supporting youth wellbeing.

The primary research question of this research is: How can young people’s wellbeing be better supported by Scottish youth work? The sub-questions are: How do young people define wellbeing?; What are young people’s priorities concerning wellbeing, Scottish youth work, and the impact of COVID-19?; How can young people be supported to take control of their wellbeing?

Empowerment theory has been chosen as a focus of the theoretical frameworks of this research because of its emphasis on social justice, where the individual is an active participant in the empowerment process (Rappaport, 1981). Additionally, this theory has become a focus due to its acknowledgement of the inextricable link between power and empowerment (Page & Czuba, 1999). This theory is vital in enabling power to be disseminated and rightfully restored to individuals. The shift from tokenistic engagement in the name of empowerment is at the heart of this research and consequently creates space for highlighting youth perspectives, a central aim of this study. Lastly, empowerment theory and its key concepts will contribute to the lens from which the data will be analysed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research employs a qualitative methodology within a participatory paradigm grounded in constructivist beliefs. The paradigm relies on a relationship between researcher and participant based on collaboration and allows for the creation of co-constructed knowledge grounded in emancipation and transformation (Howell, 2013).

In this study, participatory visual methods will be utilised to conduct research with young people as co-creators of knowledge. Photovoice is the intended primary method from the outset. It requires the participants to be responsible for taking their own photographs. However, participatory visual methods challenge participants and have “…the potential to reinforce rather than disrupt existing social conditions and dominant arrangements of power and participation” (Cook-Sather, 2007, p.389). Therefore, photo-elicitation, a less demanding data collection method, is also built into the methodological framework from the beginning by way of risk mitigation.

This methodology will employ the following methodological instruments:
1. Photovoice/Photo-elicitation:
a. One of the primary purposes of the research is to highlight young people’s perspectives which photovoice and photo-elicitation can facilitate.
b. Photovoice is a process by which participants take photographs in everyday life representing the issues within the study's remit. Their photographs will then be used in discussions allowing participants to discuss issues and identify priorities.
c. For photo-elicitation, the researcher will provide photographs instead (Harper, 2002).
d. Using the SHOWeD method (Wallerstein & Bernstein, 1988; Wang & Burris, 1997), participants will write short stories about the photos they identify as most important.
e. They will write three short participation stories describing how prepared they felt to take action to address the priorities they identified throughout the project.
f. Lastly, there will be an exhibition to enable local stakeholders to observe and discuss the participants’ work.
2. Open-ended Questionnaire:
a. Employed after the exhibition.
b. Elicits information from stakeholders, including their position, attitudes towards the photos and themes the young people produced in the photovoice sessions, and their plans to address these themes.
3. Semi-structured Interview:
a. Participants will be asked about one or two of their photos, accompanying photo stories, participation stories, and experiences within the photovoice project.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The young people’s photographs will undergo participant-led coding and reflexive thematic analysis. All other data will undergo reflexive thematic analysis using NVivo. Expected findings will demonstrate that Scottish youth work, while helpful in some areas to young people, can improve in other areas that are more important to the participants. Expected outcomes for the participants include positive individual empowerment and the ability to take control of their own wellbeing. Additionally, this research intends to support young people in identifying issues of importance and creating a list of actionable things they can do to lobby for change in their local communities. These issues and actionable items will also help identify ways Scottish youth work can better support youth wellbeing and how COVID-19 has impacted wellbeing.

This research will act as a liaison for young people’s voices to be heard by allowing them to pose, discuss, and interpret problems related to wellbeing, youth work, and the impact of COVID-19. The co-creation of knowledge through this participatory visual methods project will facilitate an investigation into how young people’s wellbeing can be better supported by Scottish youth work and how young people can be better supported to take control of their wellbeing. Additionally, this project will meaningfully engage young people with academia and relevant stakeholders within their local community. It will encourage participants to be curious about their experiences while learning how to lobby for change.

References
Bynner, C., McBride, M., Weakley, S., Ward, S., & McLean, J. (2020). The impact of COVID-19 on families, children and young people in Glasgow.

Cook-Sather, A. (2007). Resisting the Impositional Potential of Student Voice Work. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 28(3), 389–403.

Guessoum, S.B. et al. (2020) “Adolescent psychiatric disorders during the COVID-19 pandemic and lockdown,” Psychiatry Research, 291, p. 113264. doi:10.1016/J.PSYCHRES.2020.113264.

Hagell, A. (2021). Summarising what we know so far about the impact of Covid-19 on young people.

Harper, D. (2002). Visual Studies Talking about pictures: A case for photo elicitation Talking about pictures: a case for photo elicitation. Visual Studies, 17(1).

Howell, K. E. (2013). An introduction to the philosophy of methodology. London: SAGE.

Leach, M. et al. (2020) Covid-19 - a social phenomenon requiring diverse expertise - Institute of Development Studies. https://www.ids.ac.uk/opinions/covid-19-a-social-phenomenon-requiring-diverse-expertise/

Leavey, C., Eastaugh, A., & Kane, M. (2020). Generation COVID-19: Building the case to protect young people’s future health.

O’Sullivan, K. et al. (2021) “A Qualitative Study of Child and Adolescent Mental Health during the COVID-19 Pandemic in Ireland,” International journal of environmental research and public health, 18(3), pp. 1–15. doi:10.3390/IJERPH18031062.

Page, N., & Czuba, C. E. (1999). Empowerment: What Is It? Journal of Extension, 37(5). https://archives.joe.org/joe/1999october/comm1.php

Rappaport, J. (1981). In praise of paradox: A social policy of empowerment over prevention. American Journal of Community Psychology, 9(1), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00896357

Stansfield, J., Mapplethorpe, T. and South, J. (2020) The community response to coronavirus (COVID-19) - UK Health Security Agency. https://ukhsa.blog.gov.uk/2020/06/01/the-community-response-to-coronavirus-covid-19/ (Accessed: September 30, 2021).

Suhail, A., Iqbal, N. and Smith, J. (2020) “Lived experiences of Indian Youth amid COVID-19 crisis: An interpretative phenomenological analysis,” https://doi.org/10.1177/0020764020966021, 67(5), pp. 559–566. doi:10.1177/0020764020966021.

The Scottish Government and COSLA (2019) Children & Young People’s Mental Health Task Force: Recommendations.

The Scottish Government, & COSLA. (2020). Scotland’s Wellbeing: The Impact of COVID-19. https://nationalperformance.gov.scot/

The Scottish Government (2021) COVID-19: Children, young people and families: June 2021: Evidence Summary.

UK Youth. (2021). The impact of COVID-19 on young people & the youth sector.

Wallerstein, N., Bernstein, E. (1988). Empowerment Education: Freire’s Ideas Adapted to Health Education. Health Education and Behavior. 15, 379–394.

Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment. Health Education and Behavior, 24(3), 369–387.

Youth Scotland (2020) Rising to the Challenge: Community-based youth work and Coronavirus.

YouthLink Scotland (2020) COVID-19 Education Recovery: Youth Work.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Learning in rural communities: Parental ethnotheories in Nigeria

Bukola Oyinloye

University of York, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Oyinloye, Bukola

Constructs of children’s learning in rural communities often go beyond learning as schooling alone. One concept which has been applied to try to understand conceptions of learning is parental ethnotheories. Parental ethnotheories are the cultural belief systems which underpin parents’ organisation of the everyday lives of children (Harkness & Super, 1996). They are cultural models evident in taken for granted notions about the right way to act, with particular application for children. Parental ethnotheories constitute one of the components of a child’s developmental niche, the others being 1) children’s physical and social settings; and 2) the culturally regulated customs of childcare and bearing. (Harkness & Super, 1996). The concept has been applied across various ethnocultural groups around the world, including indigenous and rural African societies, and studies have typically focused on parents’ beliefs around their valued traits and aptitudes for children (e.g., Nsamenang & Lamb, 1993; Harkness & Super, 1992; Harkness et al., 2010). For example, among the Kipsigis in Kenya, parents valued domestic chores and younger sibling care for girls while for boys, they valued the caring for livestock, and the independent carrying out of minor domestic repairs (Harkness & Super, 1992). For parents, these duties developed children’s socially responsible intelligence, the absence of which was evident in children who neglected their duties to play (Super et al., 2011). In other parts of Africa including, among the Tchokwe (Angola), Touareg, Hadza (Tanzania), Igbo (Nigeria), others have also identified gender differentiation of children’s chores and other work types (Lancy, 2016).

In this paper, the concept of parental ethnotheories is broadened slightly to include parents’ beliefs about the broad range of daily activities for children and the purpose those activities fulfil. The paper focuses on the Yorùbá in Nigeria and existing evidence had shed light into some of their ethnotheoretical constructs. Levine et al.’s (2003) late 1960s study of Yorùbá fathers, in rural and urban settings, found that rural fathers more greatly valued children’s practical skills acquired through the running of household errands and completion of tasks. Zeitlin’s (1996) late 1980s study corroborated this, finding that Yorùbá parents accorded primacy to children’s errand-completion capabilities. For parents, such capabilities also inculcated the necessary social skills children required for verbal and commercial transactions. Other studies have shown similar findings where Yorùbá parents assigned children household duties and sent them on errands, as well as trained them to be responsible, helpful and to respectfully relate with others, particularly those of age seniority (Ogunnaike & Houser, 2002; Omobowale et al., 2019). For parents, these practices contributed to the development of an Ọmọlúàbí, – a person of good character – a central concept in Yorùbá beliefs around child rearing and social cohesion (Busari et al., 2017) and one of the goals of Yorùbá traditional education (Akinyemi, 2003). The concept of ethnotheories will be used in this paper to frame the historical and socioculturally situated set of shared ideas representing implicit notions about the appropriate ways to think, act, and be (Harkness & Super, 2006).

The following research questions are explored:

  • What ideas underpin Yorùbá parents’ organisation of their children’s everyday activities?
  • How do these ideas interconnect?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Observations of organisation of children’s everyday activities are a particularly useful starting point to understand parental ethnotheories (Harkness et al., 2006). In this study, observations of children were complemented with interviews (Rubin & Rubin, 2012) with parents about their beliefs around what children should learn. The findings are drawn from a broader study on parents’ perspectives and practices around schooling in rural communities in a state in Northern Nigeria. Fieldwork for the broader ethnographic study occurred in two stages, through an initial extended five-month period and a month-long follow-up period, the subsequent period which enabled some validation of the ideas from the previous. Two small predominantly Muslim communities, each with at least a primary school, were selected for the study.  Men engaged in commercial driving (communityA) and farming (communityB) while women across both communities farmed and engaged in small-scale, off-farm micro-enterprises, including the sale of farm products, snacks or provisions. CommunityA is considered less rural than its counterpart as it is nearer to the state capital. As such, more families in communityB farm both for subsistence and small-scale commerce, selling their products at a market in a nearby town. Economic challenges have also meant that many communityA fathers supplement their livelihoods with subsistence and small scale farming.

The interviews with parents were partially structured, i.e., gently guided discussions (Rubin & Rubin 2012), while casual age-appropriate interactions were undertaken with children in sight of their parents or an adult about their activities. All interactions were conducted in Yorùbá, the first language of the author. Participant observation, the central method in ethnography (Delamont 2016), entailed balancing participation—involvement and subjectivity –  with observation—distance and objectivity – while capturing data  (O’Reilly, 2012). Children’s observations occurred after school in the afternoons and early evenings and children assented (or did not), once consent was obtained from a parent. 37 children were involved in observations and interactions across both communities, while 97 parents participated in either individual or group conversations. Notes were recorded in notebooks and on the author’s mobile phone. Thematic analysis was used to transcribe, code and identify themes or patters of meaning within the data (Braun & Clark, 2013), with the aid of Nvivo12 qualitative software. Given all interactions were conducted in the local language, transcription involved translation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When asked to elaborate on their understanding of ‘learn’, a term parents had used widely to explain why they sent their children to school, parents conceptualised two types of learning: learning at home and learning outside. For learning at home, parents positioned themselves as teachers who teach children to care for their bodies, the home, the natural environment; to run errands, including those contributing to the household economy; to behave ‘properly’; and to relate with others in the community.  

Learning outside consisted of three elements: learning in the formal school, at the Islamic school, and with a craftsperson or Master trainer. Formal school learning was the purview of schoolteachers who taught children to read and write in English and Yorùbá, as well as learn other subjects to gain knowledge and skills which will hopefully lead to employment. In Islamic learning, children were taught to recite the Quran so that they may know how to effectively pray, particularly during life’s inevitable challenges. Learning a trade or a skill was vital so that children may be able to generate income through the application of these skills, particularly where schooling does not lead to the hoped for salaried employment. Although a traditional practice which has been somewhat neglected with the massification of schooling, steep national graduate unemployment has seen the resurgence of learning a trade / skill and its valuing amongst rural, and even, urban parents.  

For parents, these dimensions are mutually reinforcing and thus work together to mould a faith-filled functional Ọmọlúàbí who becomes financially self-sufficient and can contribute to their immediate and extended family; contributes to communal development and harmony; and generally lives a life of ease. The findings suggest that Yorùbá parents have broadened their ethnotheories to take account the exigencies of contemporary lives, including its socio-economic dynamics (Abebe, 2007).

References
Abebe, T. (2007), ‘Changing livelihoods, changing childhoods: Patterns of children’s work in rural Southern Ethiopia’, Children’s Geographies, 5(1–2): 77–93. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733280601108205

Akinyemi, A. (2003). Yorùbá oral literature: A source of Indigenous education for children. Journal of African Cultural Studies, 16(2): 161–179. https://doi.org/10.1080/13696850500076195

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: a practical guide for beginners. SAGE Publications, Inc.

Busari, D. A., Owojuyigbe, M. A., Okunola, R. A., & Mekoa, I. (2017). Cultural concepts employed in child discipline within rural Yorùbá households: The Ayetoro-Oke African community. Rural Society, 26(2), 161-177. https://doi.org/10.1080/10371656.2017.1340142

Delamont, S. (2016). Fieldwork in educational settings: Methods, pitfalls and perspectives (3rd ed.). Routledge.

Harkness, S., & Super, C. M. (1996). Introduction. In S. Harkness & C. M. Super (Eds.), Parents’ cultural belief systems: Their origins, expressions, and consequences (pp. 1-23). Guilford Press.

Harkness, S., & Super, C. M. (2006). Themes and variations: Parental ethnotheories in Western cultures. In K. H. Rubin & O. B. Chung (Eds.), Parenting beliefs, behaviours, and parent-child relations: A cross-cultural perspective (pp. 61-80). Psychology Press.
Harkness, S., & Super, C .M. (1992). Parental ethnotheories in action. In I. Sigel, A.V. McGillicuddy-DeLisi & J. Goodnow (Eds.), Parental belief systems: The psychological consequences for children (2nd ed.) (pp. 373–92). Erlbaum.

Harkness, S., Super, C. M., Rios-Bermudez, M., Moscardina, U., Rha, J., Mavridis, C. J., Bonichini, S., Huitron, B., Welles-Nystrom, B., Palacios, J., Hyun, O., Soriano, G., & Zylicz, P. O. (2010). Parental ethnotheories of children’s learning. In D.F. Lancy, J. Bock & S. Gaskins (Eds.), The anthropology of learning in childhood (pp. 65-81). Alta-Mira Press.

Lancy, D. F. (2016). New studies of children’s work, acquisition of critical skills, and contribution to the domestic economy. ETHOS, 44(3): 202–22. https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12132

LeVine, R. A. (2003). Introduction. In R.A. Levine (Ed), Childhood socialization: Comparative studies of parenting, learning and educational change (pp. 1-17). Comparative Education Research Center. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203477168-6

Nsamenang, A. B., & Lamb, M .E. (1993). The acquisition of socio-cognitive competence by Nso children in the Bamenda Grassfields of Northwest Cameroon. International Journal of Behavioural Development, 16(3): 429–41. https://doi.org/10.1177/016502549301600304

Ogunnaike, O. A., & Houser Jr, R. F. (2002). Yoruba toddlers’ engagement in errands and cognitive performance on the Yoruba Mental Subscale. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 26(2), 145-153.

Omobowale, A. O., Omobowale, M. O., & Falase, O. S. (2019). The context of children in Yoruba popular culture. Global Studies of Childhood, 9(1), 18–28.

(Rest cut off due word count)


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

How Do Family-School Relations Influence the Discussion of Controversial Issues in an Elite School? Case Study from Chile’s Constitutional Process

Angélica Bonilla1,2

1Universidad Alberto Hurtado, Chile; 2Universidad Diego Portales, Chile

Presenting Author: Bonilla, Angélica

In this article I present how family-school relations influence the discussion of a controversial issue through a case study of Sainte Madeleine, an elite school in Santiago, Chile. Due to a nation-wide social outburst occurred in 2019, the country experienced social and political unrest, which led the political parties to call for elections to form a Constitutional Convention. After one year of work, citizens were asked to vote on a referendum whether they approved or rejected the Convention’s proposal for a new Constitution that addressed subjects like social welfare, indigenous and women’s rights, and the protection of the environment. Despite initial backing, the Convention suffered dramatic shifts in public support throughout 2021-2022, with high levels of coverage and heated debates on the media, ending with the rejection of the proposal. Therefore, I set out to describe the ways in which the school engaged students with the constitutional process, to identify parental strategies aimed to influence its discussion at school, and to analyze which context factors enabled or constrained the school’s ability to justify its pedagogical decisions.

An open classroom climate for discussion has been consistently established as a significant predictor of students’ civic knowledge and interest in political and social issues (Schulz et al., 2018). However, when it comes to controversial issues “many adults want schools to mirror their ideas, or fear that adding controversy to the curriculum creates controversy, as opposed to simply teaching young people how to deal more effectively with the kinds of political controversies that exist outside of school” (Hess, p.257, 2004). Fear of indoctrination of children and disagreements on what counts as a debatable issue are also common. Therefore, administrators and teachers increasingly hesitate how (and if) to address these topics (Miller et al. 2022; Oulton et al., 2004).

While ICCS 2016 reported that parents have little influence on actual decision-making processes at school -including Chile (Schulz et al., 2018), I argue that this asseveration mostly reflects formal instances of participation, since previous qualitative studies have shown the informal yet effective ways in which parents - particularly middle-class ones- influence school decisions (Calarco, 2020; Reay, 2004). In this paper I address these family-school relations in a seldom studied context, elite schools, to show how the enhanced involvement and entitlement of upper-class parents constrains the school’s ability to teach democratic citizenship and discuss controversial issues.

Chile is a paradigmatic case to study parents and their influence due to its educational marketization, with high levels of privatization and universal school choice. While most schools, whether public or private, receive public funding via vouchers, 10% of schools remain entirely private and charge high tuition fees. In this context, elite schools rely exclusively on parents for resources as well as for reputation, which allows them to maintain their elite status. Furthermore, their exhaustive student selection processes have generated extreme socioeconomic segregation inside these schools as well as endogamic ideological groups (Barrera et al., 2021; Bellei et al., 2020), which reduces the chances for students to naturally encounter diverse points of view.

The results from this study are relevant as schools are increasingly dealing with acute political divides regarding global subjects such as racism, migration, or social inequality. Additionally, it shows the barriers for the development of democratic citizenship abilities such as dialogue, debate, and conflict-processing in private schools, given their combination of social closure and strong parental influence. This also highlights the risks for countries with high or expanding privatization and school choice policies (West & Nikolai, 2017; Wilson & Bridge, 2019), which further position schools as privilege-dependent institutions (Calarco, 2020) and reduce intra-school diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I carried out a qualitative case study between August and October of 2022. My main source of data is a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) of semi-structured interviews with the school’s staff. I also realized a document analysis of the school’s educational project, disciplinary code, and citizenship education plan, and two non-participant observations of pedagogical activities that directly addressed the constitutional process. These techniques allowed me to establish connections between the school’s administration, teaching and student levels, thus achieving what Denzin calls “intra-method triangulation” (Fusch et al., 2018).
Sainte Madeleine is a private, Catholic school, and serves students ranging from Pre-K to 12th grade. Originally an all-girls schools founded by a French congregation almost 170 years ago, it became co-educational in 2019. Like most elite schools in the country, it is currently located in one of the most affluent zones in Santiago, Chile’s capital city. The school’s educational project emphasizes social justice, solidarity, and service to the community, one of the main characteristics of ‘traditional’ Catholic elite schools in the country, as opposed to “neoconservative” ones, which emphasize religious piousness and practice (Bellei et al., 2020).
I conducted semi-structured interviews with the school’s Headmistress and the Principal of Academic Affairs to account for the administration level. I also interviewed Social Studies teachers, who were almost exclusively in charge of addressing the constitutional process (both in Social Studies and the new Civic Education subject, mandatory for 11th and 12th graders since 2020). Finally, I interviewed a Spanish teacher who asked to join and had an active role in the group of teachers in charge of planning a ‘Constitutional Proposal Information Day’.
Finally, I attended both the Information Day and a class discussion. The Information Day was conducted 3 weeks prior to the plebiscite, and it was aimed towards students from grades 9th to 12th. It lasted a whole morning, where they first had group readings and discussion of different passages of the constitutional proposal, followed by a panel of 4 external speakers were invited to answer the students’ questions and concerns. This last part was open to all the educational community (parents, alumni, teachers, and employees). On the other hand, the class discussion I observed took place in an 11th grade the day after the plebiscite. The homeroom teacher was one of my interviewees, and she led the discussion on the results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show that even with a compulsory civic education class and the perceived support from administration, teachers still engaged in neutrality, balance, and avoidance practices (Hess, 2004; Oulton et al., 2004) for fear of parents’ reactions. Parents exert a strong influence in very explicit ways (e.g., emails and meetings to express their concern, disapproval, or support; not sending their daughters to school on Information Day), while others are more subtle (e.g., volunteering to help or put the school in contact with experts they trust). Thus, teachers actively elude political discussion in the classroom, carefully hide their own positions and avoid addressing controversial subjects unnecessarily. They also opt for more traditional methodologies, like reading and comparing sources of information, teaching skills to recognize trustworthy media, promoting individual reflection, or sharing (not contrasting) opinions.
However, the school staff develop justifications for engaging with the constitutional process. One of the main ones is the perceived alignment with their educational project, which demands the construction of a “more just” world. Another motivation is to “adapt to the times” to maintain an excellence reputation, and to play a public role, both valuable characteristics for elite schools. The decision to become co-ed has brought unexpected demands from new parents to engage more openly in public debates, as is common in other boys-only and co-ed traditional Catholic schools (whose alumni are numerous in the economic and political fields, and with whom they now compete for students).
These findings illustrate the difficulties faced by an elite private school to teach students how to discuss social and political issues and process conflict in an educational market context, and the role family-school relations play in these pedagogical decisions. This is even more worrisome considering the odds of these students to achieve positions of power in the future (Zimmerman, 2019).

References
Barrera, J., Falabella, A., & Ilabaca, T. (2021). ‘The Untouchables’: Elite Schools, Privileges, and New Scenarios. Pensamiento Educativo. Revista de Investigación Educacional Latinoamericana, 58(1). https://doi.org/10.7764/PEL.58.1.2021.3
Bellei, C., Orellana, V. & Canales, M. (2020). Elección de escuela en la clase alta chilena. Comunidad, identidad y cierre social [School choice within the upper class. Community, identity, and social closure]. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28(5). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.3884
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Calarco, J. M. (2020). Avoiding us versus them: How schools’ dependence on privileged “helicopter” parents influences enforcement of rules. American Sociological Review, 85(2), 223-246. https://doi.org/10.1177/0003122420905793
Fusch, P., Fusch, G. E., & Ness, L. R. (2018). Denzin’s paradigm shift: Revisiting triangulation in qualitative research. Journal of Social Change, 10(1), 19-32. https://doi.org/10.5590/JOSC.2018.10.1.02
Hess, D. E. (2004). Controversies about controversial issues in democratic education. PS: Political Science & Politics, 37(2), 257-261. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1049096504004196
Miller, D., Stewart, J.S. & Brown, M.J. (2022). Engaging frustrated parents: Utilizing stakeholders to collectively deconstruct controversial issues in K-12. Theory into Practice, 61(2), p. 168-177. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2022.2036057
Oulton, C., Day, V., Dillon, J. & Grace, M. (2004). Controversial issues – teachers’ attitudes and practices in the context of citizenship education. Oxford Review of Education, 30(4), 489-507. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305498042000303973
Reay, D. (2004) Education and cultural capital: the implications of changing trends in education policies. Cultural Trends, 13(2), 73-86. https://doi.org/10.1080/0954896042000267161
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming Citizens in a Changing World. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-73963-2_8
West, A. & Nikolai, R. (2017). The Expansion of “Private” Schools in England, Sweden, and Eastern Germany: A Comparative Perspective on Policy Development, Regulation, Policy Goals, and Ideas. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice, 19(5), 452-469. https://doi.org/10.1080/13876988.2016.1262549
Wilson, D., & Bridge, G. (2019). School choice and the city: Geographies of allocation and segregation. Urban Studies, 56(15), 3198-3215. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042098019843481
Zimmerman, S. D. (2019). Elite colleges and upward mobility to top jobs and top incomes. American Economic Review, 109(1), 1-47. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20171019


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Ukrainian Parents’ Engagement with Czech Public Schools: Challenges and Roles of Parents in the Collaboration

Natalia Dombinskaya

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Dombinskaya, Natalia

Due to the Russian Federation’s military offensive against Ukraine which launched on the 24th of February 2022, thousands of Ukrainians have been forced to seek refuge in neighboring countries. The rise in the number of refugees in the EU has created an unprecedented challenge to host countries and their educational systems (Eurydice report, 2022). The Czech Republic has been following a welcoming policy for Ukrainian refugees and has been making efforts to integrate them into the Czech society through different initiatives: the Czech government has exerted efforts to accommodate refugees by supporting them financially so they can have access to Czech public schools and medical services and have free access to the labor market. Thus, the Czech Republic holds a significant role as a host country to 409,008 Ukrainian refugees and the level continues to rise. (UNHCR, 2022). Given the current massive influx of refugees into the Czech Republic, it is both timely and important to conduct the present research as policies related to welcoming refugees are inextricably linked with integration into society including its educational system.

Schools can potentially play a very important role in the life of refugees. They can offer social opportunities for the newly arrived refugee children and serve as a starting point in managing their assimilation into their new communities through a sense of school belonging (Kia-Keating & Ellis, 2007; Montgomery & Foldspang, 2008). Thus, the objectives of the study are to identify, explore and critically evaluate multiple barriers that refugee families face when engaging with their children’s Czech public schools as well as different roles of parents in supporting their own children’s learning. Though these topics have been discussed recently, little is known about the parental involvement of Ukrainian refugee families as well as their parental role in Czech public schools. To discover Ukrainian refugee parents’ schooling experiences in Czechia and the ways schools engage with them, this study provides a comprehensive analysis of the current state of affairs. Therefore, home-school cooperation lies in the foreground of this study shedding light on issues concerning the socio-economic status of refugees and the self-elected roles of the parents engaging with Czech public schools.

The following questions will help to address the research objectives:

1.What are the challenges Ukrainian refugee parents encounter when engaging with Czech public schools?

2.What role do Ukrainian refugee parents give themselves in school-parent interaction?

The paper presents results of a study with an exploratory qualitative approach using interviews and an interpretative phenomenological analysis for data interpretation.

Identification of barriers and limitations to home-school cooperation might help Ukrainian refugee children adjust to their new life in the host country. It is hoped that some propositions included in this paper could be used to facilitate the successful inclusion of Ukrainian learners in the national education system proposing a holistic model of integration in education that responds to the learning, social and emotional needs of refugee students and their parents.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As the research project aims to analyse personal experiences of Ukrainian refugee parents, it adopts a descriptive phenomenological approach using a qualitative framework (Creswell & Porth, 2018). According to Willis (2007, p.25) phenomenological research seeks to gain in-depth understanding and explanation of a specific phenomenon through the lenses of refugee parents by using semi-structured interviews. Following Polkinghorne's (1989,) interviews with 5 to 25 people, who have direct experience suffices for a qualitative study.
Twelve participants were selected through criterion sampling strategy. The inclusion criteria were: Ukrainian refugee background, having arrived in the Czech Republic between February and June 2022, having an experience with the Czech public school system and being able to speak Russian as the participants and the researcher speak Russian fluently. The participants were drawn from an online forum on Facebook. Interviews followed an interview schedule, lasted approximately one hour each and were carried out in May and June 2022. The sample consisted of one male and eleven female participants with an average age of 38 years. All participants resettled in Prague.
Semi-structured interviews were chosen to collect data as they are considered to be among the effective ways of establishing respectful relationships with participants in close proximity to them and obtaining in-depth data (Kvale, 2007). Each interview consisted of 22 questions including questions about demographics regarding gender, age, marital status, number and age of children and location. The other questions in the interview were designed to identify the facilitating factors and barriers encountered by parents when engaging with the Czech school and their role as parents in the Czech school. The parents were asked broad open-ended questions and encouraged to speak freely about their experiences such as: “Could you tell me about your first interaction with a Czech school when enrolling your child?”. Additional follow-up questions were posted to clarify parents’ statements and confirm that the interviewer had understood correctly.
Each interview was recorded with a mobile phone, transcribed, checked for accuracy and then translated into English by the researcher herself to achieve a translation as close as possible to the interviewer’s insights regarding the participants (Yanay-Ventura et al., 2020). The choice of this type of transcription goes in line with the phenomenological approach applied in this study as the use of words are very important for the analysis.
The transcribed data were analysed using the interpretative “phenomenological analysis” (IPA) (Smith et al., 2009, p.79).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results discovered that Ukrainian parents encountered a number of challenges but school welcoming environment was crucial in involving them to their child’s school.  Participants were able to voice a myriad of concerns and identify a number of barriers to their children’s school involvement.
Although each narrative and participant’s experience are unique, some common themes emerged. The interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) resulted in the development of two major themes from the data collected: Theme 1: “Engaging with Czech public schools is challenging” and Theme 2 “Parents’ role in supporting their children in learning at Czech school”. Theme 1 consists of three sub-themes: “poor language proficiency as key stressor”, “lack of information about the Czech education system”, and “insufficient school capacity”.
Besides structural barriers, such as parents’ low Czech proficiency and cultural beliefs to school-based parent involvement, the study reveals the refugee parents’ increased stress in terms of their roles as parents when interacting with schools. Being consistent with the discussions on parental involvement in their children’s education, Ukrainian refugee parents acknowledge that they may assume different roles: supporters, actors, consumers and partners of schools. But due to the reasons mentioned above, parents seem to be lost, even though their engagement in schools plays a crucial role in their children’s educational processes. These findings might encourage teaching staff to remain attentive to this complex issue and support refugee parents in addressing this concern, as parent educational involvement is an investment of the parents’ resources in their children’s schooling (Sheldon, 2003).

In spite of the fact that the findings may not fully apply to other regional and contextual settings, the study can and does put forward critical insights about the school – refugee parent partnership in the Czech context.

References
Bryman, A. (2012). Social research methods (4th ed.). Oxford University Press
Cerna, L. (2019). Refugee education: Integration models and practices in OECD countries. In OECD education working papers, No. 203. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a3251a00-en
Creswell J.W., Porth C.N. (2018). Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design: Choosing among Five approaches. 4th Edition. Sage Publications.
Eurydice report. (2022). Supporting refugee learners from Ukraine in schools in Europe. EACEA.
Hoover-Dempsey, K. V., Walker, J.  M. T., Sandler, H.  M., Whetsel, D., Green, C. L., Wilkins, A.  S., & Clossen, K.E.  (2005).  Why do parents become involved?  Research findings and implications.  The Elementary School Journal,106 (2): 105-130.
Kia-Keating, M., Ellis, B.H., 2007. Belonging and connection to school in resettlement: young refugees, school belonging, and psychosocial adjustment. Clin. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 12 (1), 29–43
Kvale, S. (2007). Doing interviews. Sage.
Montgomery, E., Foldspang, A., 2008. Discrimination, mental problems and social adaptation in young refugees. Eur. J. Public Health 18 (2), 156–161
Paseka, A., & Killus, D. (2022). Home-school Partnership in Germany: Expectations, Experiences, and Current Challenges. Encyclopaideia – Journal of Phenomenology and Education, 26 (63), 45-56
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative evaluation and research methods (3rd ed.). SAGE
Pietkiewicz, I., & Smith, J. A. (2014). A practical guide to using interpretative phenomenological analysis in qualitative research psychology. Psychological Journal, 20(1), 7-14.
Polkinghorne, D. E. (1989). Phenomenological research methods. In R. S. Valle, &. Halling (Eds.), Existential-phenomenological perspectives in psychology (41-60). Plenum
Sheldon, S. B. (2003). Linking school–family–community partnerships in urban Elementary Schools to student achievement on State Tests. The Urban Review, 35(2), 149–165.
Smith, J., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. London: Sage Publications
Turney, K., & Kao, G. (2009). Barriers to school involvement: Are immigrant parents disadvantaged? The Journal of Educational Research, 102(4), 257–271. https://doi.org/10.3200/JOER.102.4.257-271
UNHCR (2022). https://data.unhcr.org/en/situations/ukraine
Willis, J. (2007). Foundations of qualitative research: Interpretive and critical approaches. SAGE
Yanay-Ventura, G., Issaq, L., & Sharabi, M. (2020). Civic service and social class: The case of young Arab women in Israel. VOLUNTAS: International Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Organizations. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11266-020-00210-z
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 I: Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Global Citizenship Education and Diversity: Ontological and Axiological Connections

Francisco Parrança da Silva, Ana Isabel Andrade, Mónica Lourenço

Centro de Investigação em Didática e Tecnologia na Formação de Formadores, University of Aveiro

Presenting Author: Parrança da Silva, Francisco

To speak about Global Citizenship is to speak about Diversity. This means that to speak about Global Citizenship Education is to speak about pedagogical approaches that aim to sensitize citizens to the value of diversity as a shared common; to prepare citizens to live with the linguistically and culturally distinct Other (through otherness and alterity); to educate critical citizens active in the defense, assurance, and protection of Universal Linguistic and Cultural Rights, in particular, of systematically marginalized and exploited individuals and communities (UNESCO, 1996, 2002, 2005; Council of Europe, 2000). Therefore, we could argue for intercultural education (Vavitsas & Nikolaou, 2021), an educational approach that aims for citizens mindful of diversity, and one of many educational approaches closely linked to global citizenship education, also as an adequate way to educate global citizens (Lourenço, 2018; Faas et al.,2014).

In this paper, we present the findings from a critical literature review whose objective was to identify ontological and axiological connections between global citizenship and diversity through the analysis of pedagogical practices of intercultural education in the formal context reported in the literature.

As Tarozzi and Torres (2018) affirm, diversity can be understood as “the most important conundrum of the new global scenarios” (p.18) that “help to design a new cultural horizon, set in new terms regarding otherness and diversity” (p.18). This new cultural horizon sways education in new (global) directions. Namely, in formal education, as it brings diversity forward to the front stage of teaching and learning, requiring (particularly) teachers to support students’ development of plural and multiple identities. Global citizenship can represent one of those plural and multiple identities, and so, consequently, global citizenship education can represent a way for its development.

Although its multiple and plural interpretations (Goren, H. & Yemini, M., 2017; Oxley, L. & Morris, P., 2013; Pashby et al., 2020) global citizenship education represents an educational approach that emphasizes the development of critical citizens engaged in addressing global issues. It aims to empower citizens to become responsible, informed, and active global citizens who can actively participate in creating a more just and sustainable world. As so, global citizenship education recognizes the interconnectedness of people and issues across the world calling for action toward more equitable solutions, especially, to social and economic inequality. Furthermore, global citizenship education promotes a critical understanding of diversity, particularly for the interest of this study, as it encourages citizens to examine their values, beliefs, and cultural biases, engage in intercultural dialogue, and critically analyze systematic inequalities and challenge systems of oppression (Tarozzi & Torres, 2018). Despite all this, in formal education, teachers and educators find it difficult to understand what global citizenship means.

In the field of intercultural education two concepts that show potential as pedagogical approaches to tackle global citizenship education-related issues in formal education are intercomprehension (Silva, 2018) and linguistic landscapes (Lourenço et al., 2022; Gorter & Cenoz, 2015).

To put it briefly, we understand Intercomprehension as an educational goal to be achieved, at the relational and communicative level which, in a social context marked by complexity and fragmentation, becomes a political and social concept (Pinho & Andrade, 2008). As to linguistic landscapes, what is relevant to say is that as a principle they represent possibilities for global citizens to have quotidian interaction with linguistic and cultural diversity. Regarding the promotion of intercultural education, linguistic landscapes promote greater awareness and openness to linguistic and cultural diversity, encouraging the development of skills and attitudes required from global citizens to participate in multilingual and intercultural contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a study of exploratory nature. As so, this paper presents a critical review of the literature (Grant & Booth, 2009) that discusses (education for) diversity within global citizenship education. This work intends to unveil ontological and axiological understandings of global citizen(ship) (XXX), global citizenship education (XXXX), and diversity, through its linguistic and cultural expression, that underpin reported educational practices in formal education. For that purpose, to describe, analyze, and summarize patterns and themes identified in our data, content analysis with a heuristic function was selected for data analysis.
A critical literature review (Grant & Booth, 2009) was selected as it correlates with the objectives of an exploratory study. This particular type of literature review aims to demonstrate the result of extensive literature research, providing the researcher with the opportunity to build upon the previous body of work, being its conclusion “the starting point for further evaluation, not an endpoint in itself” (Grant & Booth, p.97, 2009).
Since this study intends to unveil ‘non-apparent’ knowledge being reproduced by teachers and educators, content analysis (Bardin, 2016) was selected as a method for data analysis, since it allows researchers to draw inferences about the underlying meaning of data. Our understandings of what being human means and what values sustain our actions are not always explicit, and so are our understandings of what being a citizen means and what values sustain our educational practices, namely in formal education. Thus, a thematic content analysis was developed as a way to account for the presence of codes that concern, as Bardin (2016) puts it, qualities or flaws related to ontological or axiological orientations.
The cohort of documents in review is still being determined since multiple searches are being done in different scientific databases and repositories (Scopus, Web of Science, Scielo, ERIC, RCAAP, Redalyc, and Dialnet). Four search terms were selected, plus two more for safeguard, respectively: “global citizenship education”, “diversity”, “Intercomprehension”, “linguistic landscapes”, “intercultural”, and “plurilingualism”. Furthermore, it was decided beforehand that all documents need to fall into a set of criteria previously defined, namely: peer-reviewed articles and book chapters, published from 2015 onward, written in Portuguese, Spanish, or English, and available in open-access.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As depicted above, within the field of global citizenship education there are “multiple ideological constellations overlapping and even contradicting one another” (Pashby et al., p.1, 2020). Accordingly, in some way expected, some literature reports that teachers and educators find the concepts of global citizenship, and thus, global citizenship education, evasive, and sometimes confusing (Lourenço, 2021; Lourenço & Andrade, 2023). One of the expected outcomes of this critical literature review (Grant & Booth, 2009) is to infer from our findings possible principles to support teachers and educators in developing their understanding of the concept of global citizenship education. In this sense, as stated above, the link between global citizenship education and diversity is deliberate since through the interaction with linguistic and cultural diversity in citizens’ everyday life, which has become ordinary (especially in the Global North), one can begin or better understand how global citizenship education topics and themes impact our individual life’s and how possibilities for action exist, for example, as we like to argue, in the valorization, defense and struggle for cultural and linguistic universal rights for marginalized and exploited communities which existence, unfortunately, also became more ordinary, particularly, in the European context (EUAFR, 2019).
Consequently, from our findings, upon our theoretical framework, we intend to present arguments to support the relevance of diversity within global citizenship education. Specifically, through the pedagogical use of plural approaches like intercomprehension and Linguistic Landscapes as they have shown, from previous research, potential in the education of citizens aware of the presence and value of diversity in their lives and the life of their communities.

References
Bardin, L. (2016). Análise de Conteúdo. Edições 70.
EUAFR, (2019). Fundamental rights report 2019. EUAFR.
Faas, D., Hajisoteriou, C. & Angelides, P. (2014). Intercultural education in Europe: policies, practices and trends. British Educational Research Journal, 40(2), 300-318. 10.1002/berj.3080
Goren, H. & Yemini, M. (2017). Global citizenship education redefined – a systematic review of empirical studies on global citizenship education. International Journal of Educational Research, 82, 170-183. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.02.004
Gorter, D. & Cenoz, J. (2015). The linguistic landscapes inside multilingual schools. In B. Spolsky, M. Tannenbaum & O. Inbar (Eds.), Challenges for language education and policy: Making space for people (pp. 151-169). Routledge.
Lourenço, M. (2018). Global, international and intercultural education: Three contemporary approaches to teaching and learning. On the Horizon, 26(2), 61–71. doi:10.1108/OTH-06-2018-095
Lourenço, M. (2021). From caterpillars to butterflies: exploring pre-service teachers’ transformations while navigating global citizenship education. Frontiers in Education, 6, 1-17. 10.3389/feduc.2021.651250
Lourenço, M., Brinkmann, L. M., McMonagle, S. & Melo-Pfeifer, S. (2022). Guidelines for introducing linguistic landscapes in (foreign) language learning and teacher education. Universität Hamburg. 10.25592/UHHFDM.10241
Lourenço, M. & Andrade, A. I. (2023). Educating for sustainability and global citizenship in uncertain times: a case study with in-service teachers in Portugal. In J. Madalinska-Michalak (Ed.), Quality in teaching and teacher education: international perspectives from a changing world (pp. 180-202). Brill.
Oxley, L. & Morris, P. (2013). Global citizenship: a typology for distinguishing its multiple conceptions. British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(3), 301-325. 10.1080/00071005.2013.798393
Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S. & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 1-21. 10.1080/03050068.2020.1723352
Pinho, A. S. & Andrade, A. I. (2008). Programme de formation et parcours personnels d’apprentissage professionnel. Les langues modernes, 1, 53-61.
Silva, F. & Andrade, A. I. (2018). Educação para a cidadania global e intercompreensão: reflexões em torno de um projeto desenvolvido no 1º ciclo do ensino básico. Indagatio Didactica, 10(1), 83-97. 10.34624/id.v10i1.11403
UNESCO (1996). Universal Declaration on Linguistic Rights. UNESCO.
UNESCO (2002). Declaração Universal sobre a Diversidade Cultural. UNESCO.
UNESCO (2005). Convenção sobre a Proteção e a Promoção da Diversidade das Expressões Culturais. UNESCO.
Tarozzi, M. & Torres, C. A. (2018). Global citizenship education and the crisis of multiculturalism. Bloomsbury.
Vavitsas, T. & Nikolaou, G. (2021). Highlighting the critical elements of interculturalism: towatds a critical intercultural education. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 19(2), 296-314.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Critical Pedagogies in Neoliberal Times: the Voices of Rural Teachers in Peru

Silvia Espinal Meza

University of Bristol, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Espinal Meza, Silvia

Over the previous three decades, social justice in education has become increasingly relevant to debates on globalisation, capitalism, and inequalities around the world (Rawls, 1971; Young, 1990; Fraser, 1997; Greene, 1998; Zajda, 2006; Rizvi, 2009; Taylor et al, 1997). In the Latin America context, neoliberalism has become hegemonic in the last 30 years with Peru adopting this model in 1990. However, neoliberalism has affected communities in distinct ways, creating further disparities between a minority who have benefitted from this model and more than one third of the population still living in poverty and exclusion in countries like Peru. Moreover, the neoliberal model has served to marginalise the voices of rural teachers and their practices of social justice in Peru.

Although previous educational research in the country has made important contributions in terms of quality education and educational inequalities, the voices of rural teachers from a social justice perspective have not been sufficiently incorporated into these studies. A social justice framework encompasses a set of ideal theories with which to analyse social contexts like the Peruvian case where disparities persist. The praxis of social justice in education is expressed through critical pedagogies.

Thus, the research will explore how do a group of secondary school teachers in rural Peru conceptualise and practice their commitment to social justice through critical pedagogies in a neoliberal context. In particular, the research will delve into the implementation of these critical pedagogies from the voices of seven rural teachers. The theoretical framework discusses distinct social justice traditions (liberal individualist, market-individualist and social-democratic) and the main concepts from critical pedagogy as a praxis of social justice in education. Through the review of authors like Rawls, Fraser, I.M. Young, Freire, Giroux, McLaren, Darder, among other scholars, the theoretical framework presents the implications of social justice and critical pedagogies through the concepts of dialogue, problem-posing and critical consciousness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research uses a narrative inquiry perspective within the tradition of qualitative studies. The study of narratives refers to the plural ways humans experience the world (Connelly & Clandinin, 1990). Narrative inquiry embraces narrative as both the method and phenomena of study (Pinnegar & Daynes, 2007). Within the educational field, there are experiences and stories from teachers and learners that illuminate larger scale social narratives. For this research, the use of narratives aims to bring the micro level (teachers’ stories) and the macro level (educational policies in neoliberal times) into dialogue.

The research applied in-depth interviews to grasp the teacher’s stories about their experiences in social justice and critical pedagogies. Following this, seven teachers in rural Cusco and Ayacucho (highlands of Peru) were interviewed. These teachers are working at primary and secondary levels in rural Peru and have at least five years of teaching experience working with critical pedagogies in rural areas of Peru. Furthermore, they have a trajectory not only as teachers but also activities or leaders working in line with social justice in education.

Regarding narrative analysis, a paradigmatic analysis is applied to identify the categories that emerge from these stories and establish relationships among these categories of social justice practices (Polkinghorne, 1995).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a work-in-progress, the first analysis reveals the important role of native language (Quechua) as fundamental to reappraising the local culture. Through creative methodologies that include arts, dance and drawings, teachers seek to empower the native culture through Freirean concepts such as critical consciousness and problem-posing. To achieve these objectives, the teachers acknowledge the role of parents and the community in supporting their critical pedagogy practices in schools. Thus, for most of the teachers interviewed, social justice in education is addressed by valuing the native culture in dialogue with western knowledges. Consequently, they seek to empower native knowledge to place both cultures on the same level. Finally, these narratives are emerging from rural teachers who are making their voices heard from a social justice approach.  
References
Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of Experience and Narrative Inquiry. Educational Researcher, 19(5), 2–14

Darder, A. (2014). Freire and Education (1st ed.). Routledge.

Fraser, N. (1997). Justice Interruptus: Critical Reflections on the "Postsocialist" Condition (1st ed.). Routledge.

Freire, P (1970) Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York, Continuum

Freire, P (1974) Education for Critical Consciousness. New York, Continuum, 1974

Freire, P (1998) Pedagogy of Freedom: Ethics, Democracy and Civic Courage. Lanham: MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Freire, P & D. Macedo (1995) A dialogue: culture, language and race. In: Harvard Educational Review (1995) 65 (3): 377–403.

Giroux H (2010). Rethinking Education as the Practice of Freedom: Paulo Freire and the Promise of Critical Pedagogy. Policy Futures in Education. 8(6):715-721. doi:10.2304/pfie.2010.8.6.715

Giroux, H.A. (2013). Critical Pedagogy in Dark Times. Praxis Educativa, 17, 27-38.

Greene, Maxine (1998). Introduction: Teaching for Social Justice in: Ayers, William, Hunt, Jean Ann and Quinn, Therese (eds.) Teaching for Social Justice, pp. xxvii-xlvi. New York: Teachers College Press.

McLaren, P. (2002). Critical pedagogy: A look at the major concepts. In Antonia Darder et al. (Eds.), The critical pedagogy reader (pp. 69-96). New York and London: Routlege/Falmer

Pinnegar, S., & Daynes, J. G. (2007). Locating Narrative Inquiry Historically: Thematics in the Turn to Narrative. In D. J. Clandinin (Ed.), Handbook of narrative inquiry: Mapping a methodology (pp. 3–34). Sage Publications

Polkinghorne, D (1995) Narrative configuration in qualitative analysis, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 8:1, 5-23, DOI: 10.1080/0951839950080103

Rawls, John. 1971. A Theory of Justice. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press
Rizvi, F. (2009). International perspectives on social justice in education. In: Ayers, W. et al. Handbook of social justice in education. Routledge.

Rizvi, F & Engel L. (2009) Neo-Liberal Globalization, Educational Policy, and the Struggle for Social Justice. In: Ayers, W. et al. Handbook of social justice in education. Routledge
Taylor, S., Rizvi, F., Lingard, B., & Henry, M. (1997). Education Policy and the Politics of Change. London: Routledge

Young, I. M. (1990). Justice and the politics of difference. Princeton University Press

Zajda J., Majhanovich S., Rust V. (2006) Education and Social Justice: Issues of Liberty and Equality in the Global Culture. In: Zajda J., Majhanovich S., Rust V. (eds) Education and Social Justice. Springer, Dordrecht


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Role of Racial Literacy in Pedagogies for Social Justice

Margaret Lovell

University of South Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Lovell, Margaret

Racism is a global phenomenon affecting many of the world’s peoples across all continents including Europe and Australia, with experiences such as prejudice and discrimination well-documented (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA), 2018). With the 2020 renewal of, and global interest in, USA’s Black Lives Matter movement, white Australian and European peoples have begun to become more cognizant of our dichotomous positioning as both ‘multicultural’ and highly racialised societies. Immigrants to Australia and Europe experience racisms through the systems of the dominant, neo-liberal, white, patriarchal, capitalist culture. These systems of Whiteness are invisible and ubiquitous, normative, and performative (Ball et al., 2022; Moreton-Robinson, 2015) and result in similar experiences of racisms for many individuals identified as not belonging to the white social. Although the targeted groups may differ, “race…as a technology of power” (Lentin, 2020, p. 82) and the “hierarchy of different races with White people (men) at the top” (Ball et al., 2022, p. 3) drives racisms across multiple facets of society in both the European Union and in the country now known as Australia.

The 2021 report from the European Commission Against Racism and Intolerance (ECRI) provides an example of the similarity between experiences of racisms on the European and Australian continents. The experiences of racism in interactions with policing in Europe harms many non-white people, including Roma and people of African descent (Ball et al., 2022), with “discriminatory profiling by the police…a common reality” (FRA, 2018, p. 1). Racial profiling and targeted incarceration (in both adult and juvenile systems) are common experiences for Aboriginal Australian Peoples also. Changes to policy and systems at government levels have failed to demolish institutional/systemic racisms, address white privilege, or deliver substantive improvement to disparities in the wellbeing, life expectancy, and social opportunities afforded non-white peoples globally.

Experiences of racisms in pedagogies, curricula and policy continue to impact educational outcomes for many students of colour around the world, including Roma and Aboriginal Australian students (Ball, 2022; Moodie et al., 2019). The consequent “critical education gap” between Aboriginal peoples and other Australians is mirrored globally. The impact of a lack of cultural safety (Bin-Sallik, 2003) within classrooms on this “education gap” has garnered little attention in mainstream Australia, with student outcomes in education such as attendance, literacy and numeracy and year 12 completion remaining the most common measure of the impact of education on students (Burgess et al., 2019). These outcomes remain consistently unequal when compared to non-Aboriginal students, regardless of unceasing guidance from Aboriginal Peoples (Morrison et al., 2019) and decades of change to Australian federal and state policy and educational practice.

My PhD research is grounded in the need for non-Aboriginal Australian teachers to develop an understanding of the ongoing colonisation of the place now known as Australia, and the detrimental impact this continues to have on Aboriginal students, families, and communities. It seeks to explore how the concept of “racial literacy”, first posited in 2004 by British scholar France Winddance Twine and American scholar Lani Guinier, could provide a bridge for teachers to understand and address the euphemistically described “race relations” (Lentin, 2020) within Australian education. It draws on Decoloniality and Critical Whiteness Theory as frameworks to guide a critical qualitative research study in three phases.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Theoretical framework
The PhD research is framed by Decoloniality (Patel, 2016), recognising the global impact of colonial processes as still present. A decolonial approach allows for Critical Whiteness Theory (CWT) (Moreton-Robinson, 2015) as an analytical device. CWT aligns with Critical Race Theory’s fundamental precept that racisms are ordinary and usual at both individual and systemic levels (Crenshaw et al., 1995). CWT turns the theoretical lens onto white people and Whiteness in particular. It strives to interrogate the normative invisibility of Whiteness, pointing to the ways this invisibility is embodied through Education systems and teachers’ knowledges and practices.
Data collection in three phases
In the first phase Aboriginal secondary students will be invited to share their experiences of racisms at school. Participants will be supported to share what they choose regarding their experiences of racisms in schools and what they wish their teachers knew, felt, could do through a method of their own choosing. Inviting student participants to engage in coding and analysis of their own data acknowledges the ownership of stories, and students can control their narrative all the way through the research process. Privileging Aboriginal Australian students’ voices strives to position experiences of racisms at the centre of the study, as “we need to design research…in which accounts of racism can be solicited and represented” (Swan, 2017, p. 557).
Phase two explores white teachers’ racial literacy, based on six criteria outlined by Twine and Steinbugler (2006). The narrative approach of Appreciative Inquiry will be utilised in this phase of the project, providing opportunity for open reflection upon current thoughts, feelings, values, processes, and policies (Leeson et al., 2016).
Finally, a small group of white teachers from a single education site will be supported through Critical Action Research to explore the effect of developing racial literacy on their pedagogies. This approach allows teachers to explore issues of social justice through working together to consider the impact of their professional practices.
Thematic analysis will be utilised to code data from all phases. As an iterative process, thematic analysis supports the fundamental responsibility of researcher reflexivity in this project. Further, thematic analysis incorporates critical frameworks to investigate phenomena within socio-cultural constructs, supporting the application of Decoloniality and Critical Whiteness Theory to the data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students’ experiences of racisms in education are well-documented globally, and increasingly within Australia (see Moodie et al., 2019). This ontological (Moreton-Robinson, 2015) and pedagogical (personal communication, K. Sinclair, 2022) violence has a detrimental impact on the short-term cultural safety of students in education settings, and correspondingly longer-term impacts across a wide range of life domains.
Teachers cannot defer pedagogical responsibility because the systemic nature of racisms is evident. Zembylas (2018, p. 94) insists that this “…is political work that needs to be done to confront the consequences of white supremacy rather than the narcissistic and sentimentalised illusion of constructing emotionally safe spaces for Whites.” Teachers must be educated about Australia’s hegemonic education system to drive educated, professional choices in their practice. Teachers’ lack of knowledge about ‘race’ and racisms, including the institutional Whiteness of education and the structural privilege of being white in highly racialised societies, delimits teachers’ roles in working in Anti-racism to decolonise the institutional racisms experienced in education.
This PhD research aims to contribute to global Antiracism praxes by exploring the benefits of increasing awareness of race, racisms and Whiteness for teachers who do not experience racisms. The research methods aim to privilege the voices of students experiencing racisms in schools to honour the counter-narrative, making space for voices that are often not heard within Australian schools. White teachers need support in the essential work of delivering culturally safe education. This PhD study aims to explore whether racially literate praxes becoming central to teaching and learning can scaffold the perspective shift required to support teachers’ commitment to social justice and enable an activist teacher identity.

References
Ball, E., Steffens, M.C., & Niedlich, N. (2022). Racism in Europe: characteristics and intersections with other social categories. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, DOI: 10.3389/fpsyg.2022.789661.

Bin-Sallik, M. (2003). Cultural safety: Let’s name it!. Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 32, 21-28.

Burgess, C., Tennent, C., Vass, G., Guenther, J., Lowe, K., & Moodie, N. (2019). A systematic review of pedagogies that support, engage and improve the educational outcomes of Aboriginal students. Australian Educational Researcher, 46, 297–318.

Crenshaw, K., Gotanda, N., Peller, G., & Thomas, K. (Eds.). (1995). Critical race theory: the key writings that formed the movement, The New Press.

European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA). (2018). Being Black in the EU: second European Union minorities and discrimination survey summary. https://fra.europa.eu/en/publication/2018/being-black-eu.

Guinier, L. (2004). From racial liberalism to racial literacy: Brown v. Board of Education and the interest-divergence dilemma. Journal of American History, 91(1), 92–118.

Leeson, S., Smith, C., & Rynne, J. (2016). Yarning and appreciative inquiry: the use of culturally appropriate and respectful research methods when working with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women in Australian prisons. Methodological Innovations, 9, 1–17.

Lentin, A. (2020). Why race still matters. Polity Press.

Moodie, N., Maxwell, J., & Rudolph, S. (2019). The impact of racism on the schooling experiences of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students: a systematic review. Australian Educational Researcher, 46, 273–295.

Moreton-Robinson, A. (2015). The white possessive: property, power and Indigenous sovereignty. University of Minnesota Press.

Morrison, A., Rigney, L-I., Hattam, R., & Diplock, A. (2019). Toward an Australian culturally responsive pedagogy: a narrative review of the literature. University of South Australia.

Patel, L. (2016). Decolonizing educational research: from ownership to answerability. Routledge.

Swan, E. (2017). What are white people to do? listening, challenging ignorance, generous encounters and the ‘not yet’ as diversity research praxis. Gender, Work and Organization, 24(5), 547–563.

Twine, F.W. (2004). A white side of black Britain: the concept of racial literacy. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 27(6), 878–907.

Twine, F.W., & Steinbugler, A.C. (2006). The gap between whites and whiteness: interracial intimacy and racial literacy. Du Bois Review, 3(2), 341–363.  

Zembylas, M. (2018). Affect, race, and white discomfort in schooling: decolonial strategies for ‘pedagogies of discomfort’. Ethics and Education, 13(1), 86–104.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm01 SES 01 C: Initial Teacher Education in Various Contexts
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Daniela Mercieca
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Narrowing the Theory-Practice Divide: An Evaluation of Teaching Psychological Theories in the Educational Psychology Professional Training Programme.

Daniela Mercieca, Sarah Hulme

University of Dundee, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Mercieca, Daniela; Hulme, Sarah

An important aspect of Educational Psychology (EP) practice is the ability to apply theoretical knowledge to practice. We, the authors, are part of an academic team on a training programme for educational psychologists in Scotland. Our presentation concerns the recent revision of the manner in which we ‘teach’ key developmental theories in educational psychology. In the past, these theories were imparted as discrete pieces of knowledge, with students then required to integrate theory and practice by presenting an assessment of how a particular theory can be applied in practice. The discrete ‘teaching’ that this approach necessitated was identified by the programme team as being a major limitation as it did not reflect the often messy and complex interplay of theories that real life practice often presents.

Following our evaluation of this, we sought to engage with the question of what students are expected to learn and decided to come to the theories of development through real life scenarios which reflect the complexity that EPs in practice face on a daily basis. We now approach this teaching by starting from such a vignette, which we then seek to unpick by discussing (in a co-teaching format) how different aspects of the vignette reflects a variety of theories, some of which interact with each other. Stories can bring abstract principles to life by giving them concrete form and tends to have more depth than a simple example (Green, 2004).

Research question: How can we “reimagine” the teaching of developmental theories in educational psychologists’ professional training?

This approach reflects the humanising drive which we seek in the professional training of EPs, where we actively position ourselves, in our role as practitioners as well as teachers, as subjects rather than objects. And as subjects engaging in the contradictions and tensions in a complex social world, we develop our “critical awareness and willingness to engage in transformative action” (Roberts 2008, 2). Using the problem-posing andragogy, seen by Paolo Freire as ‘liberating education’, we start from the posing of problems rather than the giving of answers, and its dialogical nature means that teachers and students learn from each other. Our planning also involved a graduated approach, where trainees would first see us, as members of academic staff, have a discussion about the psychological theories in a story, after which we would then gradually support the trainees to do the same with other casework vignettes. This graduated approach to having the trainees work on the vignettes independently was aimed at supporting their thinking and their self-efficacy in a process of conscientisation as the trainees’ (indeed even that of academic staff) understanding of the social world is deepened through the dialogue.

This approach, we believe, contributes to increasing the trainees’ capacity for critical reflection and engaging in praxis, both ethical processes which are inherent in the formation of a professional. This is important for educational practitioners as it highlights the interaction that is needed between theorising and acting in order to critically reflect on reality and therefore create change through action. This ties in with our previous work phronêsis, the capacity ‘to see’ and be sensitive to a situation, discern, deliberate, reflect, judge and act (see Carr, 2006). The suggestion that trainees are viewing the more experienced lecturers deliberate and uncover complexities in the stories is in line with Joseph Dunne’s (1993) work that trainees need to experience this virtue to enable them to embed it in their character, in both their thinking and their practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This change was partly brought about because of a long-standing dissatisfaction felt by the academic team about our teaching of psychological theories, and a perceived confusion on the part of the trainees as to how these theories are applicable to practice. The precipitating factor which prompted the academic team to make the change was the sudden need to alter the delivery of the sessions due to restrictions caused by the pandemic. We embarked on an action research project and went through the stages of Assessment and Planning, followed by Doing through lecture delivery.

In our assessment we considered how teaching the theories in a sterile neatly packaged manner was not enabling our students in their first semester of training to gain a sense of the function of theories in practice. Instead we planned our lectures using vignettes from practice as a starting point, and planned to then model to the trainees how to see theories of psychology work in these stories through our delivery of the lectures. Our planning also involved a graduated approach, where trainees would first see us, as members of academic staff, have a discussion about the psychological theories in a story, after which we would then gradually support the trainees to do the same with other casework vignettes.

We are now in the Reviewing phase of this action research project and carried out a qualitative survey of the views of trainees about this manner of delivery. Through a short questionnaire asking open-ended questions, we encouraged the trainees to anonymously provide feedback around the teaching of psychological theories in their professional training programme.  Those who agreed to participate were asked to reflect on
- What they think about the teaching of this area was approached
- Whether this had an impact on the way they are embedding theory in practice into their thinking and assessment.  

Responses were analysed using a reflexive thematic analysis approach which aligns with the teaching methodology itself.  This allowed us as lecturers and researchers to position ourselves as an integral part of the interpretation of the data. This review phase was also supported by colleagues in the academic team who participated in the assessment of the trainees’ submitted work.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This project will inform and develop teaching practices to ensure that students on a professional training programme experience teaching and learning that minimises the distance between theory and practice.  This will ultimately inform discussion around effective pedagogies for professional training programmes.  The evaluative data gathered about this newly implemented teaching and learning practice provides further information as to the effectiveness of this methodology.  
References
Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (30th anniversary ed.). New York: Continuum.
Ledwith, M. 2018. Paulo Freire and the Politics of Disposability: Creating Critical Dissent Dialogues. (Eds) A. Melling, R. Pilkington. Paulo Freire and Transformative Education. Palgrave Macmillan: Uk.
Lewis, M. K., and Lee, A. K. (2009). Critical Consciousness in Introductory Psychology: A Historically Black University Context. Pedagogy and the Human Sciences, 1 (1), 50-60.
Roberts, P. (2008) Teaching as an ethical and political process: a Freirean Perspective. In (Eds) Carpenter, V., Jesson, J., Roberts, P. and Stephenson, M. Nga Kaupapa Here: Connections and Contradictions in Education. Melbourne: Cengage.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

How can Multiculturalism be Celebrated Through Teacher Training?

Noa Shapira1, Meital Amzalag2

1Kinneret Academic College, Israel; 2Holon Institute of Technology, Isreal

Presenting Author: Shapira, Noa; Amzalag, Meital

The current study examines teachers' processes throughout an online teachers' professional development (TPD) program and an interactive activity, where 68 teachers shared their cultural components with teachers from other cultures.

People within countries are diverse in many aspects, such as race, ethnicity, origin, gender, age, family, and disabilities (Aylward and Mitten 2022; Banks and Banks 2019; Dhiman et al. 2019; Ghazaie, Rafieian, and Dadashpoor 2021). For example, Israel has a diverse and multifaceted society, and its public education system is divided into multiple cultures and, sometimes, deep social-cultural rifts (Sabbagh and Resh 2014; van de Weerd 2020). Particularly, Israel’s public education system is divided into a Jewish system, which is again divided into several subsystems (secular schools, religious schools, and independent ultra-religious schools), and an Arab system (Abu-Saad 2019; Agbaria 2018). As a result, secular, religious ultra-orthodox, and Arab teachers rarely meet or work together. Further, students from these groups do not meet or know each other.

Under such circumstances, managing diversity effectively is crucial for societies worldwide and in Israel. For example, celebrating diversity is the key to greater productivity, increased creativity, and heightened workplace morale and motivation (Dhiman, Modi, and Kumar 2019). Urban areas and cities can break segregation and turn diversity into a creative force for innovation, growth, well-being, and safe places for the residents (Ghazaie, Rafieian, and Dadashpoor 2021; Fincher et al. 2014). Within this, social inclusion in schools is an important goal, supporting social-emotional and academic success for all students (Hymel and Katz 2019; Walsh, Fogel-Grinvald, and Shneider 2015; Pizmony-Levy and Kosciw 2016).

Indeed, it is possible to improve intergroup relations and celebrate diversity and societal multiculturalism through the contact hypothesis by encouraging meetings between cultures under appropriate conditions, face-to-face and online (Dovidio, Eller, and Hewstone 2011; Amzalag and Shapira 2021; Vezzali et al. 2014; Pettigrew et al. 2011). Thus, we based the current research on the assumption that we can foster a multicultural approach and celebrate diversity in the Israeli educational system through meetings and discussions between teachers from different cultures as the first phase before meetings between the students. Another assumption is that the meetings themselves are not enough. The teachers should meet, discuss, and learn about other teachers’ core cultural components (Hidalgo, 2013; Sever, 2014, 2016; Spencer-Oatey, 2012). Moreover, these meetings and discussions can occur online considering the separation in the Israeli educational system and the promise by scholars that online contact improves intergroup relations (Amzalag and Shapira 2021).

To foster meaningful meetings and discourses between teachers in Israeli society, we designed a Teachers Professional Development (TPD) program called ‘educators for shared society.’

The online TPD program aimed to accompany teachers who wanted to promote a shared society through:

  • meaningful meetings and discourses among teachers from different cultures
  • creating pairs of teachers from different cultures
  • planning a shared program for students
  • implementing the program in the classrooms

The current research presents the whole process of the TPD program. It focuses on the first phase of the program: a meeting that was conducted through an interactive presentation. On the first slide of the presentation, an explanation was presented outlining what culture is and what the core and peripheral components of culture are. Each teacher was asked to add a picture representing their culture, write about the picture and respond to two teachers from other cultures.

The research questions guiding our research are:

  1. What changes occurred in the teachers’ attitudes regarding multiculturalism before and after the TPD program?
  2. What cultural characteristics appeared in the interactive activity during the TPD program?
  3. What characterizes the connection between the teachers during the TPD program?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study combines quantitative and qualitative data to provide a rich and comprehensive understanding of the phenomenon investigated (Cohen et al. 2018). We conducted our research as part of an online TPD program from October to January (20212022). This program was published at the Center for Educational Technology (CET) in Tel Aviv, Israel.
Participants

Ninety-one teachers started the TPD program and 68 completed the program (14 men and 54 women). The average participant age was 40.12 years (S.D = 9.8). Most of the participants teach in Jewish state schools (74%), 15% teach in Arab state schools, 6% teach in religious public schools, 2% in orthodox schools, and 3% in other kinds of schools. Thirty-one participants teach in elementary schools and the remainder in middle and high schools. Twenty-five participants teach science or mathematics and 43 teach humanities. Most participants (56%) have a bachelor’s degree, 38% have advanced degrees, and all the others have a teaching certificate.
Data-collection and data-analysis methods
We used quantitative data from 68 respondents on the pre-and post-questionnaire and qualitative data from 86 participants’ slides in a collaborative presentation.
Research tools

Questionnaire
We used a pre-and-post-questionnaire which consisted of two parts: 1) Demographic background and 2) Attitudes toward Multiculturalism.
 All the items are the same in the pre-and post-questionnaire. The items are based on Maruyama et al., 2000; Pohan and Aguilar, 2001, and Holladay et al., 2003. All the items except demographic background used a Likert scale (1=not true at all; 5=very true).

Slide content analysis:

We analyzed the slides using Narralizer software (http://www.narralizer.com). The content analysis was based on core and peripheral cultural components (Sever 2016; Spencer 2012).  


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The teachers who signed up for the TPD program had positive attitudes toward multiculturalism. Therefore, there was no significant change in their attitudes following the TPD program. Simultaneously, one factor significantly changed: Social connections between people from different cultures. Considering the complex situation and the lack of opportunities to meet different groups in Israeli society and the educational system (Sabbagh and Resh 2014; Agbaria 2018b), the online TPD program allowed the teachers to meet other teachers they usually do not meet. These meetings and connections occurred despite the tensions and social rifts in Israeli society.
Moreover, the teachers mainly shared their core cultural components, such as identity, values, family, food and the story behind it, history, and language, in the pictures they chose and the text they wrote. Also, in pictures that present visible artifacts (Sever 2016), they added the stories behind them or how they interpret them (Banks and Banks 2019). Indeed, multicultural societies should wish to learn about and accept these diverse core cultural values (Sever 2016). The current research demonstrates how it is possible to learn about core cultural values through an online TPD program and an interactive activity that foster meaningful intercultural meetings among teachers from various groups.
The teachers looked for similar characteristics and commonalities and tried to avoid controversial issues, mentioning that everyone is connected as human beings. Indeed, teachers in diverse societies tend to look for commonalities when they meet each other (Amzalag and Shapira 2021).
Despite the social-cultural rifts (Sabbagh and Resh 2014) and the division in Israel’s public education system (Abu-Saad 2019; Agbaria 2018a), the teachers expressed positive emotions and identification with each other. Thus, we argue that distant groups can be brought together through an online acquaintance and an interactive presentation, which encourages the sharing of core cultural components

References
Abu-Saad, Ismael. 2019. “Palestinian Education in the Israeli Settler State: Divide, Rule and Control.” Settler Colonial Studies 9 (1): 96–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/2201473X.2018.1487125.
Agbaria, Ayman K. 2018. “The ‘Right’ Education in Israel: Segregation, Religious Ethnonationalism, and Depoliticized Professionalism.” Critical Studies in Education 59 (1): 18–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2016.1185642.
Clauss-Ehlers, Caroline S., David A. Chiriboga, Scott J. Hunter, Gargi Roysircar, and Pratyusha Tummala-Narra. 2019. “APA Multicultural Guidelines Executive Summary: Ecological Approach to Context, Identity, and Intersectionality.” American Psychologist 74 (2): 232–44. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000382.

Dhiman, Satinder, Sanjay Modi, and Varinder Kumar. 2019. “Celebrating Diversity through Spirituality in the Workplace: Transforming Organizations Holistically.” Journal of Values-Based Leadership 12 (1). https://doi.org/10.22543/0733.121.1256.
Dovidio, John F., Anja Eller, and Miles Hewstone. 2011. “Improving Intergroup Relations through Direct, Extended and Other Forms of Indirect Contact.” Group Processes and Intergroup Relations 14 (2): 147–60. https://doi.org/10.1177/1368430210390555.

Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. (Eds.). 2019. Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives. John Wiley & Sons.‏
Hidalgo, Nitza M. 2013. “Multicultural Teacher Introspection.” Freedom’s Plow: Teaching in the Multicultural Classroom, 99–106. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315021454-6.
Jennings, P. A., and Mark T. Greenberg. 2009. “The Prosocial Classroom: Teacher Social and Emotional Competence in Relation to Student and Classroom Outcomes.” Review of Educational Research 79 (1): 491–525. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308325693.

Pettigrew, Thomas F, Linda R Tropp, Ulrich Wagner, and Oliver Christ. 2011. “International Journal of Intercultural Relations Recent Advances in Intergroup Contact Theory ଝ.” International Journal of Intercultural Relations 35 (3): 271–80. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2011.03.001.

Sabbagh, Clara, and Nura Resh. 2014. “Citizenship Orientations in a Divided Society: A Comparison of Three Groups of Israeli Junior-High Students-Secular Jews, Religious Jews, and Israeli Arabs.” Education, Citizenship and Social Justice 9 (1): 34–54. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197913497662.
Sever, Rita. 2014. “Diversity-Managemet Strategies ( DMS ) and Their Implications for Social Cohesion and Immigrants ’ Integration,” no. March.
Sever, Rita. 2016. “Preparing for a Future of Diversity - a Conceptual Framework for Planning and Evaluating Multicultural Educational Colleges” 10 (1): 23–49.

Weerd, Pomme van de. 2020. “Categorization in the Classroom: A Comparison of Teachers’ and Students’ Use of Ethnic Categories.” Journal of Multicultural Discourses 15 (4): 354–69. https://doi.org/10.1080/17447143.2020.1780243.
Vezzali, Loris, Miles Hewstone, Dora Capozza, Dino Giovannini, and Ralf Wölfer. 2014. “Improving Intergroup Relations with Extended and Vicarious Forms of Indirect Contact.” European Review of Social Psychology 25 (1): 314–89. https://doi.org/10.1080/10463283.2014.982948.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

‘Moving In’ - Students' And Teachers' Experiences Of New School Buildings

Hans Petter Ulleberg, Ellen Saur

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Ulleberg, Hans Petter; Saur, Ellen

This study investigates user experiences with newly built school environments by capturing experiences from Norwegian students and teachers. The school's physical environment is important for students' learning, well-being, and participation, and the physical environment outside and inside schools affects both learning and the working environment (Plotka, 2016; Niemi et al., 2022). Over the past twenty years there has been an effort to modernize schools and education, which has led to changes and new thinking in the design of school buildings and learning spaces (Deed & Lesko 2015; Rönnlund et al., 2021). In parallel there has been an international focus on skills needed for the 21st century and on inclusive education (eg. OECD, 2013). New school buildings, often named as innovative learning environments, are designed with flexible learning spaces, modern technology, and equipment to create room for a more adaptable and varied curriculum and to facilitate reformed practises of teachers’ work and students learning (Benade & Jackson, 2017). Innovative learning environments can be seen as a physical and pedagogical move to change educational culture and restructure educational practices (Page et al., 2021). Traditional classrooms, with rows of desks and teachers as instructors and mediators in front of the students, are nowadays described as outdated (Benade & Jackson, 2017). Flexible and extended learning spaces for larger student groups are thought to better support and improve teaching and student-active learning (Frelin & Grannäs, 2022). These environments are introduced with the aim of facilitating innovative forms of teaching and learning which in turn will promote future-oriented competences. However, little is known about how well the new school buildings support educational goals, and whether the physical environment and equipment are used as intended, are experienced as appropriate for the users, or live up to the ambitions, assumptions and intentions put forward regarding changes in teaching and learning (Mulcahy et al., 2015). In many cases, the design and use of new schools have revealed significant challenges for practical use and studies have shown such problems to be costly, when new schools must be rebuilt, rearranged, or re-aligned to become more appropriate for educational practice (Tse et al., 2019; Saltmarsh et al., 2015). Thus, the design of schools must be carefully assessed, and several considerations and factors come into play on how well a school building meets users’ needs (Byers et al., 2018; Dovey & Fisher, 2014). The design of new school buildings has met some resistance, and challenges with noise, unrest and concentration problems among students have characterized the debate (Everatt et al., 2019; Mealings et al., 2015; Shield et al., 2010). How teachers work in and respond to innovative and flexible school buildings can influence educational practice (Saltmarsh et al., 2015). Research on flexible learning environments and teachers' work points to different types of opportunities and challenges teachers face in new learning environments (Campbell, 2020; Young et al., 2020, Niemi, 2021; Vidergor, 2021). There is much evidence that teachers being able to experiment with teaching activities and organization is important to be comfortable and safe using new school buildings in an appropriate way (Vidergor, 2021). Today's school life has evolved from controlled timetables to an increase in students’ self-management through daily and weekly plans, and from having a clear and regulated school environment, to many children experiencing learning environments arranged for project and group work. The schools have to be inclusive both by design and educational practice for a varied diversity of students. Knowledge about teachers and students’ interactions, relations and experiences with the school’s physical environments may contribute to understanding how to and what supports both teachers' and students’ practices and well-being at school


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted using a qualitative research design with photovoice and group interviews. Students and teachers are acting individuals who interact with and use the physical surroundings at school. Thus, our purpose was to obtain rich descriptions of how students and teachers experience the school's physical environment. We chose to use photovoice (Wang & Burris, 1997; Sutton-Brown, 2014; Ihlebæk et.al, 2021) to facilitate the participants' voices and to enable the participants to gain greater ownership over the interaction with us researchers. This method gives hold of what the participants themselves are concerned with and is less governed by what we researchers have defined in advance. Thus, photovoice can help provide information that might otherwise be missed and gives the participants greater influence in the research than a traditional interview or questionnaire, where the questions are to a greater extent defined in advance. Kile (2021) highlights photovoice as a method suitable for researching how design is experienced, what challenges facing others can arise and how to improve situations. Thus, photovoice can prove useful for design researchers and practitioners alike as they seek to understand the challenges. The method shows applicability in different contexts (eg. Zuch et al., 2013; Ihlebæk et al., 2021), and we used photovoice by having teachers and students taking photos according to a description they had received in advance. In the description, emphasis was not placed on specific rooms they were to take photos of, but places where they felt it was best to learn/teach, where it was safe/unsafe, quiet/noisy, etc. Nevertheless, they were free to photograph and talk about what they thought was important to pass on. Based on the participants' photographs, we conducted conversation-based group interviews at the schools with students and teachers separately. Using photovoice, the participants have had a great influence on which themes became central in the conversations and interviews, and which rooms and what kind of interior they have highlighted through the photos. We had a total sample of 12 groups: 5 teacher groups and 7 student groups. Both primary and secondary school levels were represented. In beforehand, we had participated at interviews with principals and municipal school planners, as well as in guided tours at the school’s premises. The interviews were recorded digitally and produced a rich empirical material which was transcribed into text and analysed thematically and discussed in the context of research on education and physical school environments.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our aim was to explore users’ experiences with relatively newly built school environments. Results show that moving into new school premises was experienced by most, both students and teachers, as positive. They appreciated new materials, exciting designs and being surrounded by good colours. Even though the schools in our sample were different in both design and size, there were still some recurring themes that can be described as a form of "pain points". A recurring theme among students and teachers was that the changing rooms were perceived as small and/or poorly furnished in relation to the number of students. This led to an increased level of conflict and stress. Likewise, the need for break-out rooms or alternative learning spaces and rest rooms was a consistent theme.  To practice before moving into new premises was seen by the teachers as positive: those who got to train in new learning areas or mock-ups before moving from a traditional school into a more open and flexible school was beneficial. Several teachers were calling for better collaboration with planners, and to be explained why specific furniture or building solutions had been chosen, or frustration at not being heard when having specific wishes. Several informants felt that the outdoor environment was somewhat forgotten when new schools were built. Safety was important to the students: safe toilets and changing rooms, and the health nurse’s office with a cosy, shielded waiting area outside were highlighted by several students as a safe and good place. In general, the study provides knowledge concerning relations and interactions between users and the physical environment useful for discussions and plannings of future school environments. Knowledge of how physical environments of schools supports both students and teachers can be a valuable contribution to the fields of diversity, inclusive education, and teachers’ professional development.
References
Benade, L. & Jackson, M. (2017). Intro to ACCESS special issue: Modern learning environments, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49:8, 744-748, DOI:10.1080/00131857.2017.131798

Campbell, L. (2020). Teaching in an Inspiring Learning Space: an investigation of the extent to which one school’s innovative learning environment has impacted on teachers’ pedagogy and practice, Research Papers in Education, 35:2, 185-204, DOI: 10.1080/02671522.2019.1568526

Deed, C., & Lesko, T. M. (2015). ‘Unwalling’ the classroom: Teacher reaction and adaptation. Learning Environment Research, 18, 217–231.

Dovey, K. & Fisher, K. (2014). Designing for adaptation: the school as socio-spatial assemblage, The Journal of Architecture, 19:1, 43-63, DOI: 10.1080/13602365.2014.882376

Everatt, J., Fletcher, J. & Fickel, L. (2019). School leaders’ perceptions on reading, writing and mathematics in innovative learning environments, Education 3-13, 47:8, 906-919, DOI: 10.1080/03004279.2018.1538256


Ihlebæk, C.; Castellan, C.; Flobak, J.; Ese, J. (2021). The School as an Arena for Co-Creating Participation, Equity, and Well-Being—A Photovoice Study from Norway. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health 2021, 18, 8252. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18168252  


Kile, M. (2021) Uncovering Social Issues Through Photovoice: A Comprehensive Methodology. HERD: Health Environments Research & Design Journal, Volume 15, Issue 1


Mulcahy, D., Cleveland, B. & Aberton, H. (2015). Learning spaces and pedagogic change: envisioned, enacted and experienced, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2015.1055128  

Niemi, K. (2021). ‘The best guess for the future?’ Teachers’ adaptation to open and flexible learning environments in Finland, Education Inquiry, 12:3, 282-300, DOI:10.1080/20004508.2020.1816371

Niemi, K., Minkkinen, J. & Poikkeus, A-M. (2022). Opening up learning environments: liking school among students in reformed learning spaces, Educational Review.  DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2022.2098927

OECD. (2013). Innovative learning environments. Paris: OECD. Retrieved from  https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/innovativelearningenvironmentspublication.htm

Plotka, E. (2016). Better Spaces for Learning. London: Royal Institute for British Architects RIBA

Saltmarsh, S., Chapman, A., Campbell, M. & Drew, C. (2015). Putting 'structure within the space': Spatially un/responsive pedagogic practices in open-plan learning environments. Educational Review, 67(3), 315-327


Sutton-Brown, C. A. (2014) Photovoice: A Methodological Guide, Photography and Culture, 7:2, 169-185, DOI: 10.2752/175145214X13999922103165

Tse, H. M., Daniels, H. & Stables, A. (2019). School design matters. In: Hau Ming Tse, Harry Daniels, Andrew Stables & Sarah Cox (Eds.): Designing Buildings for the Future of Schooling. 2019. London: Routledge

Vidergor, H. E. (2021). Coping with teaching in innovative learning spaces: challenges, insights and practices. Learning Environments Research (2022) 25:707–724. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-021-09396-5

Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment. Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369–387. http://www.jstor.org/stable/45056507
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm01 SES 02 C: Digital Tools and Competences
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Frauke Meyer
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Profession of Change and New Ways of Working: Introducing a Digital Quality Tool in Preschool Education

Amelie Elm

University of Gavle, Sweden

Presenting Author: Elm, Amelie

Abstract

Reflecting on what happens when a digital quality tool is introduced in a preschool setting, a system owner expresses: “[I]t’s a process in itself, it becomes a new way of working really. It may be that you work with the systematic quality work on paper today, or in another digital product, however, you do it, it changes things” (Quote from an interview with a system owner). The quote is a description of what happens when a digital tool for quality is introduced. Things change and new ways of working appear. The quote above is also representative of how different processes of digitalization seem to challenge professional knowledge, e.g. how to work with quality in preschools, and how this leads to processes of sensemaking (cf. Weick, 1995) among practitioners. Thus, introducing a digital quality tool affects professional settings and challenges traditional ways of working. The specific digital tool investigated in this study, consisting of an integrated app and a web interface, has an outspoken aim to organize and develop the work with quality. As such, the new digital quality tool has the intention to create new ways of working as well as change. Thus, the introduction of a digital quality tool does things and it needs to be made sense of by organizations and individuals. The following is as such an investigation of these new ways and changes related to how pre-schools work with issues of quality and how they are made sense of within their professional context.

Based on these initial observations the research questions in this study address:

  • How is an introduction of a digital quality tool carried out in a Swedish pre-school setting?
  • How do pre-school actors make sense of the digital quality tool?

In relation to the above, it can be stated that implementing a digital quality tool is not a simple transport from one situation to the next one. Thus, the implementation is to be considered a challenge. It affects both preschool actors (teachers, children, parents, principals, etc.) as well as Education technology (EdTech) company's digital products on how to digitalize different aspects of education. Digitalization of education thus functions at the very hub of education where desires, ambitions, and practices are formulated and acted on (see for instance SALAR, 2019). The present study engages in this phenomenon and provides knowledge on how an introduction of a digital tool is carried out, what kind of intentions, purposes, and experiences appear, and how education is made sense of by involved actors when a digital quality tool is introduced.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
The study was designed as a qualitative case study with the digital quality tool as framing the case (Denzen & Lincoln, 2018; Yin, 2018; Simons, 2009; Stake, 2006). It was conducted in four Swedish municipalities and four different preschools. Methods in use were focus group observations of the introduction meeting and semi-structured interviews with follow-up questions (Denzen & Lincoln, 2018; Edward & Holland, 2013). The collection of data comprises observations from August and September, and interviews taking place from September until November 2021. The observations took place in conjunction with four introduction meetings held by the system owner of the observed digital quality tool. After the introduction, semi-structured interviews at all four preschools were performed. These interviews were audio-recorded with a total time of eight hours and fifty-one minutes. The interviews were held with a focus on how the participants experienced the introduction of the digital quality tool. The questions were circulating about what experiences the participants had during and after the introduction and if they considered anything missing, and if any questions occurred afterward.  

The data analysis is based on an approach of reflexive thematic analysis (see for instance Braun et al., 2019). With this approach, thematic analysis is understood as a reflexive and recursive open coding process. The work with reflexive and open coding can be considered an ongoing and critical conscious process where data content is interpreted by the researcher to reflect on the participants meaning. Data were generated into a thematic coding, organized by the same and coherent content (Emerson et al., 2011) visualizing different aspects of sensemaking of the digital quality tool by preschool actors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings
The study visualizes that, how the introduction is carried out makes a difference for the preschool actors. These differences entail nuanced variations in sense-giving; meaning how the introduction is performed, but also with what intentions the digital quality tool is presented. Differences in the length of the introductions were rather small, but it resulted in substantial variances in giving sensemaking opportunities; especially in the form of peer discussions and opportunities to ask questions for the participants. Another difference that was evident in the collected data was the rhetoric about opportunities for enhancing professional development. For instance, the presenting system owner frequently referred to the digital tool as a new way of working with quality. Among the preschool actor, this rhetoric of change and new ways of working is in no way that evident.
Another result emanating from the data was that sensemaking among the practitioners seems to be dependent on receiving the information and being given opportunities to discuss in small groups. This is because making sense in small groups was considered to give opportunities for interaction, to stop for questions, understand each other’s needs, and stepwise introduce different functions in the digital quality tool. Another observation worth mentioning is that teachers were ambiguous concerning how much time they were willing to invest in learning. A reason for this was that for the teachers it did not seem clear how long the digital tool would stay. Thus, the pre-school teachers reflected on the introduction of new techniques as something uncertain and changing and by that investing time in learning was seen as risky.

References
References
Braun, V, Clarke, V, Hayfield, N, Terry, G. (2019). Thematic Analysis. In P. Liamputtong (ed.), Handbook of Research Methods in Health Social Sciences. Singapore: Springer.
Denzen, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. Fifth edition (2018). The Sage handbook of qualitative research. Edwards, R., & Holland, J. (2013). What is qualitative interviewing?. A&C Black.
Emerson R M, Fretz R I, & Shaw L L. 2011. Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
SALAR. (2019). Lägesbeskrivning november 2019: Nationell handlingsplan för digitalisering av skolväsendet. Retrieved from
Swedish Ministry of Education. (2017). Nationell digitaliseringsstrategi för skolväsendet. (Diarienummer: U2017/04119/S ).
Simons, H. (2009). Case Study Research in Practice. Los Angeles: Sage Publications.
Stake, Robert E. (2006). Multiple Case Study Analysis. New York. London: The Guilford Press.
Yin, K, Robert. (2018) Case study research and applications: Design and methods. 6th edition. Thousand Oak, London and New Delhi: SAGE Publications.
Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations (Vol. 3). Sage


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Signs of Professional Vision in Teachers' Dicussions of their Professional Digital Competence

Apostolia Roka, Annika Lantz-Andersson, Ewa Skantz-Åberg

Göteborgs universitet (Göteborg), Sweden

Presenting Author: Roka, Apostolia

The teaching profession is becoming increasingly digitized. The educational policies and curriculum address the technology-oriented changes. It is paramount that there is support for the digitalised citizen to ensure a democratic and accessible society. Teachers serve as the main facilitators of students learning. More precisely, teachers are expected to develop the necessary competences to teach in technology-mediated activities in order to support students’ digital competence (Starkey, 2020). Teachers’ professional digital competence (PDC) addresses the complexity that is specific to the teaching profession (Erstad et al, 2021; Skantz-Åberg et al., 2022) through the transitional role of technologies in shaping learning in a digitalized age (Danish et al., 2021). Therefore, the transformative character of technology positions teachers as agents in reshaping their emerging professional competence and calls for changes in the way in which teachers understand and articulate their changed profession and practice. However, teachers’ perspectives and reflections on their understanding of their changing classroom practices through their experience of technology-mediated teaching activities remain less focused (Reeves & Lin, 2020). Based on sociocultural approaches (Säljö, 2010; Wertsch, 1998) this study takes a particular analytical interest in teachers’ ability to look at their practice in professionally relevant ways, indicating signs of professional vision (Goodwin, 1994). The concept of professional vision involves discursive practices to see and understand central phenomena within a professional community (Goodwin, 1994), which in this study concerns aspects of PDC.

In this paper, preschool class teachers, working in pairs, in collaboration with a team of researchers participated in educational design-based research (McKenney & Reeves, 2014) in which teachers and researchers together discussed and reflect on the competences that come into play in technology-mediated teaching activities. The discussions were elicitated by video clips from the classroom activities. These discussions, which are also video documented, are named reflective discussions (Lantz-Andersson et al., 2022) understood as first-hand, situated, and collaborative deliberations in interactive situations.

The aim of this study is to explore how teachers elaborate on the competence that comes into play in technology-mediated classroom activities and what signs of professional vision are shown in the reflective discussions in terms of how we analytically understand their utterances as coding, highlighting and articulating (Goodwin, 1994) key aspects of competence that come into play in their teaching. The following question frame our interest: What signs of teacher professional vision in relation to a digitalized early years classroom can analytically be identified in the reflective discussions between teachers and researchers?

The concept of professional vision as introduced and described by Goodwin (1994) suggests that there are professional ways of seeing, understanding, and talking about things that are connected to the specific tools that professionals use within their professional community. We therefore use professional vision as a concept for scrutinising events in our study, where shared collective practices are discussed. In addition, professional vision provides a framework that brings together ways of seeing and examining individual skills “within a community of competent practitioners” (p. 626). In educational settings, focusing on how teachers learn to code and highlight remarkable events among the simultaneous events that occur during classroom activities is linked to the development of teachers’ professional vision. In this study, the elicited video clips are used as a starting point for teachers to comment on their practice with the researchers’ central questions and inputs supporting the organisation of “the perceptual field” (Goodwin, 1994, p.620). Therefore, teachers’ professional vision is informed and shaped by balancing the individual and collective skills that structure and organize a professional field of expertise through joint reflections.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Underpinned by educational design-based research (McKenney & Reeves, 2019) the study involves nine teachers of early years education and a team of five researchers. The design involves video-documented technology-mediated teaching activities, followed by collaborative discussions, elicitated by videoclips from the classroom.
The discussions are also video-documented and constitute the main data. The researchers selected video clips of instructional sequences involving so-called critical incidents that include some kind of tension, i.e., instances where the teachers encountered a challenge, such as instructional difficulties in explaining the technology-mediated tasks to the pupils, and situations when they experienced insufficient knowledge of the functioning of a digital tools. In that sense, such critical incidents that are shown in the video sometimes are immediately noticed by the teachers, or sometimes they become obvious and further elaborated on by the researchers’ questions and points.
It is important to take into consideration the use of video in the reflective discussions and the role of the researchers’ questions, comments, and inputs. We use video to analyze teachers' practices as the video makes visible representations of their practices to them and others allowing a detailed examination and repetition of sequences of talk and embodied work practices performed in the actual settings of practice. Moreover, the collaborative video analysis approach could enable teachers to work together with the researchers to distinctly articulate and strive toward their professional vision.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggest that signs of professional vision are shown by the teachers’ highlighting of technological and pedagogical issues. The highlighting is articulated and represented through speech and gestures related to the technology-mediated activities as displayed in the video clips. The use of gestures along with the talk allowed the teachers to highlight the problematic situation of lack of adequate technical skills. The close access to the teacher's own reflections and understandings, offered by the video, enabled a more detailed analysis, and made it possible to see the specific challenges of the technological shift. An analysis of selected excerpts showed that video-based discussions are treated as an invitation to develop teaching practices and offer teachers new insights and ways of teaching with digital technology. The reflective discussions increased the teachers' focus on noticing aspects of their teaching, which included fostering the notion of ‘learning together' which the teachers problematized (highlighted). However, teachers demonstrated an awareness of the social and institutional practices of their profession, which also included their duties and responsibilities as teachers, so that they are not completely unprepared for class. In addition, when teachers talked about their insufficient use of digital tools, they emphasized teaching strategies such as flexibility, previous pedagogical knowledge, and experiences as compensatory factors. Therefore, teachers’ PDC is understood as an evolving and complex set of skills that involves both technical and pedagogical competences.



References
Danish, J. A., Johnson, H., Nicholas, C., Francis, D. C., Hmelo-Silver, C. E., Rogers, M. P., ... & Enyedy, N. (2021). Situating video as context for teacher learning. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 30, 100542.
Derry, S. J., Pea, R. D., Barron, B., Engle, R. A., Erickson, F., Goldman, R., ... & Sherin, B. L. (2010). Conducting video research in the learning sciences: Guidance on selection, analysis, technology, and ethics. The journal of the learning sciences, 19(1), 3-53.
Erstad, O., Kjällander, S., & Järvelä, S. (2021). Facing the challenges of ’digital competence’: A Nordic agenda for curriculum development for the 21st century. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 16(2), 77. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1891-943x-2021-02-04
Goodwin, C. (1994). Professional vision. American Anthropologist, 96, 606–633. https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.1994.96.3.02a00100.
Jordan, B., & Henderson, A. (1995). Interaction analysis: Foundations and practice. The journal of the learning sciences, 4(1), 39-103.
Lantz-Andersson, A., Skantz-Åberg, E., Roka, A., Lundin, M., & Williams, P. (2022). Teachers’ collaborative reflective discussions on technology-mediated teaching: Envisioned and enacted transformative agency. Learning Culture and Social Interaction, 35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2022.100645
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research (2nd ed.). Routledge.
Reeves, T. C., & Lin, L. (2020). The research we have is not the research we need. Educational Technology Research and Development, 68, 1991-2001.
Starkey, L. (2020). A review of research exploring teacher preparation for the digital age. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(1), 37-56.
Säljö, R. (2010). Digital tools and challenges to institutional traditions of learning: technologies, social memory and the performative nature of learning. Journal of computer assisted learning, 26(1), 53-64.
Tripp, T., & Rich, P. (2012). Using video to analyze one's own teaching. British Journal of Educational Technology, 43(4), 678-704.
Wertsch, J. V. (1998). Mind as action. Oxford university press.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Potential Of Virtual Reality To Combat Teacher Bias And Increase Empathy

Frauke Meyer, Jo Smith, Gabriella Foreman-Brown

University of Auckland, New Zealand

Presenting Author: Meyer, Frauke

It is well-documented that educators’ prejudices surface in interactions with students and as a result influence students’ learning, academic beliefs, and attitudes toward school (Brophy, 1983; Cheng & Starks, 2002; DeCuir-Gunby, & Bindra, 2022; Meissel et al., 2017; Rubie-Davies, 2006). Prejudice is generally defined as “a negative bias toward a social category of people, with cognitive, affective, and behavioral components” (Paluck et al., 2012, p. 534). While explicit (conscious) biases are easier to identify and address because we are more aware of them, implicit (unconscious) biases tend to impact our behaviour more when we are tired, stressed, act under time constraints, or are faced with ambiguous or incomplete information (Staats, 2016).

Policymakers have increasingly called for anti-bias training for educators, however, most research on such efforts has shown that they have little sustained effects (Bezrukova et al., 2016; Carter et al., 2020; Paluck et al., 2021). As Carter and colleagues (2020) note, training often merely raises awareness of bias and in some cases triggers defensive reactions when participants are confronted with their biases without being given strategies to move forward.

With the technological advances in virtual reality (VR), the ability to immerse participants into different worlds and embody other personas has given rise to a new avenue of anti-bias training and research. VR interventions to combat bias have shown some promising results (Hatfield et al., 2022), however, these have been mainly experimental studies documenting bias in psychology or in the medical field. Only a few intervention studies exist, and these have mostly been light touch (i.e., under ten minutes) and conducted in labs with graduate students, thus their applicability to real-life contexts is uncertain (Paluck et al., 2021). Hatfield and colleagues (2022) conducted a systematic review of VR intervention research regarding racial bias and noted that 61 out of 68 studies reviewed only examined whether prejudices existed but did not explore solutions. These studies often used VR to enable participants to have contact with avatars presenting an out-group (e.g., avatars of a different race). More recently, studies have experimented with participants embodying a different race or skin colour avatar to enable perspective-taking (Groom et al., 2009), however, if the avatar lacked a real context or persona, biases seemed perpetuated. Hatfield and colleagues (2022) described this form of embodiment as ‘virtual Blackface’ (p.6). VR experiences in which the avatar has a name and history, and offers views into their experiences of prejudice, have shown more positive results in facilitating prejudice reduction (for one example, see Banakou et al., 2020).

Most research has been conducted in psychology or the medical field and few studies exist in education. Haghanikar and Hooper (2021) describe a preservice course aiming to build knowledge and awareness about homelessness. One assignment involved a VR experience embodying a homeless person. However, the impact of the VR experience or the course on students was not evaluated. A couple of small studies have explored the design of a virtual classroom for teacher training and had a small but positive impact on teachers’ empathy towards diverse students (Stavroulia et al., 2018; 2019).

We present a preliminary study exploring the potential of VR to combat teacher prejudice and increase empathy. In our study, educational leaders engaged in the VR experience and were subsequently interviewed to answer the following research questions: (1) What are educational leaders’ perceptions of the potential of a virtual reality scenario to increase feelings of empathy? (2) What are educational leaders’ perceptions of whether virtual reality scenarios from outside of education could be adapted as a professional learning tool in educational contexts?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We invited education leaders from a state in the Northwest of the US to participate in the study. Participants were asked to watch two five-minute VR scenarios and participate in an interview about their experience. The VR scenarios were aimed at creating empathy by embodying a homeless man at work and at a shelter, and a woman of colour in a health care setting, both experiencing biased behaviour from others. Participants were able to look around the scenario and move their avatar’s arm and head, however, they could not interact with the environment (i.e., move around or move objects). Participants could hear the avatars’ conversations with people in the scenarios and their inner monologues about their experiences. Both VR scenarios also included short audio clips of people experiencing such situations alongside their photos.
Nine educational leaders participated in the study. They held a range of roles, including at a university, in school districts, and school level. Six participants were female, and three were male; they ranged in age from 30s to 50s and included a range of racial/ethnic identities. Interviews of around 1 hour were conducted using a semi-structured interview guide and follow-up prompts to collect rich data about participants’ experiences. The interviews focused on participants’ feelings in and perceptions about the VR experience, factors that helped and hindered feelings of embodiment and empathy. Further, participants were asked how the VR could be adapted for an education context as professional development. The interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed by the researchers.
Thematic analysis of the interview transcripts was conducted using an inductive approach by one researcher (Braun & Clarke, 2013). The initial broad code list with related data excerpts was shared with the team and reviewed in view of the data to refine the themes and definitions. A second coding iteration tested the discussed themes. A discussion of any discrepancies involved all researchers to ensure inter-rater reliability. A third and final coding iteration ensured the application of the final list of themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings highlight important aspects for consideration in the design of VR scenarios and their use in anti-bias training with educators. Overall, participants saw great potential in the use of VR due to its ability to capture and immerse users and its novel nature. Participants noted several technical aspects that enabled or hindered feelings of embodiment, including the quality of the graphics, the level of interactivity, and time for familiarisation for participants without prior VR experience. Participants also felt VR had great potential to increase empathy but noted several aspects to consider in the design of the scenarios. These included the type of biased behaviours displayed, the proximity of scenarios to educators’ own experiences, and ways to display the impact of ongoing and/or systemic bias. To adapt the VR scenario for anti-bias trainings for educators, participants noted that the experience should be embedded in training that included awareness raising before as well as debriefing after the VR experience. Another important aspect was the inclusion of strategies to change behaviour, with ideas that the VR could be used to show different – negative and positive - behaviours and their consequences for students.
As highlighted in the conference call, in Europe and globally, there is an increasing acknowledgement of diversity, and educators and educational researchers need to reflect this diversity in their values and practices. VR experiences in which educators embody a student experiencing bias can raise educators’ awareness of their own biases, increase empathy, and lead to critical engagement with their beliefs and behaviours. However, considerable care needs to be taken in the design and use of VR scenarios to be able to reduce or break down participants’ defensiveness and enable participants to acknowledge deep-seated beliefs and engage in open discussions of how to embrace diversity in their classrooms.

References
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Sage.
Bezrukova, K., Spell, C.S., Perry, J.L., & Jehn, K.A. (2016). A meta-analytical integration of over 40 years of research on diversity training evaluation. Psychological Bulletin, 142(11), 1227–1274.
Carter, E.R., Onyeador, I.N., & Lewis, N.A. (2020). Developing & delivering effective anti-bias training: Challenges & recommendations. Behavioral Science & Policy, 6(1), 57–70
Cheng, S., & Starks, B. (2002). Racial differences in the effects of significant others on students’ educational expectations. Sociology of Education, 75(4), 306–327.
DeCuir-Gunby, J.T., & Bindra, V.G. (2022). How does teacher bias influence students? An introduction to the special issue on teachers’ implicit attitudes, instructional practices, and student outcomes. Learning and Instruction, 78, 101523.
Groom, V., Bailenson, J.N., & Nass, C. (2009). The influence of racial embodiment on racial bias in immersive virtual environments. Social Influence, 4(3), 231–248.
Haghanikar, T.M., & Hooper, L.M. (2021). Teaching about homelessness through multicultural picture books and virtual reality in preservice teacher education. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 49(3), 355-375.
Hatfield, H.R., Ahn, S.J., Klein, M., & Nowak, K.L. (2022). Confronting whiteness through virtual humans: a review of 20 years of research in prejudice and racial bias using virtual environments. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 27(6), zmac016.
Lai, C.K., Marini, M., Lehr, S.A., Cerruti, C., Shin, J.-E. L., Joy-Gaba, J.A., …Nosek, B.A. (2014). Reducing implicit racial preferences: A comparative investigation of 17 interventions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 143(4), 1765–1785.
Meissel, K., Meyer, F., Yao, E.S., Rubie-Davies, C.M. (2017). Subjectivity of teacher judgments: Exploring student characteristics that influence teacher judgments of student ability. Teaching and Teacher Education, 65, 48–60.
Paluck, E.L., Porat, R., Clark, C.S., & Green, D.P. (2021). Prejudice reduction: Progress and challenges. Annual Review of Psychology, 72, 533-560.
Rubie-Davies, C.M. (2006). Teacher expectations and student self-perceptions: Exploring relationships. Psychology in the Schools, 43(5), 537–552.
Staats, C. (2016). Understanding implicit bias: What educators should know. American Educator, 39(4), 29–43.
Stavroulia, K.E., Baka, E., Lanitis, A., & Magnenat-Thalmann, N. (2018). Designing a virtual environment for teacher training: Enhancing presence and empathy. Proceedings of Computer Graphics International (pp. 273-282).
Stavroulia, K.E., Christofi, M., Baka, E., Michael-Grigoriou, D., Magnenat-Thalmann, N., & Lanitis, A. (2019). Assessing the emotional impact of virtual reality-based teacher training. International Journal of Information and Learning Technology.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 03 C: National Perspectives from Latin America and Europe
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Kristýna Šejnohová
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

School Principals´ Roles in Establishing Teacher Professional Learning Communities to Connect Cultures. A Comparative Study of Europe and Latin America

Denise Vaillant1, Ester Mancebo2

1UNIVERSIDAD ORT URUGUAY; 2UNIVERSIDAD DE LA REPÚBLICA

Presenting Author: Vaillant, Denise; Mancebo, Ester

Teacher´s professional development is an essential process to contribute to the improvement of student learning (Gordon, 2006). However, teacher education is based on solitary, individual training strategies, rather than models that enhance collaborative work (Vaillant & Marcelo, 2018). The collaborative dimension of the teaching activity is often not reflected in the leadership of most schools. Building spaces that promote collaborative learning and connect communities and cultures is a real challenge for today educational systems.

The main purpose of this study is to examine how principals support professional learning communities in Europe and Latin America from a comparative perspective. At present professional learning communities have become a key idea in the educational field. Principal´s leadership plays a significant role in the ability of a school to become a professional learning community that enhances student learning. This study explore what kind of principal creates a professional learning community in his/her school in Europe and in Latin America and contribute to integrate different cultures.

Research questions:

  1. What is the principals’ role to establish and develop teachers’ professional learning communities in ten European and ten Latin American countries participating in PISA 2018?
  2. What kind of leadership do principals exercise to connect different cultures and promote student-centered pedagogical practices?
  3. What differences emerge from the comparison between countries and regions?
  4. What factors contribute to explaining such differences?

Objectives:

This study is guided by two main objectives. The first one is to generate knowledge about the principals’ role to create and foster teachers’ professional learning communities. The second one looks forward to understanding the relationship between school principals’ leadership and the connection of diverse cultures in the European and Latin American countries participating in PISA 2018.

Theoretical framework:

The theoretical framework of this research is based on the accumulation of the so-called "professional learning communities." “community of practice”, “learning community” or “professional learning community” are terms that focus on the communitarian dimension of teaching activity. As Leclerc (2012) has pointed out, these terms are is based on the idea that the mutual commitment of the participants of a school constitutes a fundamental factor for the development of shared learning.

In “professional learning communities”, group meetings are held periodically - virtual or face-to-face- so as to strengthen work teams, contribute to teacher professionalization and foster the creation of a professional culture with common values ​​and priorities (Gairín, 2018). In particular, in the educational field, “profesional learning communities” aspire to build communities with a high degree of teaching professionalism and high expectations regarding student learning.

Additionally, the study is also supported by the literature on school leadership, which has grown significantly in recent years (OECD, 2013; UNESCO-IIPE-IWGE, 2012; Weinstein, Muñoz & Hernández, 2014). In the past, school leadership was synonymous with the management teams of schools. In the last decade, the conceptualization has varied and it emphasizes that leadership involves the generation of a common culture of expectations, in which all school actors are responsible for their contribution to the collective results related to student learning (Leithwood & Louis, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a multiple case study of a comparative and quantitative nature.
The main source of data is PISA 2018 in which 79 countries participated, including multiple European and several Latin American countries. As in all its editions, PISA 2018 focused on the evaluation of 15-year-old students' learning in different areas (through standardized tests) and also collected social and pedagogical data through several self-administered questionnaires (principals, teachers, students and parents).
The research will compare the information of Latin America as a whole, Europe as a whole, the 10 participating Latinamerican countries and 10 selected European countries.
Among the available forms, the analysis will privilege the questionnaire applied to school principals.  In particular, the analysis will exploit data from these questionnaires on the school system, the learning environment, the development of a school culture in continuous improvement, the promotion of teaching practices based on recent educational research and the promotion of professional development activities.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In Latin American and European countries there are school principals with a clear conviction that their role is to promote the professional development of teachers, build professional learning communities and exercise their leadership in such a way that the school contributes to socio-cultural inclusion of students and the implementation of pedagogical practices that take the student as a center.
It is expected to find both similarities and differences between Europe and Latin America, as well as among the countries of the two regions. The similarities are probably associated with the school format that has historically prevailed in schools and the scarce tradition of collaborative work in the professional teaching culture. The differences should be linked to the specificities of each of the educational systems under study.
Finally, school principals’ discourse must be confirmed through studies of effective practices in the referred dimensions.


References
Beltman S. (2020). Understanding and Examining Teacher Resilience from Multiple Perspectives. En C. F. Mansfield (Ed.), Cultivating Teacher Resilience (pp. 11-26). Springer.
British Council Argentina & Fundación Varkey (2020). Investigación y Análisis acerca del cierre de las escuelas en América 2020. British Council Argentina; Fundación Varkey.
Cuenca, R., & Pont, B. (2016). El liderazgo escolar: inversión clave para la mejora educativa. Fundación Santillana.
Dufour, R. (2011). Work together: But only if you want to. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(5), 57-61. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171109200513
Harris, A. (2020). Leading school and system improvement: Why context matters. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 143-145. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12393
Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). COVID 19 – school leadership in disruptive times. School Leadership & Management, 40(4), 243-247. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2020.1811479
Leithwood, K., & Seashore-Louis, K. (2012). Linking Leadership to Student Learning. Jossey-Bass.
OEI. (2017). Miradas sobre la Educación en Iberoamérica. Organización de Estados Iberoamericanos para la Educación, la Ciencia y la Cultura (OEI).
OREALC-Unesco (2014). El liderazgo escolar en América Latina y el Caribe. Un estado del arte en base a ocho sistemas escolares de la región. OREALC-Unesco. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232799?posInSet=1&queryId=13f1fd96-5d24-4f23-b7cc-848bb869361b
Vaillant, D. (2017). Directivos y comunidades de aprendizaje docente: un campo en construcción. En J. Weinstein & G. Muñoz (Eds.), Mejoramiento y liderazgo en la escuela: once miradas (pp. 263-294). CEDLE; Universidad Diego Portales.
Vaillant, D. (2019a). Experiencias innovadoras en el desarrollo profesional de directivos. CAF.
Vaillant, D. (2019b). Directivos y comunidades de aprendizaje docente: un campo en construcción. Revista Electronica de Educacao, 13(1), 87-106. https://doi.org/10.14244/198271993073
Vaillant, D., & Rodríguez Zidán, E. (2016). Prácticas de liderazgo para el aprendizaje en América Latina: un análisis a partir de PISA 2012. Ensaio: Avaliação e Políticas Públicas em Educação, 24(91), 253-274. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0104-40362016000200001
Weinstein J., Muñoz G., & Flessa, J. (2019). Liderazgo directivo para la calidad de la 2educación: aprendizajes desde un campo de investigación emergente. Revista Calidad de la educación, (51), 10-14. http://dx.doi.org/10.31619/caledu.n51.793
Weinstein, J., Hernández, M., Cuéllar, C., & Fless, J. (2015). Liderazgo escolar en América Latina y el Caribe. Experiencias innovadoras de formación de directivos escolares en la región. OREALC-Unesco.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Professional Development of Czech teachers (ISCED 2 level)

Kristýna Šejnohová1, Stanislav Michek2, Martin Chvál1

1Charles University, Czech Republic; 2University of Hradec Králové, Faculty of Education, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Šejnohová, Kristýna

From the data of the TALIS 2018 survey, we can state that the participation of Czech teachers in professional development (PD) is one of the highest in comparison with other countries, and they have a more positive attitude towards PD activities. The most common forms of PD are reading literature and attending seminars, but below-average is team teaching or mutual observation of teachers in the classroom. (Boudová et al., 2020) According to Czech School Inspectorate (CSI), in about one-fourth of the monitored schools, the CSI assesses care for the professional development of teachers as "requiring improvement" or "unsatisfactory". (Pražáková, 2021)

The importance of PD is perceived worldwide as a subject that can affect the quality of teaching or the professional motivation of the teacher (Starý et al., 2012). Current research relates to examining the process of PD in terms of its quality and effectiveness (Gore et al., 2017; Garet et al., 2001; Darling-Hammond et al., 2017), but also as a tool that has an impact on pupils' school success (Starý et al., 2012; Yoon et al., 2007). Continuous professional development is related to teacher self-efficacy and classroom climate. Teachers' self-efficacy, which affects relationships with colleagues and parents, is also an important factor that allows them to appreciate their colleagues and school management. (Caprara et al., 2006) Feedback and evaluation of teachers' work together with the overall school climate are factors that affect a teacher's confidence and job satisfaction. (Badri et al. 2017).

Our study aims to describe some characteristics of the professional development of Czech teachers on the ISCED 2 level (upper grades of primary school). For the secondary analysis, we will use data sets from the TALIS survey in 2013 and 2018 and data from the 2015 research conducted by S. Michek (2016) in cooperation with NIDV (National Institute for Further Education). We will describe how teachers in the selected datasets perceive professional development activities, how they engage in these activities, what factors are associated with them, and how they are related to the age and length of teaching practice. Due to changes in TALIS questionnaires and the fact that the 2015 sample does not meet all criteria for the representative sample is a description based on time development limited. However, we can focus our perspective on how the statements of teachers differ in individual datasets based on their age and length of teaching experience.

Our research question is: How does the teacher's length of teaching experience affect his or her active participation in professional development? What is the relationship between the length of teaching experience, the assessment of professional development activities, the influence of feedback, and school climate? What types of professional development activities do teachers choose based on the length of their teaching experience?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Czech Republic participated in the TALIS survey in 2013 and 2018. The representative sample includes approximately 200 schools in each country and 20 teachers in each school. In the Czech Republic, 220 schools and 3 219 teachers were involved in the TALIS survey in 2013, and 219 schools and 3 447 teachers in TALIS 2018. For the TALIS data set we selected only teachers from primary schools since within the ISCED 2 category in the Czech Republic there are also teachers of lower grades of secondary schools. For TALIS 2013 our sample has n = 2346, 73 % of the total set, and for TALIS 2018, n = 2517, 73 % of the total set. The third source was from the research of Michek's survey from 2015, which has n = 429, 17% of the total set. The survey was organized by the NIDV institute (Michek, 2015), and they used a questionnaire inspired by the TALIS survey, which was distributed among teachers’ contacts in their database (those contacts were teachers who already attended some of the PD activities offered by the institute).
As a main tool for the secondary analysis, we used a free version of the JAMOVI software. We created seven categories of teachers from open questions on age and length of teaching experience in all three data sets.
Secondly, we created indexes from several TALIS questionnaire items. These were formulated slightly differently in both waves of the TALIS survey. The number of items and Cronbach's alpha in the order 2013, and 2018 are given in parentheses. Professional Development Index (7, 0.81; 7; 0.70), Feedback Index (5, 0.92; 6, 0.78), and School Climate Index (5, 0.88; 8, 0.89).
Finally, to fulfill the descriptive research question, we measured the percentage of respondents participating in individual types of professional development activities across our categories. Furthermore, all three datasets contain identical batteries with scale items related to barriers to participation in professional development activities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In general, 2015 data have lower informative potential than the TALIS 2013 and 2018 datasets, which have a representative sample selection. However, the data can illustrate the situation in the interim period of the TALIS survey. For categories 1 and 7 in all three datasets, there is a smaller representation within the sample, therefore also a lower reliability and informative value for these two categories.
RQ1: Overall we see in the data an increasing trend in teacher participation across different types of professional development activities. All three datasets show a clear downward trend, meaning with increasing age and length of teaching experience, teachers perceive fewer obstacles to their participation in professional development activities. It is also important to mention that, overall, teachers do not perceive the mentioned obstacles as significant for overall participation in professional development.
RQ2: It was shown in TALIS data sets that older and more experienced teachers evaluate the contribution of professional development activities more positively than their younger colleagues. The benefit of feedback is generally rated as rather small across age categories. Correlation analysis between the indices showed weaker mutual but logical connections. Teachers who value the benefit of professional development activities also tend to value the benefit of provided feedback (r "2013" = 0.21; "2018" = 0.23), and these teachers also evaluate the climate of their school more positively (r with the professional development index "2013" = 0.13; "2018" = 0.17; r with feedback index "2013" = 0.27; "2018" = 0.16).
RQ3: The highest participation across all categories is declared for the activity Courses and seminars, which are one-time activities that, from the point of view of research findings, are bringing the least benefit to teachers.

References
Badri, M., Alnuaimi, A., Yang, G., Al Rashidi, A., & Al Sumaiti, R. (2017). A Structural Equation Model of Determinants of the Perceived Impact of Teachers’ Professional Development—The Abu Dhabi Application. SAGE Open, 7, 1-18. DOI:10.1177/2158244017702198.
Boudová, S., Šťastný, V., Basl, J., Zatloukal, T., Andrys, O., & Pražáková, D. (2020). Mezinárodní šetření TALIS 2018: zkušenosti, názory a postoje učitelů a ředitelů škol : národní zpráva. Česká školní inspekce.
Caprara, G., Barbaranelli, C., Steca, P., & Malone, P. (2006). Teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs as determinants of job satisfaction and students’ academic achievement: A study at the school level. Journal of School Psychology, 44, 473-490.
Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective Teacher Professional Development. Palo Alto, CA: Learning Policy Institute. https://learningpolicyinstitute.org/sites/default/files/product-files/Effective_Teacher_Professional_Development_REPORT.pdf
Garet, M. S., Porter, A. C., Desimone, L., Birman, B. F., & Yoon, K. S. (2001). What Makes Professional Development Effective? Results From a National Sample of Teachers. American Educational Research Journal, Vol. 38, 915-945. https://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/aera_designing_0.pdf
Gore, J., Lloyd, A., Smith, M., Bowe, J. J., Ellis, H., & Lubans, D. (2017). Effects of professional development on the quality of teaching: Results from a randomised controlled trial of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, Vol. 68, 99-113. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0742051X17304225
Michek, S. (2015). Zpráva z dotazníkového šetření ke zjištění názorů cílové skupiny učitelů pro plánování projektu IMKA (Implementace kariérního systému) – souhrn odpovědí. NIDV: Praha.
Michek, S. (2016). Využití aktivit podporujících profesní rozvoj a vnímání jejich překážek učiteli základních a středních škol. Pedagogika, 66(4). https://doi.org/10.14712/23362189.2016.316
OECD (2019). TALIS 2018 Technical Report. Paris: OECD.
Pražáková, D. (2021, 10. května). Profesní rozvoj učitelů v datech ČŠI. Řízení školy.
Starý, K., Dvořák, D., Greger, D., & Duschinská, K. (2012). Profesní rozvoj učitelů. Podpora učitelů pro zlepšování výsledků žáků. Karolinum.
Yoon, K. S., Duncan, T., Lee, S. W.-Y., Scarloss, B., & Shapley, K. (2007). Reviewing the evidence on how teacher professional development affects student achievement (Issues & Answers Report, REL 2007–No. 033). Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Regional Educational Laboratory Southwest. Retrieved from http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/edlabs


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Supporting Inclusive Science Teachers' Use of Evidence-Based Vocabulary Practices

Michael Kennedy

University of Virginia, United States of America

Presenting Author: Kennedy, Michael

In America, as is the case around the world, students with disabilities are taught in the general education (regular) classroom alongside peers without disabilities. However, content area teachers (e.g., science, history, mathematics) do not always receive ample preparation to support these students' unique behavioral and learning needs (Kahn & Lewis, 2014). As a result, students with disabilities that impact their capacity to learn such as learning disabilities, intellectual disabilities, autism spectrum disorders, and behavioral disorders may not receive the type of instruction needed to support positive academic outcomes (Kennedy et al., 2018). When younger adolescents do not succeed in content area coursework they can become turned off to the discipline, and thus potential career pathways (Blondal & Adalbjardardottir, 2012).

The purpose of this randomized control trial was to explore the impact of a multimedia professional development process on the quality and quantity of vocabulary instruction for inclusive middle school science teachers and corresponding learning of students with and without disabilities. The conceptual framework for the treatment intervention is cognitive apprenticeship (Collins et al., 1991), and the looks and sounds of the intervention components reflect Mayer's cognitive theory of multimedia learning (2020). The PD package reflects cognitive apprenticeship by scaffolding declarative, procedural, and conditional learning for teachers using three main components.

The first is a series of multimedia vignettes called content acquisiton podcasts (CAPs) (Kennedy et al., 2018). CAPs are short vignettes designed using Mayer's CTML and associated design principles and can be watched and rewatched as needed by teachers (or those in training). We produced five CAPs for this project corresponding to key evidence-based vocabulary practices known to be effective for teaching students with disabilities (e.g., using student-friendly language, using examples, conducting a demonstration, and breaking terms into morphological word parts). CAPs help build what Collins and colleagues call declarative and preliminary procedural knowledge, as each video explains the steps of the practice, and shows a model teacher implementing. An example CAP can be seen here https://vimeo.com/444031616.

The second component of the intervention is the team provides teachers with customizable instructional materials in the form of PowerPoint slides to use during vocabulary instruction. Over 100 slideshows were produced and checked for accuracy by experts in special education and science instruction. The slideshows use the instructional practices taught by the CAPs, and also adhere to Mayer's principles. These slides can be used during live instruction or recorded for student use. These slides also help build declarative and procedural knowledge of key instructional practices. Sample slides can be seen at www.vocabsupport.com.

Finally, the team developed a combination observation and feedback took called COACHED (Kennedy & Kunemund, 2020). COACHED contains the Classroom Teaching (CT) Scan observation instrument, which documents in real time instructional moves made by teachers for later reflection and identification of areas to improve. Data generated by the CT Scan is translated within COACHED into a customizable feedback template that does not give a quality score, but instead focuses on the extent to which a teacher used each practice with fidelity. COACHED is a free tool and flexible for use in a variety of formats (https://coachedweb.azurewebsites.net/). The feedback from COACHED helps develop conditional knowledge of teachers in that they receive notes on how, when, with whom practices are used.

Although science teachers are taught and reinforced for using inquiry approaches, many of these colleagues fear too much time is given to vocabulary instruction (Parsons & Bryant, 2016). While we agree the traditions of the paradigm should be honoroed (inquiry), students with disabilities are unlikely to succeed without the type of explicit instruction proposed in this study (VanUitert et al., 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Researchers used a randomized control trial design to evaluate impact of the multimedia PD on teacher and student participants.  A total of 980 sixth grade students and thirteen teachers participated.  The 13 teachers were all qualified science instructors with an average of 13.3 years in the classroom.  Amongst the students were 117 with a disability.  Students completed two measures, the Misconceptions-Oriented Standards-Based Assessment Resources for Teachers (MOSART) standardized science learning instrument, and researcher-created curriculum-based measures containing vocabulary terms.  Students took the MOSART as a pre- and posttest, and the CBM probes once per month.  The MOSART instrument had a reliability alpha of .81 in this study, and the CBM probes had a reliability of .83.  Teachers were observed using the CT Scan low-inference observation tool.  Researchers recorded which practices were used, for how much time, and with what quality using the CT Scan.  

The 13 teachers were randomly assigned to either participate in the multimedia PD (n = 7) or teach as normal (n = 6).  Each teacher was observed three times in the fall semester of the school year.  Observers were blind to which condition participants were in.  Thus, after each observation coaching notes were written, and a 3rd party not involved in the study with the master list of who was in which condition forwarded or withheld coaching notes.  Included in the coaching notes were references to the CAP vignettes to remind them to re-watch as needed to support implementation, to use the slides, and to do other practices as noticed.  Two scorers were sent to over 30% of observations to ensure inter-scorer reliability of the CT Scan data and also coaching notes.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which disability status, exposure to instruction by teachers who did or did not participate in the multimedia PD, and students' average performance on vocabulary-knowledge CBMs are associated with the student MOSART posttest performance measuring science content knowledge.  Overall, students without disabilities significantly outperformed students with disabilities on the MOSART posttest when they were from the same group (i.e., both had a teacher with access to the PD or both had a teacher with no access). Students with disabilities whose teachers had access to PD outperformed similarly classified peers whose teachers did not have access to the PD on the MOSART posttest. Likewise, students without disabilities whose teachers had access to the PD performed better on the MOSART posttest than students without disabilities whose teachers did not have access to the PD. Similar to Kennedy et al.'s (2018) study, we found that students with disabilities who had a teacher who participated in PD significantly outperformed peers whose teacher did not participate in the PD on the MOSART posttest and science CBMs; however, our analyses also indicated that students with disabilities whose teacher participated in PD scored significantly higher on science vocabulary and content knowledge measures than both students with and without disabilities who had a teacher that did not participate in PD.  A large effect size was yielded between students whose teachers participated in PD and those whose teachers did not. Students whose teachers participated in PD had an approximately two-point higher score compared to those whose teachers did not.  In consideration of this being a 15-point assessment, two points would be a considerable difference in the students' scores (over a 10% score gain).
References
Blondal, K. S., & Adalbjarnardottir, S. (2012). Student disengagement in relation to expected and unexpected educational pathways. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 56(1), 85–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 00313831.2011.568607

Kahn, S., & Lewis, A. R. (2014). Survey on teaching science to K-12 student with disabilities: Teacher prepared- ness attitudes. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 25(8), 885–910. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10972-014- 9406-z

Kennedy, M. J., Rodgers, W. J., Romig, J. E., Matthews, H. M., & Peeples, K. N. (2018). Introducing the content acquisition podcast professional development process: Supporting vocabulary instruction for inclusive mid- dle school science teachers. Teacher Education and Special Education, 41(2), 140–157. https://doi.org/10. 1177/0888406417745655

Mayer, R. E. (2020). Multimedia learning. Cambridge University. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316941355

VanUitert, V. J., Kennedy, M. J., Romig, J. E., & Carlisle, L. M. (2020). Enhancing science vocabulary knowledge of students with learning disabilities using explicit instruction and multimedia. Learning Disabilities: A Con- temporary Journal, 18(1), 3–25.
 
Date: Wednesday, 23/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am01 SES 04 C: Professional Learning Communities
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jonathan Mendels
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Schools As Professional Communities Of Practice In The Spanish Context

Jesús Domingo-Segovia, Javier Mula-Falcón, Javier De la Hoz- Ruíz

University of Granada, Spain

Presenting Author: Mula-Falcón, Javier

Growing evidence suggests the value of developing professional learning communities to ensure educational improvement, with a solid literature developing the ideas of "professional learning communities” (Bolam et al. 2005; Stoll et al. 2006). Educational policy guidelines in the Spanish context assume and promote this school model as the most relevant for encouraging teacher reprofessionalization and educational improvement. It is understood that if schools are to meet the needs of students and achieve educational success, then, in parallel, they must provide opportunities for teachers to learn together how to do it better. But do these conditions exist in today's schools? Moreover, Spanish managers themselves have assumed, in their "Spanish Framework for Good Management" (FEAE/FEDADI/FEDEIP, 2017), that one of the competencies of the "pedagogical leadership" dimension is "Promoting and leading a professional learning community”. All of this signals a point of confluence between current pedagogical knowledge, educational policy, and the professional positioning of school principals' associations regarding the necessary shift towards advanced PCL models. It is therefore interesting to investigate the extent to which Andalusian schools adopt this proposal.

The objective of this paper is to provide an overview of the extent to which the Andalusian schools, with diverse realities and at different stages of development, meet the basic dimensions to act as a professional learning community (PLC). Such elements include having a clear-shared goal and being capable of acting systemically in line with a joint community project with leadership, organizational, and professional conditions compatible with the learning of all and among all to increase social and professional capital with differential effects on the education of their students.

To detect the strengths and weaknesses of Andalusian schools as professional learning communities, the instrument used proposes items that respond to a set of questions: Do teachers have shared objectives for school improvement? Are there opportunities to learn from others through open dialogue? Do teachers have opportunities to observe and encourage their colleagues in analyzing classroom practices? Are ideas and suggestions for improving student learning shared informally among colleagues? Finally, are there opportunities at the individual and group levels to apply teaching practices and share results?

We also aimed to analyze whether the central dimensions of the research instrument varied according to the following sociodemographic variables: type and size of educational center, position held or professional function of the informant sample, and gender.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To gather evidence and obtain an overview of the degree of development of the Andalusian school, the study adopted a descriptive and interpretative non-experimental research design.

Population and sample

The target population of our study was those public schools of preschool and Primary Education and Secondary Education Institutes that participated in the "Program for Quality and Improvement of School Performance" since these schools had a philosophy in line with the joint work for the improvement of student outcomes. Of the 287 schools that constitute the population, 38 schools were selected, which was the recommended number for forming a representative sample with a 95% confidence level according to Tagliacarne's formula. Cases were selected using the simple random sampling method.

Instrument, data collection and analysis process

The PLCA-R questionnaire was used in its cross-cultural adaptation, validated for the Spanish context (Domingo et al., 2020): "Cuestionario de Evaluación de la Comunidad de Aprendizaje Profesional Revisado" [Professional Learning Community Assessment-Revised, PLCA-R]

Once the sample had been selected, each of these schools was contacted, and both the intentions of the study and the requirements to obtain the desired information were explained. For this purpose, both official communication channels were used (on the recommendation of the Education Inspectorate of each school zone) involving personal communication between researchers and directors.

The SPSS program was used for data analysis, including reliability, basic descriptive, and inferential analyses. Regarding the reliability analysis, it should be noted that construct validity was confirmed by factor analysis since the KMO index (.973) was calculated, and Bartlett's test of Sphericity indicated that the model is significant (0.000). Furthermore, the Varimax rotation analysis revealed that the six factors (which correspond to the dimensions of the questionnaire) explained 64.486% of the variance of the study results.

The Kolmogorov-Smirnov test was applied to evaluate the normality of a data set. Since the differences were significant (.000), the normal distribution of the curve was not accepted, and, therefore, parametric tests could not be used. Therefore, the non-parametric Mann-Whitney U or Kruskal-Wallis tests were used. These tests were used to compare the differences between each of the six dimensions of the questionnaire according to sociodemographic variables, highlighting any significant relationships

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
On balance, we can conclude that while Andalusian schools are progressing in this aspect they are still far from being prepared to learn collectively. From this, a central issue emerges. It is necessary to increase the level of collective responsibility for the learning of all students.  For this, progress must be made both in promoting the qualities to make this possible and in increasing the number of schools on the path to becoming extended communities of professional practice with true intermediate leadership capable of capturing and mobilizing more social and professional capital around collective educational projects "with meaning" for all. Hence, it is important to train school principals as educational leaders (Moreno & López-Yáñez, 2022), promoting a move towards a new professional identity and a framework for school management that emphasizes leadership (Bolívar, 2020). This involves building on the momentum already gained by the necessary post-pandemic school reform (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2020) and reimagining the future we want (UNESCO, 2021). To this end, and in line with the proposals of Hargreaves and O’Connor (2020) will be particularly important to promote spaces, events, and tasks that make this possible, along with communities of critical reflection (schools that transform) that gradually increase their relational trust, distributed leadership, interactive professionalism, and collective internal capacities for the improvement of learning for all and among all.

As highlighted by Hairon et al. (2017) in a future research agenda, next to the PLC construct, contexts matter, differentiated at two levels - within and outside school. Some of this school culture has undergone relevant changes due to the pandemic, showing the need for a greater culture of collaboration within each school, but also between schools and the local community, configuring extended learning networks (Bolívar et al., 2022).

References
The results of this publication are part of three research projects:

1) "Communities of professional practice and learning improvement: intermediate leadership, networks, and interrelationships. Schools in complex contexts" (Ref.: PID2020-117020GB-I00), funded by MCIN/AEI/10.13039/501100011033/ and ERDF "A way of doing Europe"; and
2) "Communities of professional practice and learning improvement" (Ref.: P20_00311), funded by the Andalusian Plan for Research, Development, and Innovation (PAIDI 2020).
Bolam, R, et al. (2005). Creating and Sustaining Effective Professional Learning Communities, DfES Research Report RR637, University of Bristol, Bristol.

Bolívar, A. (2020). Otra gobernanza para dinamizar la organización de los centros. [Other governance to make the organisation of the centres more dynamic] En Fernández Enguita, M. (Coord.). La Organización Escolar. Repensando la caja negra para poder salir de ella [School Organisation. Rethinking the black box in order to get out of it] (pp. 37-47). Madrid: ANELE-REDE.
Bolívar, A.; Muñoz, G.; Weinstein, J. & Domingo, J. (Coords.) (2022). Liderazgo educativo en tiempos de crisis: aprendizajes para la escuela post-covid. [Educational leadership in times of crisis: learnings for the post-covid school] Universidad de Granada. Granada.
Domingo, J., Bolívar-Ruano, R., Rodríguez-Fernández, S., & Bolívar, A. (2020). Professional Learning Community Assessment-Revised (PLCA-R): translation and validation in the Spanish context. Learning Environments Research (LERI), Vol. 23 No 3, pp. 347-367. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10984-020-09306-1  
FEAE/FEDADI/FEDEIP (2017). Marco Español para la Buena Dirección. [Spanish Framework for Good Governance]. http://educalab.es/documents/10180/38496/MEDB+digital/4ea4b5d9-6a99-468c-a387-46affa4b6c50  
Hairon, S. et al. (2017). A Research Agenda for Professional Learning Communities: moving forward.  Professional Development in Education, Vol. 43 No 1, pp. 72-86. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2015.1055861  
Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2020). Professional capital after the pandemic: revisiting and revising classic understandings of teachers' work. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, Vol. 5 No 3/4, pp. 327-336. http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-06-2020-0039
Hargreaves, A., O’Connor, M.T. (2018). Collaborative professionalism: When teaching together means learning for all.  Corwin, Thousand Oaks, CA.
Moreno, M. S., & López-Yáñez, J. (2022). Formar directivos para la escuela real. Un enfoque basado en el análisis de la práctica en grupos [Training leaders for the real school. An approach based on the analysis of group practice]. Ciencia y Educación, 6(1), 43-61. https://doi.org/10.22206/cyed.2022.v6i1.pp43-61
Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M. & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: a review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, Vol. 7, No 4 pp. 221-258.
UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together. A new social contract for education. Report from the International Commission on the Futures of Education. UNESCO.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The key to successful discipline-based Professional Learning Communities: Facilitator Identity and Training in a Rapidly Changing Educational Landscape

Tali Berglas-Shapiro, Jonathan Mendels

Mofet Institute, Israel

Presenting Author: Mendels, Jonathan

Professional learning communities (PLCs) of educators are groups of individuals who constantly seek to improve their teaching practices. The essential features of such communities include collaboration, shared goals, action, result-driven processes, and continuous improvement (Berglas-Shapiro and Flash-Gvili, 2021).

Effective PLCs assume that teaching is an ever-changing practice that challenges educators to constantly examine pedagogical approaches to determine what best suits them (Roberts & Pruitt, 2008). Studies have shown that educators who are members of PLCs improve the quality of their teaching practice, and their students' achievements improve accordingly (Watson, 2014; Prenger et al., 2019).

PLCs can take different forms, depending on the organizations with which they are affiliated. For example, some PLCs may be composed of educators from the same grade level or subject area, while others may be cross-disciplinary. Some PLCs meet in person, while others may use technology to collaborate remotely. However, the common thread among all PLCs is that they are focused on improving student learning and involve collaboration among educators.

A discipline-based professional learning community (DIPLC) is a group of educators within a specific subject or discipline who come together regularly to collaborate and learn from each other to improve both their practices and student outcomes; group members come from diverse cultural, ethnic, and social groups and from different schools. This type of PLC allows educators to focus on a specific subject area and develop a deep understanding of the content, pedagogy, and best practices within that discipline. Learning from practice is an essential component of DIPLCs, as it focuses on interaction in class, the choice of topics and curricula by teachers and students, and the challenges of epistemic quality and joint negotiation of meaning.

In the fan model (Levy et al., 2018), which is commonly used for DIPLCs, teachers' communities are led by two facilitators and operate under the auspices of an academic institute that specializes in the particular discipline. This is a multidirectional, hierarchical model in which the academic institute sets up a "facilitators' community" comprising facilitators from the various field communities. The institute presents them with innovative disciplinary content (skills, content knowledge, and relevant teaching strategies) and teaches them the skills for facilitation. The facilitators' community members evaluate this content and implement the content they deem suitable in the field communities (Aricha & Marzel, 2021). Concurrently, activities that teachers recommend in a particular field community are presented at the facilitators' community so facilitators can disseminate to the other communities. Thus, the content moves up and down the fan, benefiting all teachers who are members of the network of communities (Yayon et. al., 2021).

DIPLC facilitation is an important role in ensuring success. Facilitators are critical to creating a culture of continuous improvement, and are responsible for fostering a collaborative and reflective environment where educators of all backgrounds can share ideas and best practices and work together to improve instruction and student learning outcomes. The rationale for appointing and training DIPLC facilitators stems from educational leadership theories (Connolly, 2019), which advocate for strong, effective leaders who can provide direction and guidance and create and maintain a positive and productive learning environment for all learners.

This study investigated the skills and knowledge required to effectively facilitate DIPLCs within the context of rapid societal changes and emerging social and individual needs. Additionally, it examined different facilitator-training methods and the ways in which these methods supported the DIPLC facilitators. The goal was to understand how to best equip facilitators with the necessary skills and knowledge to lead and support the members of the community in their collaborative efforts to improve teaching and learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research employed a mixed methods methodology, which combines both qualitative and quantitative data to provide a comprehensive understanding of the topic. Its basic premise is that combining qualitative and quantitative data improves the understanding of research problems more than either approach by itself (Creswell & Creswell, 2005). Analyzing the data helps validate the topics covered in the interviews through quantitative findings and vice versa (Greene, 2007; Shorten & Smith, 2017). This method was applied using triangulation design (Creswell et al., 2003), which seeks “to obtain different but complementary data on the same topic” (Morse, 1991, p. 122). The qualitative aspect of this study employed an ethnographic case study approach and a phronetic iterative approach to qualitative data analysis (Tracy, 2013). The phronetic iterative approach is a qualitative method that balances grounded analysis of qualitative data, such as interviews, participant observation field notes, documents, and visuals, with existing literature and theory. The qualitative data was collected over a period of five years using multiple methods, including interviews, focus groups, and document analysis. A total of 60 facilitators participated in the qualitative research, providing valuable insights and perspectives on the topic.
The quantitative data on the effectiveness of different facilitator training models was collected using a questionnaire distributed during the months of April-May 2022 to 163 facilitators of DIPLCs funded by the Ministry of Education (MOE). This data was analyzed using statistical methods to identify patterns and trends, allowing for a systematic and objective examination of the facilitator-training models and their impact on the effectiveness of DIPLC facilitators.
This multi-method approach enabled the researchers to comprehensively analyze the knowledge and skills needed to effectively facilitate DIPLCs and to assess the effectiveness of various facilitator-training models in improving these skills and knowledge. This approach allowed the researchers to obtain a thorough understanding of the key factors that contribute to the success of DIPLC facilitation and the strategies that can be implemented to improve the performance of DIPLC facilitators.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The goal of this research was to develop a "guideline for DIPLC facilitation" that has the potential to assist in selecting the right people for the role and developing a training program for them. This study provided valuable insights into the complexities of DIPLCs and the necessary skills and knowledge required for effective facilitation. In addition, the study examined several models of training.
The study found that there are several skills and areas of knowledge that are necessary to effectively facilitate a DIPLC. These include the abilities to strengthen social capital, to instill motivation for activity, to maintain balance, and to deal with inherent tensions in the community. The study participants emphasized the importance of providing specific training for DIPLC facilitators in order to support PLC success. Based on the findings of this study, it is recommended that DIPLC facilitators receive training in the areas defined in order to effectively lead and guide the groups in their work. In addition, the results showed that an ongoing facilitators' community (FPLC) is effective for training the facilitators. The FPLC offers participants the ability to model facilitator skills and to learn collaboratively, providing a safe space for consultations and a hub where top professionals in their field can mentor facilitators. The success of an FPLC relies on the ability to balance time spent on mentoring and community activities and to balance between top-down and bottom-up processes. In addition, FPLC success is also determined by the expertise level of the community’s sponsoring academic body – as perceived by the participants

References
Aricha, T., Marzel, A. (2021). Models of physics learning communities in Israel. In: Josefsberg Ben-Yehoshua, L. Ed. Professional Learning Communities in Science and Math. Tel Aviv: The Mofet Institute. 213-221.
Berglas-Shapiro, T., and Flash-Gvili, I. (2021). Motivation invoking professional development – does such a thing exist? In: Josefsberg Ben-Yehoshua, L. Ed. Professional Learning Communities in Science and Math. Tel Aviv: The Mofet Institute, 25-49.
Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2005). Mixed methods research: Developments, debates, and dilemmas. In R. A. Swanson & E. F. Holton III (Eds.), Research in Organizations: Foundations and Methods of Inquiry (pp. 315–326). Berrett-Koehler.
Creswell, J. W., Plano Clark, V. L., Gutmann, M. L. & Hanson, W. E. (2003). An expanded typology for classifying mixed methods research into designs. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social and Behavioral Research (pp. 209-240). Sage.
Greene, J. C. (2007). Mixed Methods in Social Inquiry (Vol. 9). John Wiley & Sons.
Levy, S., Bagno, E., Berger, H., & Eylon, B. S. (2018, December). Physics Teacher-Leaders' Learning in a National Program of Regional Professional Learning Communities. In Physics Education Research Conference 2018. American Association of Physics Teachers.
Morse, J. M. (1991). Approaches to qualitative-quantitative methodological triangulation. Nursing Research, 40(2), 120-123.
 Prenger, R., Poortman, C. L., & Handelzalts, A. (2019). The effects of networked professional learning communities. Journal of Teacher Education, 70(5), 441–452.
Roberts, S. M., & Pruitt, E. Z. (Eds.). (2008). Schools as Professional Learning Communities: Collaborative Activities and Strategies for Professional Development. Corwin Press.
Tracy, S. J. (2013). Qualitative Research Methods: Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley-Blackwell.
Watson, C. (2014). Effective professional learning communities? The possibilities for teachers as agents of change in schools. British Educational Research Journal, 40(1), 18–29.
Yayon, M., Waldman, R., Katchevich, D., Akones, S., Mamlok-Naaman, R., Rap, S., & Blonder, R. (2021). The influence of professional learning communities on the knowledge and practice of science teacher and student learning: A review of empirical studies. In: Josefsberg Ben-Yehoshua, L. Ed. Professional Learning Communities in Science and Math. Tel Aviv: The Mofet Institute. 213-221.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

How Do Teacher Leadership and Departmental Professional Learning Communities Matter for Teacher Self-Efficacy? A Multilevel Analysis

Xin Zheng

Southwest University, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Zheng, Xin

Since 1990s, the idea of professional learning communities (PLCs) became fashionable, and now it is widely practiced in North America (DuFour et al., 2010; Hord, 2008), Europe (Doğan & Adams, 2018; Lomos, 2017; Vanblaere & Devos, 2016), East Asia (Hairon & Tan, 2017; Pang & Wang, 2016; Zheng et al., 2020) and other contexts (Jäppinen et al., 2016; Vangriekenet al., 2017). PLC is globally welcomed as ample studies have shown that Transforming schools as PLCs can bring enhance student achievement and teacher learning (Vangriekenet al., 2017, Stoll et al., 2006). A PLC is commonly defined as “a group of people sharing and critically interrogating their practice in an ongoing, reflective, collaborative, inclusive, learning-oriented, growth promoting way” (Stoll et al. 2006, p. 223).

Many previous studies have considered the whole school as a PLC (Vanblaere & Devos, 2016; Zhang et al.,2021), but many scholars have called for assessing the different levels of PLCs (Sleegers et al., 2013; Zheng et al., 2021) and their possible influences on students and teachers (Lomos, 2017; Vanblaere & Devos, 2016, 2018). Within schools, departments are the basic unit for teacher collaboration. Teachers are nested in departments and departments are nested in schools. This is especial the case in Chinese schools, where teacher collaboration mainly occurs at the subject-based departments (Gao & Wang, 2014; Wong, 2010). The present study focused on PLCs at the department-level in Chinese contexts. It explored the departmental PLC characteristics and their influences on individual teachers.

In addition, even previous studies have documented the benefits of PLC, it is not self-evident that teachers who engage in departmental PLCs can bring positive outcomes (Louis et al., 2010; Vescio et al., 2008). The study concerns the role of different dimensions of departmental PLC, namely shared norms, collective responsibility, deprivatized practice, and reflective dialogue. Using a multilevel analysis, it analyzed the relationship between departmental level PLC characteristics and individual teacher development.

Leadership is vital in developing and sustain effective PLCs. In school contexts, there exist multiple leaders, such as school principal, middle leaders and teacher leaders. Previous studies have mainly focus on the role of principal leadership in PLCs (Stoll et al., 2006; Vanbalere & Devos, 2016; Vangerieken et al., 2017). The study focused on teacher leaders in departments. Scholars argued that departmental leadership may possess greater influence for the creation of departmental subcultures than senior leadership roles, as teachers were in direct and continuous contact with subject leaders on daily basis as opposed occasional and seasonal contact with senior leaders (Ghamrawi, 2010; Leithwood, 2016; Printy, 2008). Therefore, the study further explored the role of department heads as teacher leaders for teacher development. Teacher leaders’ two types of leadership, namely instructional leadership (IL) and transformational leadership (TL), were examined at the departmental level.

In terms of teacher development outcomes, the study selected teachers’ self-efficacy as the outcome, which is a commonly used indicator for teacher development (Zee & Koomen, 2016). The study addresses teacher leadership and PLCs practices at the departmental level in the Chinese contexts. Two research questions are addressed:

(1) What are the relationships between departmental PLC characteristics and individual teachers’ self-efficacy?

(2) What are the relationships between two types of departmental teacher leadership (namely transformational and instructional leadership) and individual teachers’ self efficacy?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The participants were 907 teachers two Chinese provinces. They are from 81 departments, and the number of teachers in each department is more than 5. Among them, 365 (40.3%) were male teachers, 541(59.7%) were female, and 1 teachers was missing. There were 375 elementary teachers and 531 secondary teachers. In terms of their subjects, 338 (37.3%) taught Chinese language, 312 (34.4%) were mathematics teachers, 134 (14.8%) taught English, and the remaining 123 (13.6%) taught natural science, social science or arts. Furthermore, 58 teachers (6.4%) had taught less than 3 years, 99 (17.5%) had taught for 3–7 years, 211 (23.5%) had taught for 8–15 years, 219 (24.4%) had taught 16–23 years, 311 (34.3%) had taught for 24 years or more, and 9 were missing. Finally, 570 (62.8%) teachers were from urban schools, and 335 (37%) were from rural areas, and 2 were missing.

The questionnaire used in this study included four scales: Professional Learning Community Scale (PLCS, Wahlstrom & Louis, 2008), Transformation Leadership Scale (TLS, Vanblaere & Devos, 2016), Instructional Leadership Scale (ILS, Vanblaere & Devos, 2016), and the Teacher Self-efficacy Scale (TSES, Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001).

SPSS 19.0 and Mplus 7.4 were used to analyse the data. First, descriptive statistics at the individual and departmental variables were calculated using SPSS. Then, the reliability of each dimension was tested and CFA was conducted using Mplus to examine the construct validity. Finally, the multilevel linear model (MLM) was conducted in Mplus, and four models were tested (i.e., the null model, Model 1 and Model 2). In the null model, the intra-class correlations (ICC, computed by σ2μ0 / (σ2e0 +σ2μ0), where σ2μ0 denotes the department variance and σ2e0 denotes the individual variance) were calculated. We then added the controlling variables. In Model 1, we added three individual variables related to teacher efficacy: gender, educational level and teaching experience. In Model 2, we added the departmental level variables, i.e., the four PLC dimensions. In model 3, we added teacher transformational leadership and instructional leadership at the departmental level, respectively.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the null model, an ICC coefficient of .275 was found, which indicates that 27.5% of the difference between teachers’ self-efficacy was attributable to differences between departments. The results showed that teachers’ self-efficacy differed significantly between departments. In Zheng et al.’s (2021) multilevel analysis, they found that between-school variance is significant when considering the whole school as a PLC. School-level PLC should not be equal to department-level PLC. Our study goes one step further, and it shows that between-department variance is also significant.

In Model 1, the results show that none of the controlling variables significantly contributed to teachers’ self-efficacy. In Model 2, four characteristics of school level PLC were added, and the results show that reflective dialogue (Est. =0.51, p < .05) and collective responsibility (Est. = .60, p < .001) were associated with individual self-efficacy. The results corroborate the findings of previous studies (Kennedy & Smith, 2013; Vanblaere& Devos, 2016). The results call our attention to collective responsibility to student learning and deep reflective dialogues between colleagues, as they can promote teachers’ teaching efficacy. The results means that, in departments, collective structure and sharing practices (e.g., observing others’ classes) are not enough. Critical conversations between colleagues and deep reflections on teaching practices or student learning are important for teachers’ authentic learning in communities.

In model 3 and 4, teacher transformational leadership was significantly related with individual self-efficacy (Est. = 32.81, p < .001), while teacher instructional leadership is not a significant predictor. The study showed that departmental teacher transformational leadership had positive influences on teacher self-efficacy while teacher instructional leadership had not. The study implicates that departmental leader should create a more harmonious and communicable learning atmosphere for teachers, provide learning support and feedback on their professional learning within departments.

References
Doğan, S., & Adams, A. (2018). Effffect of professional learning communities on teachers and students: Reporting updated results and raising questions about research design. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 29(4), 634–659.
DuFour, R., DuFour, R., Eaker, R., Many, T. (2010). Learning by doing: A handbook for professional learning communities at work (2nd ed.). Solution Tree Press.
Gao, S., & Wang, J. (2014). Teaching transformation under centralized curriculum and teacher learning community: Two Chinese chemistry teachers’ experiences in developing inquiry-based instruction. Teaching and Teacher Education, 44, 1–11.
Jäppinen, A.-K., Leclerc, M., & Tubin, D. (2016). Collaborativeness as the core of professional learning communities beyond culture and context: Evidence from Canada, Finland, and Israel. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 27(3), 315–332.
Leithwood, K. (2016). Department-head leadership for school improvement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(2), 117-140.
Lomos, C. (2017). To what extent do teachers in European countries differ in their professional community practices? School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 28(2), 276–291.
Sleegers, P., den Brok, P., Verbiest, E., Moolenaar, N. M., & Daly, A. J. (2013). Toward conceptual clarity: A multidimensional, multilevel model of professional learning communities in Dutch elementary schools. The Elementary School Journal, 114(1), 118–137.
Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221-258.
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher effiffifficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783–805.
Vanblaere, B., & Devos, G. (2016). Relating school leadership to perceived professional learning community characteristics: A multilevel analysis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 57, 26-38.
Vanblaere, B., & Devos, G. (2018). The role of departmental leadership for professional learning communities. Educational Administration Quarterly, 54(1), 85-114.
Vangrieken, K., Meredith, C., Packer, T., & Kyndt, E. (2017). Teacher communities as a context for professional development: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 61, 47–59.
Wahlstrom, K. L., & Louis, K. S. (2008). How teachers experience principal leadership: The roles of professional community, trust, efficacy, and shared responsibility. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(4), 458–495.
Zheng, X., Yin, H., & Liu, Y. (2021). Are professional learning communities beneficial for teachers? A multilevel analysis of teacher self-efficacy and commitment in China. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(2), 197-217.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm01 SES 06 C: Research Perspectives on Leadership (Part 2)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Mary Kelly
Paper Session continued from 01 SES 04 B
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Qualification Offers For School Managers - Interrelationships Between Process And Result Qualities

Stephan Gerhard Huber1, Larissa Lusnig1, Gregor Steinbeiß2

1Pädagogische Hochschule Zug, Switzerland; 2Johannes Kepler Universität Linz, Austria

Presenting Author: Huber, Stephan Gerhard; Lusnig, Larissa

Professional school leaders are indispensable for the quality of schools and for continuous development (Sammons et al. 1995; Huber, 2010; Huber & Mujis 2010). Therefore, adequate qualification offers and measures of continuing education are necessary for the function of school leadership. In this way, school leaders can further develop their professional competencies and reflect on their job-related values and attitudes (Huber, 2003, 2005, 2012).

The various design of the didactic framework of such qualification and continuing education offers is discussed in the relevant literature. The focus is no longer only on classic courses or seminars. Multiple learning occasions (Huber, 2013; Huber & Schneider, 2013) include cognitive-theoretical forms of learning (lectures, presentations), but also cooperative and communicative-process-oriented procedures (e.g., project work) and reflective methods (e.g., self-assessment, feedback, supervision, coaching).

The aim of the present study is to identify important process characteristics for the quality assurance and further development of qualification offers for school leaders. For the study, which was conducted in a mixed-methods design, 782 participants could be queried about the process qualities and outcome qualities of a preparatory national qualification offer for school leaders.

The interrelationships of different process and outcome qualities were analyzed on the basis of the offer-use-impact model for education and training (cf. Fend 1987, 1998; Helmke, 2003; Huber et al., 2008; Huber, 2011). This integrates the evaluation levels according to Kirkpatrick (1994) and divides process and outcome qualities into offer characteristics, offer perception, offer use, and offer effects. These are influenced by the offer evaluation and general conditions.

The results of the quantitative evaluation of the present study show that the better the survey participants evaluate the micro-didactic offer characteristics of the practical implementation and the process design of the courses, the greater are the offer benefit and the offer effects (the self-assessed competence development and the increase in motivation). The better the perception of the offer (satisfaction with the lecturers and the organization of the seminars, the overall satisfaction and the relevance of the learning content) of the survey participants is, the greater are the estimations of the benefit of the offer and the development of competencies. Also, correlations of offer effects among each other can be identified. The better the personal development is assessed, the greater the survey participants' assessment of their competence development and behavioral change. If the development of competencies and the increase in motivation are rated as better, the change in behavior is also rated as greater.

According to the designs of the BIO strategy model (Huber, 2020), it is presented which process features of the qualification offer should be preserved, innovated and optimized from the point of view of the participants (qualitative analysis). Here, it stands out that the survey participants particularly benefited from networking and exchange with other participants. Group work, practice-based project work, and specialist lectures are positively highlighted by the survey participants in terms of micro-didactic features. In terms of content, the greatest benefit is seen in dealing with topics related to service and school law.

Selected results of the survey of the participants were compared with a survey of the lecturers of the qualification program, whereby the lecturers assessed it consistently better than the participants. Selected results of the survey of the participants were compared with a survey of the lecturers of the qualification offer, whereby the lecturers assessed it consistently better than the participants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study was conducted using a mixed-methods design. 782 participants, which corresponds to a response rate of 51.79%, were queried about the process qualities and outcome qualities of qualification offer for school leaders using an online questionnaire with closed and open questions. The survey participants came from 11 national implementing organizations, which offer the national qualification.

The quantitative evaluation was conducted within the framework of correlations and linear regression analyses. For the evaluation of open questions qualitative methods were used in addition to quantitative methods of data collection and analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The present study aimed at identifying which process characteristics are important for the quality assurance and further development of qualification offers for school leaders. Several process features were found, which are interrelated with good offer effects of the qualification offer. The better the practical implementation and the process design of the courses are, the greater are the self-assessed competence development and the increase in motivation. Better evaluations of the satisfaction with the lecturers and the organization of the seminars, the overall satisfaction and the relevance of the learning content are interrelated with greater estimations of the benefit of the offer and the development of competencies. Further, the participants of the qualification offer benefited especially from networking and exchange with other participants, from group work, practice-based project work, and specialist lectures. The results of the study make it possible to identify important process features for the quality assurance and further development of the qualification offers for school executives.
References
Fend, H. (1987). „Gute Schulen – schlechte Schulen“ – Die einzelne Schule als pädagogische Handlungseinheit. In U. Steffens & T. Bargel (Hrsg.), Erkundungen zur Wirksamkeit und Qualität von Schule (Beiträge aus dem Arbeitskreis Qualität von Schule, Heft 1 (S. 55–80). Hessisches Institut für Bildungsplanung und Schulentwicklung.

Fend, H. (1998). Qualität im Bildungswesen. Schulforschung zu Systembedingungen, Schulprofilen und Lehrerleistung. Weinheim: Juventa.

Helmke, A. (2003): Unterrichtsqualität erfassen, bewerten, verbessern. Seelze: Klett Kallmeyer.

Huber, S.G. (2003). Qualifizierung von Schulleiterinnen und Schulleitern im internationalen Vergleich: Eine Untersuchung in 15 Ländern zur Professionalisierung von pädagogischen Führungskräften für Schulen. In Wissen & Praxis Bildungsmanagement.
Wolters Kluwer.

Huber, S.G. (2005). Schulleitungshandeln als pädagogisch orientiertes Handeln verstehen. In A. Bartz, J. Fabian, S. G. Huber, C. Kloft, H. Rosenbusch, H. Sassenscheidt (Hrsg.). PraxisWissen Schulleitung (10.12). München: Wolters Kluwer.

Huber, S.G. (Hrsg.). (2010). School Leadership – International Perspectives. Springer.

Huber, S.G. (2011). The impact of professional development: a theoretical model for
empirical research, evaluation, planning and conducting training and development
programmes. Professional Development in Education, 37(5), 837–853.

Huber, S.G. (2012). Aufgabe von Schulleitung: Gelingensbedingungen für ein erfolgreiches Qualitätsmanagement schaffen. In S.G. Huber (Ed./Hrsg.), Jahrbuch Schulleitung 2012. Befunde und Impulse zu den Handlungsfeldern des Schulmanagements. Wolters Kluwer, S. 301–307.

Huber, S.G. (2013). Lernmodelle für Erwachsene: multiple Lernanlässe nutzen. In S.G. Huber (Hrsg.), Handbuch Führungskräfteentwicklung. Grundlagen und Handreichungen zur Qualifizierung und Personalentwicklung im Schulsystem (S. 649-657). Carl Link.

Huber, S.G. (2020). Responsible Leaders entwickeln Schule in der Balance von Bewahren, Optimieren, Innovieren. In S.G. Huber (Hrsg.), Jahrbuch Schulleitung 2020. Impulse aus Wissenschaft und Praxis (S. 3–14). Wolters Kluwer Deutschland.

Huber, S.G., & Muijs, D. (2010). School Leadership Effectiveness. The Growing Insight in the Importance of School Leadership for the Quality and Development of Schools and their Pupils. In S.G. Huber (Ed./Hrsg.), School Leadership – International Perspectives (S. 57–78).

Huber, S.G., Schneider, N. & Radisch, F. (2008). Wirksamkeit von Fort- und Weiterbildung: Zum Stand der Forschung und Evaluation von Qualifizierungsmaßnahmen. Interner Projektbericht. Zug: IBB.

Huber, S.G., & Schneider, N. (2013). Merkmale guter Fort- und Weiterbildung.
SchulVerwaltung spezial 3, 8–10.

Kirkpatrick, D. L. (1994). Evaluating Training Programs: The Four Levels. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Sammons, P., Hillman, J., A., & Mortimore, P. (1995). Key Characteristics of Effective
Schools: A Review of School Effectiveness Research. Institute of Education, University of London, and Office for Standards in Education.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Using Autoethnography for Transformative Learning: Developing District Leaders for Equity-Centered Practices

Juan Manuel Niño1, Encarnacion Garza1, Angelica Romero2, Patti Salzman2, Jaime Aquino2, Betty Merchant1

1The University of Texas at San Antonio, United States of America; 2San Antonio Independent School District, United States of America

Presenting Author: Niño, Juan Manuel; Romero, Angelica

We know that educational equity, at its core, is about addressing the impact of historical and structural practices that have contributed, and continue to contribute, to unfair outcomes for children from the most marginalized parts of our society. As such, the San Antonio Independent School District has currently engaged in work with the Wallace Foundation focused on the development of an equity-centered principal pipeline. The question the initiative seeks to answer is:

How can large, high-needs districts, in partnership with their stakeholders, create comprehensive, aligned principal pipelines and other supports that are capable of producing and supporting equity-centered leaders within the district ecosystem?

In order to develop an ‘ecosystem’ that is equity-focused, we must ensure that staff in the central office, those who are charged with creating and maintaining systems across the district, have a common understanding of equity. One way to start this work is to engage in the reflective work of developing autoethnographies of current school leaders. The Urban School Leaders Collaborative (USLC) at the University of Texas at San Antonio has engaged each of their aspiring urban school leaders in this work for well over two decades. Therefore, faculty from this nationally recognized program have facilitated the autoethnography work for the leadership cabinet of SAISD the Spring 2023.

Through a pedagogy of collective critical consciousness (Freire, 2000), deep critical reflection (Garza, 2015), and other self-directed learning activities, district leaders will develop a deeper understanding of self that will help them see themselves in the students they serve, and write an autoethnography towards leadership for social justice. The model is grounded in theoretical and empirical models of instructional reform, specifically as these apply to the education of Latinos and the socioeconomically disadvantaged. These include subtractive/deficit schooling framework (Delpit, 1996; Valenzuela, 1999; Valencia, 1997), culturally relevant teaching framework (Gay, 2010; Ladson-Billings, 2009), race (Anzaldúa, 1987; hooks, 2000), gender (Grogan & Shakeshaft, 2011; Blount 2003) and social justice framework (Theoharis, 2009).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Autoethnography is a qualitative approach to research and writing that seeks to describe and systematically analyze (graphy) personal experience (auto) in order to understand cultural experience (ethno) (Ellis, 2004; Holman Jones, 2005). This method challenges traditional ways of doing research and representing others, and considers research as a political, socially-just and conscious act (Adams & Holman Jones, 2008). Autoethnography invites the researcher to look inward, revealing a vulnerable self that displays multiple layers of consciousness, connecting the personal to the cultural in a reflexive and emotional process.

The commitment of autoethnography is to give a highly personalized account of the power of reflection in constructing one’s identity as a person and equity-centered leader through self-examination. According to Camangian (2010), the purpose of an autoethnography is, “learning about and understanding lived experience in order to benefit self, society, community, and culture.” The autoethnography tells the story from an inside perspective. One’s experiences, challenges, and triumphs are given voice so that others in similar situations may gain better insight concerning their experiences, and witness other ways of knowing.

This study focuses on twenty-one district leaders from a large urban school district in South Texas. Through their autoethnographies, they share how their lived experiences translated and influenced to the strategies necessary to meet the needs of highly diverse inner-city communities. These autoenthongraphies served as the leadership development to better understand how lived experiences influence and shape leadership identity. As such, the paper aims to highlight how a “different” model of leadership development advances interactive transformation for students to practice in urban schools where the student population is predominantly Latino.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The ULSC preparation program adds depth and richness about how leaders learn best and apply their learning to their school settings. For instance, using their own voices and means for expressing their learning, this paper acknowledges one of the often-overlooked “faces” in our field—learners who have themselves experienced racial and human rights injustices. Furthermore, their concerns with equity and social justice, especially for underserved groups of children, are an absolute commitment and concern of the school leaders. Suppose our leadership preparation programs are to truly make a difference in the lives of all school children. In that case, exploring the issues that will emerge in this study is another step toward preparing leaders with a social conscience and a passion for justice.
References
University Press.
Anzaldúa, Gloria (1987). Borderlands/La Frontera: The new mestiza. San Francisco: Aunt Lute Books.
Blount, J.  (2003). Homosexuality and School Superintendents: A Brief History, Journal of School Leadership 13, 1: 7-26.
Camangian, P. (2010). Starting with self: Teaching autoethnography to foster critically caring literacies. Research in the Teaching of English, 179-204.
Delpit, L. (1996). Other people’s children. New York: New Press.
Ellis, C. (1999). Heartful autoethnography. Qualitative Health Research, 9, 669-83. Altamira Press.
Ellis, C. Adams, T. E. & Bochner Jones, S. (2011) Autoethnography: An overview. Historical Social Research, 36(4), 273-290.
Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: NY. Continuum International Publishing Group.
Garza, E. (2015, in progress). The Pedagogy of Collective Critical Consciousness: The Praxis of Preparing Leaders for Social Justice. Paper presented at UCEA Conference, 2015. Denver, CO.
Gay, G. (2010). Culturally Responsive Teaching. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.
Grogan, M. & Shakeshaft, C. (2011). Women and educational leadership. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
hooks, bell (2000). Where we stand: Class matters. New York: Routledge.
Ladson-Billings, G. (1997). The dreamkeepers. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Valencia, R. (Ed.). (1997). The evolution of deficit thinking. Washington, DC: Falmer.
Valenzuela, A. (1999). Subtractive schooling: U.S. Mexican youth and the politics of caring. Albany: State University of New York Press.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

International Teachers’ Experiences of the Leadership of Organizational Change within an IB school environment.

Mary Kelly

University of Galway, Ireland

Presenting Author: Kelly, Mary

Change in any school system is inevitable, and although change has the potential to improve learning contexts, one of the biggest challenges with change is the realistic assessment of the constraints and obstacles that come with it (Levin, 2008).

When evaluating the impact of change Byrk et al (2015) maintain that it is necessary to “see the whole system” and to consider multiple possible solutions to the issues that result from change. One way to do this, is to use a design-based approach to inquiry that identifies the core issues brought about by change, followed by the generation of a theory of action and strategies that respond directly to these issues (Childress & Marietta, 2017).This research study uses such an approach to explore teachers’ experiences of systemic change following the expansion of an international school environment.

The school involved is an International Baccalaureate school, situated in the Netherlands. In recent years, the school experienced expansion, across all areas of the school, from the Primary Years Programme all the way through to the Diploma Programme level.This expansion brought with it additional buildings, an increase in student numbers, additional classes and course offerings, the restructuring of teaching schedules, and a reduction in outdoor play areas for students.

The objective of this study is to explore teachers' perceptions of any issues that may have arise from the expansion, to consider their perceptions of the root causes of any issues that may have arisen, to consider how the context would be different if issues were addressed, and to identify preliminary courses of acton that could address these issues.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A design-based approach was used to uncover teachers’ perceptions of the impact of change brought about by the expansion. The study involved following the steps of the design cycle which typically begins with the identification of the problem, an analysis of the problem and the diagnosis of its causes, the development of a theory of action, the design of a strategy to address the issues, the implementation of the strategy, assessment of progress, and the adaption and modification of the design as needed (Childress & Marietta, 2017).  

This research study focusses on the first three steps of the cycle, with the aim being to identify any issues resulting from the expansion, the consideration of potential causes, an imagination of the context without these issues, and the generation of possible solutions. The solutions and theory of action steps are not addressed in this paper.

Eight respondents (T1-T8) participated in semi-structured interviews. The respondents were all experienced international school teachers, four females and four males, who came from different countries, and who taught a range of disciplines across multiple year levels within the Upper School.

Purposive sampling was used in order to solicit a range of perspectives, yet perspectives that were informed. In an  international school environment teacher turnover is dynamic, so it was important to solicit the perspectives of those who had been in this school context before, during, and after the expansion.

The respondents were invited to respond to the following questions: 1) What are the main issues (if any) in the school following the expansion? 2) What are the root causes of these issues? 3) How would the context be different if the issues were resolved?

Following the data gathering stage, the interview transcripts were coded, categories were generated, and these were then assembled into themes and sub-themes (Braun & Clarke, 2006).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, some of the main issues identified by the teachers, following the expansion, were fatigue and stress due to a perceived increase in workloads, a sense of collective disempowerment, concerns about student learning, and the perceived emergence of a negative school climate. The issues identified have been associated, elsewhere, with a decrease in teacher motivation (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2018).

The root causes of the issues, identified by the teachers, were top-down approaches to the leadership of change, perceived inadequacies in strategic planning on the part of the leadership team, and a perceived lack of systems-thinking on the part of school leaders before, during, and after the expansion. The impact of distinct leadership approaches on the outcomes of system-wide change is an evolving area of research (Burns, 2017).

Addressing the root cause (a perceived lack of informed leadership) would, in the teachers’ opinion, lead to increased teacher and student wellbeing, better quality teaching and learning, and a more positive school environment. Specifics identified by the teachers as necessary, in the mitigation of the ongoing effects of organizational change, included leadership training for middle and senior leaders, the introduction of transparent communication pathways, avenues to address workloads and wellbeing, relationship-building practices, the fostering of trust, and the reestablishment of community.

Overall, the themes resulting from the teachers' perceptions of change, indicated that the expansion had brought with it an array of unexpected outcomes. From the teachers' perspectives, the careful selection of leaders, and the advance preparation of school leaders to manage and respond to the complexity of change, may have mitigated several of the unintended outcomes that were identified as issues.

Further study, in this context, could involve the interviewing of a broader collective of teachers, students, members of the leadership team, and additional members of the school community.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology. 3(2), pp. 77-101.  

Bryk, A., Gomez, M., LeMahieu, P. (2015) See the System That Produces the Current Outcomes. In Learning to Improve: How America's Schools Can Get Better at Getting Better. Harvard Education Press. Cambridge.

Burns, W. (2017). A descriptive literature review of harmful leadership styles: Definitions, commonalities, measurements, negative impacts, and ways to improve these harmful leadership styles. Creighton Journal of Interdisciplinary Leadership. 3(1), pp. 33–52.

Childress, S. & Marietta, G. (2017) A Problem-Solving Approach to Designing and Implementing a Strategy to Improve Performance. Harvard Education Press. Cambridge.

Levin, B. (2008) Why Improving Schools is So Hard to Do.  In How to Change 5000 Schools: A Practical and Positive Approach for Leading Change at Every Level. Harvard Education Press. Cambridge.

Skaalvik, E., & Skaalvik, S. (2018) Job demands and job resources as predictors of teacher motivation and well-being. Social Psychology of Education. 21, pp. 1251–1275
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm01 SES 07 C: Critical Perspectives on Professional Development
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Phil Poekert
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Planning, Enacting, and Evaluating Professional Learning: A Synthesis of Models to Support Research and Practice

Phil Poekert1, Fiona King2, Takeshia Pierre3

1University of Florida Lastinger Center for Learning, United States of America; 2Dublin City University, Ireland; 3University of Florida, United States of America

Presenting Author: Poekert, Phil; King, Fiona

This paper proposes a meta-model of professional learning (PL) that attempts to synthesise the constructs, theories, and processes accounted for in published models to date. The paper builds upon two of the authors’ existing frameworks for designing (King, 2014; Poekert et al., 2020) and evaluating PL (King, 2014), whilst also drawing from the key constructs, theories, and processes of PL in the wider literature. The results advance a conceptual framework that aggregates empirical illustrations and practical tools to support the understanding and application of the constructs elaborated within the framework in both research and practice. It aims to serve as a diagram, as defined by Deleuze (1988, p. 44): “a diagram is a map, or rather a series of superimposed maps.” Such diagrams model the rhizomatic nature of experience.

By grounding the meta-model in pragmatism and complexity theory, it aims to address critiques that challenge scholars to highlight the epistemological, ontological, and ethical commitments that inform methodological decisions and approaches to PL (e.g., Boylan, 2021). Because the model is rooted in pragmatic complexity, it allows for flexibility in its application based upon the goal(s) that a user is trying to achieve. Previous taxonomies of professional learning (i.e., Kennedy, 2014) posit that these goals might range from the transmission of discrete skills or knowledge to the development of competencies to the transformation of professional identities. It stands to reason that as the goals of the professional learning activity vary, so will the constructs that must be accounted for in the design and evaluation of PL. Pragmatic complexity also allows for consideration of the emergence of different constructs operating within diverse contexts that can be understood and navigated through pragmatic inquiry, either during enactment or evaluation because both are understood to be experiments aimed at improving the situation under study toward an ethically grounded goal. The ultimate ethical goal of these efforts to improve teaching and learning is “equal participation by all in the conversation of humankind” because “initiation into this conversation is the purpose of education, and it is the purpose of educational research to provide tools to aid in this task” (Garrison, 1994, p. 13).

The model is also flexible enough to account for the complexity, nonlinearity, and nuance of individual experience situated within unique contexts as participants engage in PL activity while still highlighting patterns that emerge across individuals. This flexibility affords discretion to both the practitioner in the selection of tools and approaches and the researcher in the selection of methods and instruments that are fit for purpose. The model makes both theoretical and practical contributions by synthesising conceptualisations of PL to date and serving as a platform for future theoretical and programmatic development. Further, it is the ambitious goal of this framework to promote a meta-model that is simultaneously universal and deeply contextualised within and across national boundaries and circumstances because it can be configured and applied in a multiplicity of ways. By advancing a language that aims to be both accessible to researchers and practitioners alike and broadly applicable across nations, we aim to develop shared understandings across numerous audiences toward improving research and practice.

The paper directly responds to the theme advanced in the ECER call for papers in that it aims to represent the diverse influences in the lived experience of participants, schools and systems that affect how PL translates into teaching and learning outcomes. It also aims to offer a model that can be applied in diverse settings in the development, enactment, and evaluation of professional learning in order to optimise for equitable impacts on student learning outcomes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In an effort to develop a meta-model that could be utilised across various sectors of education, we conducted a search to identify literature that centred PL across educational contexts. Our goal was to capture suggestions and critiques of existing models or frameworks used for evaluation of PL that surfaced in literature, in an effort to develop a conceptual model that may also serve as a practical tool for academics and practitioners alike. We developed inclusion and exclusion criteria to produce quality articles for our proposed meta-model. These criteria included articles that focused on models or frameworks that incorporated professional learning or professional development in the contexts of schools or specifically working with teachers. We excluded articles beyond the years of 2014 through 2022 with any exceptions outside this range that were papers considered seminal to PL in education (e.g., Kirkpatrick, 1959; Stake, 1967; Guskey, 2002; Desimone, 2009; and Bubb & Earley, 2010). We utilised Google Scholar, EBSCOHost, and Proquest, three large database search engines, to identify scholarly articles of interest. Additionally, we reviewed the publications of the Professional Development in Education journal and their references. A first round search for “professional development” in combination with other search terms including “framework,” “model,” “teachers,” and/or “schools” yielded 14 articles. A second round search for “professional learning” in combination with the same search terms yielded an additional 18 articles. In total, 32 articles were incorporated into the analysis.

From the articles, we extracted the models and analysed the constructs inductively, comparing across models to identify common constructs and theories about the interaction and influence among the constructs. The analysis highlighted various conceptualizations of learning processes that illustrated the complexity at work among the constructs, contexts, and stakeholders, and these were synthesised into the meta-model presented in this article. The resulting meta-model draws upon the scholarly literature to yield a set of constructs and sub-constructs, along with examples of how those constructs can be employed in the enactment and evaluation of PL activities, including both formal activities and informal interactions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The PL literature has taken a decidedly nonlinear turn that embraces the complexity of interactions among teacher learning and practice and student learning within school contexts (e.g., Strom & Viesca, 2021). It must also be noted that due to the interconnectedness of the various constructs at play, for example among teacher knowledge, skills, and beliefs on one hand and teacher practices on the other, we should consider the constructs as highly entangled with one another (Boylan, 2021).

The meta-model proposed in this paper synthesises the various phenomena accounted for in the PL literature into three major constructs: Context, Experience, and Outcomes. Context accounts for the circumstances surrounding the PL experience at the macro, meso and micro levels, ranging from the antecedent factors and previous experiences of the participants to the organisational culture of the school and school system. Experience accounts for the elements involved in the PL activity itself, including the core features of the PL experience, and the learning processes and theories, such as the level of collaboration and the use of situated inquiry-based learning techniques. Outcomes account for the outputs and outcomes of engagement in PL experiences, ranging from the immediate reaction of educators to the experience to the long-term impacts on students’ quality of life outcomes.

There are myriad subconstructs within each of the three larger constructs that are charted out within a table. Guidance is provided to researchers and practitioners to utilise those subconstructs that are most pertinent to the aims of their PL programming or research, and examples of how the subconstruct was operationalized in research and practice are shared within an interactive web page.

References
Boylan, M. (2021). Entanglement, evaluation and practice in a professional learning innovation. Professional Development in Education, 47(2-3), 478-492, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1879233

Bubb, S. & Earley, P. (2010). Helping staff develop in schools. London: Sage.

Deleuze, G. (1988). Foucault (S. Hand, Trans.). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Desimone, L. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers' professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199. DOI: 10.3102/0013189X08331140

Garrison, J. (1994). Realism, Deweyan pragmatism, and educational research. Educational Researcher, 23(1), 5-14. DOI: 10.2307/1176280

Guskey, T.R. (2002). Professional development and teacher change. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 8 (3), 381–391. DOI: 10.1080/135406002100000512

Kennedy, A. (2014). Models for continuing professional development: A framework for analysis. Professional Development in Education, 40(3), 336-351, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2014.929293

King, F. (2014). Evaluating the impact of teacher professional development:an evidence-based framework. Professional Development in Education, 40(1), 89-111, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2013.823099

Kirkpatrick, D. L. (1959). Techniques for evaluating training programs. Journal of the American Society of Training Directors, 13, 3–9.

Poekert, P.E., Swaffield, S., Demir, E.K., & Wright, S.A. (2020): Leadership for professional learning towards educational equity: A systematic literature review. Professional Development in Education, 46(4), 541-562. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1787209

Stake, R.E. (1967). The countenance of educational evaluation. Teachers College Record, 68(7), 523–540.

Strom, K. & Viesca, K.M. (2021). Towards a complex framework of teacher learning-practice. Professional Development in Education, 47(2-3), 209-224. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1827449


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Development of Critical Praxis Through Professional Learning: Enablers and Constraints

Christine Grice1, Susanne Francisco2, Anette Forssten Seiser3

1The University of Sydney, Australia; 2Charles Sturt University, Australia; 3Karlstads Universitet, Sweden

Presenting Author: Francisco, Susanne; Forssten Seiser, Anette

Professional learning is vital for the development of educators and for the development of a strong educational system (Opfer & Pedder, 2011). This research project investigates the development of critical praxis (reflection and action for positive change) through a professional development program. Drawing on the work of Freire, and using the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014), the research considers the professional learning of English speaking teachers and school leaders involved in a long-term professional development program in Hong Kong.

In a previous article based on three research projects across two countries and three different education sectors (Francisco, Forssten Seiser & Grice 2021), we identified trust, power and agency as the key themes impacting on the development of critical praxis. We continue to explore these themes in this work. According to Aristotle, praxis is a morally committed action in which, and through which, values are given practical expression (Carr, 2009). Kemmis and Smith (2008) consider praxis as ‘what people do when they take into account all the circumstances and exigencies that confront them at a particular moment and then, taking the broadest view they can of what is best to do, they act’ (p. 4). Mahon et al. (2020) argue that educational praxis is forming, self-forming and transforming. It is forming in the sense that educators are involved in supporting the formation of people and of society (Kemmis et al. 2014). It is self-forming in that educators are reflexive and reflective in their praxis informed actions. It is transforming in that educators with a praxis informed approach will transform people and sites through their actions.

The research is framed and analysed using the theory of practice architectures (TPA). This theory identifies practice as “a socially established cooperative human activity involving utterances and forms of understandings (sayings), modes of action (doings), and ways in which people relate to one another and the world (relatings) that ‘hang together’ in characteristic ways in a distinctive ‘project’” (Mahon et al. 2017, p 7-8). Practices are enabled and constrained by site-based arrangements: the practice architectures.

The research discussed in this presentation explores how educators develop critical praxis (reflection and action for positive change) during formal professional learning experiences and in informal spaces, and the factors that enable and constrain its development. Specific research questions are: what practice architectures enabled and constrained the development critical praxis in a long-term professional learning program; and in what ways is the professional learning forming, self-forming and transforming?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using a qualitative research approach, we invited convenors and participants involved in a large professional learning program to participate in the research. The professional development program was offered to teachers and leaders across more than twenty English speaking schools in Hong Kong. The authors of this paper were not involved in providing the professional development program.

Data collection includes audio/video recording of professional learning sessions for the group; interviews with the course convenors of the program; and interviews with individuals in the group. The interviews use a combination of photo elicitation (IbanNez, 2004) and elements of an ‘interview to the double’ (Nicolini, 2009) process. Participants are asked to bring five photographs to the interviews that they felt represented their learning throughout the professional development program. For the purposes of preparedness and transparency, indicative questions which form the basis of the interviews will be shared with the participants prior to the interview taking place to reduce potential stress (Rubin & Rubin, 2012). The content is within the boundaries of the participants’ professional roles and confined to their experience as an educator. Interviews will be transcribed and the transcriptions provided to participants for comment and/or change prior to being incorporated with other data from analysis. Reputation risk of schools is minimised by schools and individuals not being named or identifiable.

Analysis will be undertaken in two stages. Firstly, thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021) in relation to the research questions. This will be followed by analysis using the theory of practice architectures.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Broadly, expected outcomes relate to a better understanding of specific practices in formal and informal learning spaces that enable and constrain the sustainable impact of a professional learning program rooted in a philosophy of critical praxis and how that critical praxis is developed over time.

Findings relate explicitly to the research questions and the ways that critical praxis was developed through the period of the professional development program. Also, the practice architectures that enabled and constrained that development. Specifically, this includes issues associated with agency, power, and trust. Other factors related to the development of critical praxis are also discussed.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. SAGE

Carr, W., (2009). Practice without theory? A postmodern perspective on educational practice. In: B. Green, ed. Understanding and researching professional practice. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers, 55–64

Francisco, Forssten Seiser & Grice (2021) Professional learning that enables the development of critical praxis. Professional Development in Education, 1-15. doi:10.1080/19415257.2021.1879228

Freire, P., 1970. Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: Continuum.

Kemmis, S. and Smith, T., 2008. Praxis and praxis development. In: S. Kemmis and T.
Smith, eds. Enabling Praxis: challenges for education. Rotterdam: Sense, 3–13.

Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J. Edwards-Groves, C. Hardy, I. Grootenboer, P. and Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer

IbanNez, M.C. (2004). Framing the world with photo-elicitation interviews. American Behavioral Scientist, 47 (1507), DOI 10.1177/0002764204266236

Mahon, K., Kemmis, S., Francisco, S., and Lloyd, A., (2017). Introduction: practice theory and the theory of practice architectures. In K. Mahon, S. Francisco, and S. Kemmis eds., Exploring education and professional practice: through the lens of practice architectures. New York: Springer.

Nicolini, D. (2009). Articulating Practice through the Interview to the Double. Management Learning, 40(2), 195–212. doi.org/10.1177/1350507608101230

Opfer and Pedder, D. (2011) Conceptualizing teacher professional learning. Review of Educational Research, 81 (3), pp. 376–407. DOI: 10.3102/0034654311413609

Rubin, H. J., & Rubin, I. S. (2012). Qualitative interviewing: The art of hearing data (3rd ed.). Los Angeles, Sage


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Continuing Professional Development: a Tension Between Responding to the Difficulties of Everyday Teaching and Rethinking Professional Development

Crispin Girinshuti

Haute école pédagogique Vaud, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Girinshuti, Crispin

As a result of the tertiarisation of teacher training in most Western countries, the issue of professional development has become part of a lifelong learning approach (Allen et al., 2018; European Commission, 2018, 2021). The continuing professional development policies that have been put in place have therefore tried to respond to this challenge, while adapting to national context. In the canton of Vaud in French-speaking Switzerland, in-service teacher development is essentially managed by the University of Teacher Education (Haute école pédagogique - HEP), the institution empowered to award teachers' diplomas.

For the past four years, the Directorate General of Public Education has mandated the University of Teacher Education of the canton (HEPVaud) to develop in-service teacher training aimed at meeting the major challenges in education. Among them, the inclusive school policy, which was the subject of an official document published by the Ministry of Education in 2019, under the title "Concept 360". Its aim was to provide a framework and guidelines on how schools and professionals should deal with student diversity. Our contribution shows how this policy was translated into in-service training and how it was articulated to the needs of education workers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using mixed methods, we will conduct a qualitative and quantitative analysis of 73 in-service training courses on inclusive schooling that took place during the academic year 2021-2022. We will compare the content of these courses with existing courses on the topic of inclusion before the introduction of the so-called 360 policy. In order to do this, we have a database that allows us to trace the topics covered during in-service training each academic year, the number of in-service teachers who attended them, and their socio-demographic profile. At the same time, we have a second database containing the evaluations made by the teachers and their trainers one week and one month after each course took place.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Firstly, we will show how it has been linked to the existing in-service training system. Secondly, on the basis of systematic evaluations of the courses by the in-service teachers and their trainers, we will show a certain tension between two distinct visions of in-service training. A practical vision of these teachers who seek to respond to the challenges of everyday life, and a developmental vision (Uwamariya & Mukamurera, 2005) of teacher educators who aim to place their training in the continuity of the initial teacher education, thinking within a a lifelong learning framework.
References
Allen, J., Grainger Clemson, H., & Pritzkow, T. (2018) Supporting teaching careers : Developing an effective framework for teacher careers (ET2020 Working Group Schools). European Union.

European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2021). Teachers in Europe : Careers, development and well-being (Eurydice Report). Publications Office of the European Union.

European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2018). Teaching careers in Europe : Access, progression and support ; Eurydice report (Eurydice Report). Publications Office of the European Union.

Uwamariya, A., & Mukamurera, J. (2005). Le concept de «développement professionnel» en enseignement : Approches théoriques. Revue des sciences de l’éducation, 31(1), 133-155.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 08 C: School Improvement Research
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ruth Bourke
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teachers’ Responses to Expectations about School Improvement: Empirical findings from Switzerland

Vera Niederberger, Guri Skedsmo

Schwyz University of Teacher Education, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Niederberger, Vera

Objectives and purposes

With the establishment of performance-based accountability (PBA) policies that combine various types of data about educational quality to form a basis for school improvement (Verger et al., 2019), the demand for evidence-based practices in education has increased significantly. In Switzerland, a competency-based curriculum for primary schools in the German-speaking cantons was introduced in 2018–19 along with standardised tests that provide data on educational quality for cantonal authorities. At the same time, the external evaluation of schools and legal regulations remain strong policy instruments. One example is the regulation of formative assessment in a canton in Central Switzerland, Schwyz. This paper examines how school actors respond to new expectations by applying various data sources and aligning their practices with new legal requirements. Particular attention is directed towards how teacher teams negotiate and make sense of the various data sources to make decisions about classroom practices to improve student learning.

Theoretical perspectives

This paper draws on two theoretical perspectives. The governance perspective emphasises the interplay of various policy instruments, routines and rules in the school system or school organisation, while the enactment perspective helps identify priorities and conditions for local school actors to respond to new governing expectations to improve classroom practices in specific socio-institutional settings (Ball, 2011; Braun et al., 2011). We also explore how the various data sources can be used to develop practices, such as bounded decision-making, leading to formal and informal learning across teacher teams in the school organisation (Cain et al., 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is conducted in two schools in Switzerland and it has a qualitative design that includes interviews with key persons, document analysis and ethnographically inspired observations of various meetings focusing on development work. Data sources include transcripts from the conducted interviews, field notes from the observations and key documents, such as school development plans and material developed by the teacher teams. The combination of these data sources will help to understand the situational contexts and the larger school context and it allows an approach that is not based only on self-reported data.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected Findings
Policy is often premised on the idea that access to evidence-based knowledge will lead to the use of this knowledge (e.g. Schildkamp et al., 2017). Preliminary findings of this paper suggest that teachers’ use of data sources is often implicit as teachers integrate the various sources (i.e. student performance data, experience, research evidence, contextual information about students) in their decision-making. However, new regulations regarding assessment practices seem to shape teachers’ practices in somewhat instrumental ways.

Scientific significance
The paper shows how school actors respond to new expectations, particularly in terms of how they negotiate and make sense of data sources to improve classroom practices. Through the chosen design and methodological approaches, the article contributes to a deeper understanding of the interplay between performance-oriented and regulatory policy instruments and provides implications for teachers’ professionalism.

References
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M. & Braun, A. (2011). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.
Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585–596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555
Cain, T., Brindley, S., Brown, C., Jones, G., & Riga, F. (2019). Bounded decision-making, teachers’ reflection and organisational learning: How research can inform teachers and teaching. British Educational Research Journal, 45(5), 1072–1087. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3551
Schildkamp, K., Poortman, C., Luyten, H., & Ebbeler, J. (2017). Factors promoting and hindering data-based decision making in schools. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 28(2), 242–258. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2016.1256901
Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Reforming governance through policy instruments: How and to what extent standards, tests and accountability in education spread worldwide. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(2), 248–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2019.1569882


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

School Networks: A divergent approach to Teacher Professional Learning

Ruth Bourke

Mary Immaculate College, Ireland

Presenting Author: Bourke, Ruth

Internationally, there has been a proliferation of networks in education over the last two decades and much literature has been written on the models, processes and interactions involved (Azorín and Muijs 2017; Azorín 2020; Azorín et al. 2020; Brown and Flood 2020; Rincón-Gallardo 2020). This paper presents findings from an original piece of research in Ireland which sought to understand how two networks of DEIS schools have supported individual members and schools over a twenty-year period. DEIS is the Irish government policy instrument to address educational disadvantage.
In addition to contributing to the evidence and practice base nationally and internationally, this research developed a unique Conceptual Framework to problematise the networks from a policy, practice and theoretical perspective. As such it draws on national and international education policy, literature on school networks, social theory on the reproduction of inequality in education, social capital theory and the social learning theory of Communities of Practice to recognise the complexity of the two networks and match them with conceptual tools that do not, in Lima’s words (2010, p. 2), ‘oversimplify’. The CF maps the interplay between the key elements in the analysis of the networks drawn from the literature i.e., composition, structure, purpose, processes, dynamics, effectiveness and challenges (Hadfield and Chapman 2009; Lima 2010; Muijs et al. 2011; Rincón-Gallardo and Fullan 2016; Azorín and Muijs 2017; Azorín 2020; Azorín et al. 2020) and the domain, community and practice of CoPs (Wenger 1998; Wenger Trayner and Wenger-Trayer 2015), illustrating how they can co-exist. It also demonstrates how social capital is built internally through bonding social capital (Putnam 2000) and externally through bridging (ibid) and linking social capital (Grootaert et al. 2004) to support schools in the face of societal and economic inequity and social and cultural reproduction of inequality in education. In doing so, the networks help to connect the micro level of the DEIS school to the macro level of national education policy mediating through the meso layer in the centralised Irish system. This research captures and analyses the multifaceted nature of the networks and illuminates the structures, processes and interactions through which the aims of the networks and outcomes from participants’ perspectives are realised at the individual level (i.e., professional learning, growth and development of leadership skills and occupational wellbeing of members), and collective level (i.e., mobilising resources and support for schools involved in a variety of areas, advocacy and raising awareness of the concerns of member schools). The CF also recognises and illuminates the challenges and limitations of these networks theoretically, practically and in terms of policy. This approach will be of benefit to other researchers internationally who wish to situate school networks or indeed, other collaborative professional learning within practice, policy and theory.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative research design was employed, utilising an exploratory, instrumental case study (Stake 1995). The aim was to gain a holistic overview of the context of each network, to understand the emic perspective of participants and describe the ways in which they have come to ‘understand, account for, take action and otherwise manage their day to day situations’ (Miles et al. 2014, p. 8-9).
The case study approach involved gathering primary data through focus groups (N=3), in-depth individual interviews (N=26) and surveys (N=26) with network members. Secondary data analysed included documentary analysis of agendas and minutes of meetings from 1999 to 2018. Multiple methods and sources of data generation facilitated triangulation of sources of evidence (Creswell 2014; Robson 2011; Yin 2009; Merriam 1999; Stake 1995).
The analytic strategy adopted in the research drew on a variety of proponents of qualitative and case study research, including Stake (Stake 1995; Merriam 1998; Yin 2009; Robson 2011; Creswell 2014; Miles et al. 2014) to establish a systematic, thorough and comprehensive strategy for analysis and interpretation of the data.
Creswell (2014, pp. 197-201) advocates a six-step general process for qualitative data analysis that was followed. The coding strategy for analysis of interview and focus group data was adapted from Miles et al. (2014, pp. 71-93) and involved first and second cycle coding in Nvivo. Surveys were analysed using SPSS and redacted minutes and agendas of meetings were analysed through one cycle of coding and incorporated specifically for contextual and historical information and to triangulate participants’ accounts.
Themes/categories formed the major findings of the research as presented in case study reports and were analysed for each case and then across cases (Creswell 2014). Findings were then drafted in narrative form i.e., case study reports, with a detailed description of each case, the key emergent themes and sub-themes and discussion with inter-connecting themes. Explanation building (Yin 2009) involved constructing an explanation about the case through the analysis of the case study data. This iterative process involved examining the case study evidence, revising the theoretical stance and re-examination of evidence from a ‘new perspective’. The final step in the analysis involved making an interpretation of the findings or results i.e., what are the lessons learned? These are the researcher’s personal interpretation, ‘couched in the understanding that the inquirer brings to the study from a personal culture, history and experiences’ (Creswell 2014, p. 200).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The two networks were found to be teacher professional learning and support networks (Azorín 2020) that assist schools in challenging circumstances to respond to intractable social issues by:
1) Enhancing Teacher Professional Learning (TPL) of members, building professional capital and supporting members’ wellbeing;
2) Supporting schools involved to implement key educational policy i.e., School Self-Evaluation and Wellbeing;
3) Connecting network members’ priorities to those of key stakeholders through the development of social capital;
4) Building lateral capacity for systemic change.

Additionally, the research acknowledges that there are challenges to networking and limitations to these particular networks including exclusion of those not in particular roles or particular schools which can also lead to homogeneity and power imbalances.

Essentially, these networks represent a ‘divergent’ (Stoll 2010, p. 472) approach to TPL that is required to support schools to respond to the progressively more complex nature of society and the myriad of pervasive challenges faced including societal inequity, income poverty, health inequality, the climate crisis and migration. They do so through an informal process of learning centered on developing bonding social capital and the ‘social formation’ (Pyrko et al. 2017, p. 351) of network members’ professional identities and by supporting DEIS schools to develop networked agency (Hadfield and Chapman 2009) through bridging and linking social capital. This is significant in the absence of  a ‘joined up’ response to educational inequality in a context where educational policy makers and subsequent piecemeal interventions for schools view ‘educational disadvantage’ as an isolated, school based issue for teachers to deal with, rather than a wider societal concern that recognises the endemic nature and intersectionality of multiple dimensions of inequality and thus requiring a whole government response to social exclusion involving a range of departments and agencies (Cahill 2015; Fleming and Hartford 2021; Jeffers and Lillis 2021).


References
Azorín, C. (2020) 'Leading Networks', School Leadership & Management, 40(2-3), 105-110, available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2020.1745396.
Azorín, C.M. and Muijs, D. (2017) 'Networks and collaboration in Spanish education policy', Educational Research, 59(3), 273-296, available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2017.1341817
Creswell, J.W. (2014) Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, 4th ed., London: SAGE.
Fleming, B. and Harford, J. (2021) 'The DEIS programme as a policy aimed at combating educational disadvantage: fit for purpose?’, Irish educational studies, 1-19, available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2021.1964568 .
Grootaert, C., Narayan, D., Nyhan Jones, V. and Woolcock, W. (2004) Measuring Social Capital: An Integrated Questionnaire, Washington, D.C.: The World Bank.
Hadfield, M. and Chapman, C. (2009) Leading School-based Networks, Oxon: Routledge..
Lima, J.Á. (2010) 'Thinking more deeply about networks in education', Journal of Educational Change, 11(1), 1-21, available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10833-008-9099-1 Merriam, S.B. (1998) Qualitative Research and Case Study Applications in Education, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.
Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. and Saldaña, J. (2014) Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook, 3rd ed., London: SAGE Publications.
Muijs, D., Ainscow, M., Chapman, C. and West, M. (2011) Collaboration and Networking in Education, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
Putnam, R.D. (2000) Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community, New York: Simon & Schuster.
Pyrko, I., Dörfler, V. and Eden, C. (2016) 'Thinking together: What makes Communities of Practice work?’, Human Relations, 70(4), 389-409, available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726716661040 .
Pyrko, I., Dörfler, V. and Eden, C. (2019) 'Communities of practice in landscapes of practice', Management Learning, 50(4), 482-499, available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1350507619860854 .
Rincón-Gallardo, S. and Fullan, M. (2016) 'Essential features of effective networks in education', Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 1(1), 5-22, available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-09-2015-0007 .
Rincón-Gallardo, S. (2020) 'Leading school networks to liberate learning: three leadership roles', School Leadership & Management, 40(2-3), 146-162, available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1702015 .
Robson, C. (2011) Real World Research: A Resource for users of Social Research Methods in Applied Settings, 3rd ed., Chichester: Wiley.
Stake, R.E. (1995) The Art of Case Study Research, Thousand Oaks, California London: Sage.
Stoll, L. (2010) 'Connecting Learning Communities: Capacity Building for Systemic Change' in Hargreaves, A., Lieberman, A., Fullan, M. and Hopkins, D., eds., 341 Second International Handbook of Educational Change, Springer Netherlands, 469-484.
Wenger, E. (1998) Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Wenger-Trayner, E. and Wenger-Trayner, B. (2015) Communities of Practice: A Brief Introduction, available: https://wenger-trayner.com/introduction-to-communities-of-practice/ [accessed 31 October 2022].
Yin, R.K. (2009) Case Study Research: Design and Methods, 4th ed., London: SAGE.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Collegial Planning and Preparation as Subject-didactical School Improvement

Kenneth Nordgren1, Ann-Christin Randahl2, Ingela Portfelt1, Yvonne Liljekvist1, Martin Jakobsson1, Anette Forssten Seiser1

1Karlstad university, Sweden; 2Gothenburg university

Presenting Author: Portfelt, Ingela; Liljekvist, Yvonne

This paper reports on a project aiming to develop empirical and theoretical knowledge about teachers' planning and preparations (PaP) of lessons as a didactical collegial practice and how this shapes and is shaped by the local school organization. One goal is to explore and theoretically describe PaP as a collegial practice by contrasting different subjects over time. Another is to analytically explore how these settings affect and enable teachers' ability to make strategic decisions for students' learning. Finally, the aim is to examine local school improvement efforts. The project is based on longitudinal case studies wherein teachers of different school subjects had time to plan and prepare lessons. The collegial setting was organized to facilitate teachers' focus on student learning, primarily subject-oriented and sometimes cross-curricular, but always oriented to a learning object. This design allowed us to study teachers' transformational competence over time and between subjects by following their decisions about content, learning goals and objects, sequencing, and adjusting to students' needs and interests. This design opened up for comparative analyses to better understand similarities and differences between and across subjects. Further, the schools have different management cultures, one more individual and one more collegial. How PaP is implemented and refigured in regard to the local school organization is also examined in the project. We will be asking three research questions:

  • RQ1: How do teachers' PaP appear as a transformational competence when scheduled as collegial collaboration?
  • RQ2: How does the collegial teaching setting affect teachers' ability to make strategic decisions in relation to students' learning?
  • RQ3: How is school leading prefigured in the implementation process of scheduled collegial PaP at participating schools, and what are the implications for the local school organizations?

What motivates this focus on PaP? In short, we know little about how collegial planning affects teachers' transformational competence and how this may be context-bound to different subjects, nor about its infrastructural function in the local school organization (Hirsh, & Lindberg, 2015; Yuan, & Zhang, 2016). Such evidence-informed knowledge is needed as PaP involves complex strategic decisions that have been shown to benefit from adequate collegial cooperation (Nordgren et al., 2019; 2022). As teachers can make a difference in student learning beyond socio-economic restraints (Hattie, 2008), school authorities and research communities alike have invested in enhancing teachers' professionalism both through collegial and individual strategies (Chetty et al., 2014; Lefstein et al., 2020). Consequently, it is a paradox that planning is largely overlooked as a fundamental activity for generating qualitative teaching. Boeskens and Nusche (2021) note that student learning does not correlate with lesson time as such, but with 'the time students spend engaged with tasks that are of adequate difficulty' (p. 12). To improve teaching quality, teachers have to canalize their knowledge through their PaP. If PaP is compromised due to organizational or ability restrictions, teaching quality will also be compromised. Yet, the role of teachers' planning is seldom distinguished in political reforms nor as a salient practice in school improvement research. In subject-didactical research, the planning–teaching–reflecting cycle is acknowledged as core to teachers' professionalism (Carlson & Daehler, 2019), yet it is seldom targeted for study (Boeskens & Nusche, 2021). Evidence indicates that whether the school improvement efforts target collegial cooperation or teacher leadership, a necessary condition for enduring improvements is teachers' ability to think strategically and autonomously about students’ learning processes (Kennedy, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Selection: The project was carried out in cooperation with one upper secondary school and one lower secondary school in Sweden. Voluntary schools were selected based on interest and size. In addition, the school leaders had to participate actively, and the teachers had to be allotted joint weekly planning time. The upper secondary school is in a mid-sized city. There are six planning teams organized based on teaching content: history, mathematics (three on three levels), technology, and physics. Each team consists of two to four participants. The whole management team (two directors and six principals) is participating in the project. The lower secondary school is in a municipality. The teachers are divided into six planning teams in one subject, Swedish, each with two teachers. One principal represents the lower secondary school. In total, the project monitors around 25 teachers, nine school leaders, and 600 students.
Implementation: Planning teams (PTs) were set up to meet weekly at a scheduled time. Each PT plans and prepares teaching sequences. Each PT had one contact in the research group with subject-didactical expertise. A specific focus was on to what extent the collegial setting supports teachers' formative strategies. School leaders were actively involved in implementing the project. The school leaders met regularly to discuss the project's implications with experts in school development research.
Data: Audio-recorded PT group meetings, audio-recorded interviews with school leaders, and additional planning documents.
Analysis procedure: Audio recordings from the PTs has been analyzed thematically. We have developed a framework for categorizing the data. Categories developed a priori (previous research and theory) were combined with categories a posteriori (deductive and inductive steps in the analytical procedure) (e.g. Österholm et al., 2016). The framework makes it possible to navigate the extensive data and analyze singular themes (e.g. teachers' choice of activity), correlation (choice of activity and formative teaching), or the whole iterative process of how teachers transform content plays out over time and in different subjects. Legitimation Code Theory (LCT) and particularly the dimension of Specialization is used to analyze teachers’ transformational competence as they take strategic decisions on students' learning (Maton, 2014). The NVivo coding enables us to search the extensive data to make comparative analyses overtime on what themes different PTs decide to focus. The coded PT meetings are also influential in searching for and unpacking the collegial setting and the complexity of strategic decisions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As already mentioned, we have comprehensive data. Our analytical results are preliminary and most of the material has not yet been analyzed. The initial findings can briefly be summarised: Collegial PaP as practice: After a negotiating period, a collegial PaP practice was developed. The teams started targeting specific areas that they wanted to explore. After a while, teachers began to implement research-based models to develop their teaching. PaP as transformation: Teachers do have formative ambitions but struggle to find effective and functional methods. A comparative perspective: Planning teams approach the PaP process differently, which seems to be related to subject-specific causes. For example, the planning team in History spent 36% on specifying objectives and knowledge whereas the planning team in Mathematics spent 5% on that theme. In a closer analysis of the teachers’ interactions, different beliefs about knowledge and knowers appeared where a hierarchical knowledge structure and a horizontal knower structure were identified in Mathematics and a horizontal knowledge structure and a hierarchical knower structure were identified in History (Jakobsson et al., 2022). PaP Implementation: It seems to take a rather limited amount of time for teachers to take PaP ownership. The local management culture seems to be of importance but in a complex way. The results show how methods that support dialogue, intersubjectivity, and unforced consensus enable the progress of an equivalent collaboration (Forssten Seiser, & Portfelt, 2022). In addition, the results reveal how a lack of shared agreements regarding the purpose of collaboration constraints, or even prevents, co-ownership. Hence, PaP is a complex and strategic decision; schools need to consider how to organize this activity adequately. We suggest that this calls for a balance between teachers' time for individual planning and marking and time with colleagues as a supportive setting for joint planning and strategic decisions.
References
Boeskens, L., & Nusche, D. (2021). "Not enough hours in the day: Policies that shape teachers' use of time". OECD Education Working Papers, No. 245, OECD Publishing.
Carlson, J., & Daehler, K. R. (2019). The refined consensus model of pedagogical content knowledge in science education. In: Hume A., Cooper R., Borowski A. (Eds.), Repositioning pedagogical content knowledge in teachers' knowledge for teaching science (pp. 77-92). Springer.
Chetty, R., Friedman, J. N., & Rockoff, J. E. (2014). Measuring the impacts of teachers I: Evaluating bias in teacher value-added estimates. American Economic Review, 104(9), 2593-2632.
Forssten Seiser, A., & Portfelt, I. (2022). Critical aspects to consider when establishing collaboration between school leaders and researchers: two cases from Sweden. Educational action research, 1-16.
Hattie, J. (2008). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement: Routledge.
Hirsh, Å., & Lindberg, V. (2015). Formativ bedömning på 2000-talet–en översikt av svensk och internationell forskning. Vetenskapsrådet
Jakobsson, M., Randahl, A. C., & Nordgren, K. (2022). Planification et préparation collégiale des cours en Suède. Revue internationale d’éducation de Sèvres, (90), 127-137.
Kennedy, M. (2016), "How does professional development improve teaching?", Review of Educational Research, Vol. 86/4, pp. 945-980
Lefstein, A., Vedder-Weiss, D., & Segal, A. (2020). Relocating research on teacher learning: Toward pedagogically productive talk. Educational researcher, 49, 0013189X2092299.
Maton, K. (2014). Building powerful knowledge: The significance of semantic waves. In: B. Barrett & E. Rata (Eds.), Knowledge and the future of the curriculum (pp 181-197). Palgrave studies in excellence and equity in global education. Palgrave Macmillan
Merritt, E. G. (2016). Time for teacher learning, planning critical for school reform. Phi delta kappan, 98(4), 31-36.
Nordgren, K., Bergh, D., Duek, S., Liljekvist, Y., & Jakobsson, M. (2022). Rektorers uppfattningar om undervisningens villkor och en skola på vetenskaplig grund: En uppföljande enkätstudie till undersökningen Lärares planering och efterarbete av lektioner: Infrastrukturer för kollegialt samarbete och forskningssamverkan. Karlstads universitet.
Nordgren, K., Kristiansson, M., Liljekvist, Y., & Bergh, D. (2019). Lärares planering och efterarbete av lektioner: Infrastrukturer för kollegialt samarbete och forskningssamverkan. KUP
Nordgren, K. (2019). Boundaries of historical consciousness: a Western cultural achievement or an anthropological universal? Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(6), 779-797.
Yuan, R., & Zhang, J. (2016). Promoting teacher collaboration through joint lesson planning: Challenges and coping strategies. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 25(5), 817–
Österholm, M., Bergqvist, T., Liljekvist, Y., & van Bommel, J. (2016). Utvärdering av Matematiklyftets resultat: slutrapport.Umeå Universitet.
 
Date: Thursday, 24/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am01 SES 09 C: Research on the Design of Professional Development
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Philipp Schmid
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Making Learning Visible as a way of Teacher Professionalization. Exploratory Study Based on the Participatory Assessment of a Training Program

Sofia Bosatelli, Franco Passalacqua

University of Milan Bicocca, Italy

Presenting Author: Bosatelli, Sofia

This contribution presents a mixed-methods sequential explanatory design (Creswell & Clark, 2017) focused on training conditions to support teacher capacity for assessing, in both a descriptive and formative approach, student's learning outcomes as a way to enhance professional development.In recent decades, researchers have shown an increased interest in professional development (Kennedy, 2016); most recently, several reviews have been written and several meta-analyses (Kennedy, 2016; Sims et al. 2021;) have been conducted in an effort to identify the ideal conditions for effective professional development (PD) (Kennedy, 2016a; Timperley et al., 2007; Walter & Briggs, 2012) and to clearly define the term "professional development", which is often used as an umbrella term to refer to any opportunities that serve to enhance teachers' knowledge. In this contribution, PD specifically refers to a “structured, facilitated activity for teachers intended to increase their teaching ability” (Sims, 2021). This definition allows us to include a wide range of skills and abilities, but at the same time is useful in its exclusion of PD activities and programmes consisting of mere updates for teachers on general topics.

Results of the meta-analyses reveal that several design features (Kennedy, 2016) and factors (Sims et al., 2021) characterize effective PD and that these can be divided into two main categories: external factors, namely features established before the intervention (content knowledge; program intensity and length; role of the instructor; mandatory/voluntary participation; online/presential); b) internal factors, namely features developed during the intervention (feedback; goal setting; self-monitoring).

This contribution seeks to place the teacher's ability to collect educational evidence (firstly, to make student’s learning visible; secondly, to analyze and assess it) at the center of PD, starting from the consideration of the aforementioned factors in designing a formative intervention. The hypothesis, to be explored in this contribution through an empirical study based on the evaluation of the formative impact of a training program, is consistent with Guskey’s model of teacher change (2002) and the idea that professional change primarily occurs as the result of gaining evidence of students’ learning rather than as the result of a change in teachers’ attitudes and beliefs. The feedback, in the form of an analysis of the students' learning process, that teachers receive on their educational practices is intended here to be an effective motivator toward PD. In continuity with Guskey's theory, the purpose of this contribution is to provide a qualitative exploration of the formative impact of a training program focused on supporting the teacher’s capacity for making students’ learning visible. In particular, the study aims to identify a) the set of professional skills enhanced through the training program as perceived by teachers; b) the training program methodologies and conditions that best foster the development of these skills.

The skills we are considering belong to the area of teacher professionalization, identified as “pedagogical-didactic,” and relate to the ability to design activities consistent, as well as the gathering and analysis of evidence of learning outcomes, the formative feedback provided to students. Most of these skills can be associated with the professional profile of the so-called “teacher-as-researcher”. This connection between PD and the definition of teacher as researcher relies on the idea that teacher professionalization is dependent on the teachers ability to a) adopt an inquiry-based approach to his or her own teaching and, b) use this approach to observe and to collect data on the educational process and then to reflect on it.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This mixed-methods sequential explanatory design (Creswell & Clark, 2017) is situated within the ecological paradigm (Mortari, 2010), and it is structured in the evaluation process of a teachers’ training program. The evaluation process follows a participatory evaluation (Bezzi, 2010) and 'fourth generation' approach (Guba & Lincoln, 1989) and is oriented towards the gathering of the perspectives and the perceptions of the teachers involved in the training. The main topic of the training program, carried out by teachers during the second half of the 2021-2022 school year, was the descriptive and formative tools and strategies of assessment at the Primary School level. The training was structured in three online meetings totalling 16 hours. The activities were focused on the documentation and analysis of the student's learning process as it was evidenced in given assignments. Participants were asked to conduct the activities and upload the assignments and students' work to an online platform before each of the online meetings. The training program was designed taking into account 3 main conditions already shown to be effective in PD (Kennedy, 2016; Sims, 2021): a) collective participation was  promoted through group projects during the online meetings and with the assignment in order to facilitate teacher collaboration and the development of a learning community (Yoon et al., 2007); b) training facilitators were experienced teacher professional developers; c) attendance was voluntary (teachers participants were from Primary Schools in the Milan-region). Participants included 200 primary school teachers from in and around Milan. The evaluation process focused on the three dimensions of the training program: (i) the change in teachers' perceptions of their ability to assess students' learning; (ii) the effectiveness of training methodologies as perceived by participants; (iii) the change in students' learning assessment practices. The first and second dimensions were explored through the use of an ex-ante and ex-post questionnaire distributed to participants and the conducting of  focus group interviews at the end of the training program. The third dimension was studied by way of an analysis of the participants’ assignments as uploaded before each online meeting. A factorial and exploratory regression analysis was carried out for the ex-ante and ex-post questionnaires (N=99) based on likert-scale items. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) following an inductive and deductive labeling process, was applied to the textual data of the focus groups. Content analysis was applied to the data taken from the participants’ assignments.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results of the exploratory factorial analysis show that 3 main areas of professional development were promoted during the intervention: a) collaboration with colleagues; b) role of students in the assessment; c) analysIs and assessment of learning outcomes. Among them, collaboration with colleagues, both in terms of cooperation in the assessment process and in designing activities and tests, is the area that saw the most drastic change, while the other 2 areas present a limited and not significant evolution.
As regards the effectiveness of the training conditions and methods, results show that the analysis of assessment tools and activities provided by facilitators was perceived as the most useful aspect of the training program along with the opportunity to converse with colleagues in group activities. Feedback received by participants on their assignments has a lower, but considerable impact.
Findings from thematic analysis of the focus group illustrate the growing ability of teachers to analyze the learning process of students in a more systematic way, both using documentational tools to make learning visible (recording of group discussion; student self-assessments; recording or transcription of students’ metacognitive reflection) rather than more conventional tools (students’ tests; students texts and products) and adopting a more detailed method for analyzing this data. These findings are largely based on the results of the focus group interviews and on the analysis of the participants' assignments.


References
Bezzi, C. (2010). Il nuovo disegno della ricerca valutativa. Milano: FrancoAngeli.
Braun V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using Thematic Analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Braun V., Clarke, V., & Hayfield, N. (2019). ‘A starting point for your journey, not a map’: Nikki Hayfield in conversation with Virginia Braun and Victoria Clarke about Thematic Analysis. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 1-22.
Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. P. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Los Angeles: Sage publications.
Dewey, J. (1929). The Sources of a Science of Education. Horace Liveright: New York.
Guba, E.G., & Lincoln, Y.S. (1989). Fourth generation evaluation. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Guskey, T. R. (2000). Evaluating Professional Development. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Corwin Press,
Kennedy, M. M. (2016). How does professional development improve teaching?. Review of educational research, 86(4), 945-980.
Mantovani S. (1998). La ricerca sul campo in educazione. I metodi qualitativi. Milano: Bruno Mondadori, vol. l, p. 1-261.
Mortari, L. (a cura di) (2010). Dire la pratica. La cultura del fare scuola. Milano: Bruno Mondadori.
Sims, S. (2021) What are the Characteristics of Effective Teacher Professional Development? A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis, Education Endowment Foundation
Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H., & Fung, I. (2007). Teacher professional learning and development: Best evidence synthesis iteration (BES). Auckland, New Zealand: University of Auckland. Retrieved from http://educationcounts.edcentre.govt.nz/ goto/BES
Walter, C. & Briggs, J. (2012). What professional development makes the most difference to teachers. Oxford University Press.
Yoon, K. S., Duncan, T., Lee, S. W.Y., Scarloss, B., & Spapley, K. L. (2007). Reviewing the evidence on how teacher professional development affects student achievement. Washington, DC: Institute for Education


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teacher Workplace Learning as an Interplay of Learning-oriented Action and Reflection

Philipp Schmid

University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland

Presenting Author: Schmid, Philipp

The paper presents a study on Swiss teachers' workplace learning which explores workspace learning processes of experienced teachers. More specifically, a qualitative research approach is used to explore how teachers' professional learning occurs in practice, triggered by a continuous professional development program.

Workplace learning of teachers is seen as learning embedded in daily classroom activities in order to cope with the demands. Both formal and job-embedded workplace learning are considered (Hallinger & Kulophas, 2020). The latter has become more important in a knowledge-based society that is constantly changing due to technological and societal developments (Lecat et al., 2020). Research on workplace learning is a rather young field that has expanded considerably since the 1990s due to the changes in work and is now broadly based and interdisciplinary. Initially more at home in workplace education (Dehnbostel, 2018), there have been an increasing number of studies on teachers' workplace learning in recent years (X. Huang & Lai, 2020). An important topic is the distinction between formal and informal learning (L. Huang & Liew, 2021). The consensus is that both forms play an important role, with Workplace Learning focusing on informal learning (Tynjälä, 2008). Studies in the school field have become more numerous in the last decade. They refer, for example, to learning activities and learning outcomes of usually experienced teachers as well as to conditions that promote learning in the work process (e.g. Louws et al., 2017)). A central aspect of the debate on teachers' workplace learning is the question of how to further develop teachers' professional competences in a sustainable way, with much attention being paid to the link between formal and informal learning (Geeraerts et al., 2018).

The continuous professional development program mentioned is a comprehensive and practice-based procedure for data-supported teaching development called STEEV (simultaneously teaching and evaluation that is effective and visible; in german: LUUISE) (Beywl & Odermatt, 2019). STTEV draws on research on teaching (e.g. Helmke & Weinert, 2021) and further education (e.g. Lipowsky & Rzejak, 2021). In addition, it fosters "evaluative thinking" (Dunn & Hattie, 2021): teachers plan ahead thinking about how they can check and also pro-mote the success of their teaching by means of own data collections. The change of perspective, "seeing through the eyes of the learners" (Hattie, 2009), is crucial: Questionnaire results are made visible to everyone in the class as soon as possible. The STEEV process strengthens the expertise of teachers by supporting them to address pedagogical challenges effectively and to achieve high teaching goals. STEEV is applicable to all subjects at all levels of education. Specific features of the programme are the high practical orientation and the close support of the participants by coaches during the planning of a data-based teaching intervention, the implementation in the classroom, which usually lasts several weeks, and the collegial reflection.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses a grounded theory research approach to explore workplace learning in the context of a professional development program. Narrative-focused interviews were used to interview teachers who had used the STEEV method trough at least two of their own projects in their teaching. These interviews, which lasted about an hour and were conducted in Swiss German dialect, were transcribed into standard German and analysed step by step with the aim of forming an data-based theory of teacher learning in the context of professional development.
The procedure corresponds to the pragmatistic line of (Strauss & Corbin, 1990), in which the actions and interactions of the actors are central. Using step-by-step theoretical sampling and applying theoretical sensitivity, the interview data were broken up through open coding to develop concepts. Through axial coding the concepts were then elaborated into categories and a core category that combines all other categories was developed. Selective coding was used to further refine the model. Through these methodological procedures a model of professional learning of teachers in the workplace of medium scope emerged.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results, which will be presented for discussion, suggest the importance of the connection between learning-oriented action and mental processing by the teacher. Both lead to different and at the same time interrelated learning outcomes. These relate to changes in teachers' routines of action as well as changes in pedagogical knowledge and beliefs and attitudes.
In the process, an interplay between practice and thinking can be recognised. In the latter, an affective-motivational strand of experiencing as well as a cognitive strand of recognising and reflecting on one's own professionalism is evident. The affective-motivational strand includes the elements of emotions, states of satisfaction and relaxation, and pedagogical enthusiasm. The cognitive strand includes reflection and understanding and professional certainty with the sub-aspects of elaborated knowledge and professional efficacy.
The model results are related to and discussed with educational science concepts of competence development of teachers, for example the model of Teacher Professional Growth (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002) or the approach of Reflective Teaching (Schön, 1983).

References
Beywl, Wolfgang, & Odermatt, Miranda. (2019). Luuise – ein Verfahren zur Qualitätsentwicklung in Schule und Unterricht. Lehrpersonen unterrichten und untersuchen integriert, sichtbar und effektiv. In Ulrich Steffens & Peter Posch (Eds.), Lehrerprofessionalität und Schulqualität (Vol. Band 4, pp. 213-235). Münster: Waxmann.
Dehnbostel, Peter. (2018). Lernen im Prozess der Arbeit als Gegenstand der Organisationspädagogik. In Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (pp. 579-591). Wiesbaden: Springer.
Clarke, David & Hollingsworth, Hilary (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and teacher education, 18(8): 947–67. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7.
Geeraerts, Kendra, Tynjälä, Päivi & Heikkinen, Hannu L. T. (2016). Inter-generational learning of teachers: what and how do teachers learn from older and younger colleagues? European Journal of Teacher Education, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2018.1448781.
Hallinger, Philip & Kulophas, Dhirapat (2020). The evolving knowledge base on leadership and teacher professional learning: a bibliometric analysis of the literature, 1960-2018. Professional Development in Education, 46(4): 521–540.
Huang, Xianhan & Wang, Chan (2021). Factors affecting teachers’ informal workplace learning: The effects of school climate and psychological capital. Teaching and teacher education, 103(103363). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103363.
Lecat, Antoine, Spaltman, Yvonne, Beausaert, Simon, Raemdonck, Isabel & Kyndt, Eva (2020). Two decennia of research on teachers’ informal learning: A literature review on definitions and measures. Educational Research Review, 30(100324). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100324.
Louws, Monika L., Meirink, Jacobiene A., van Veen, Klaas, & van Driel, Jan H. (2017). Teachers' self-directed learning and teaching experience: What, how, and why teachers want to learn. Teaching and teacher education, 66, 171-183.
Schön, Donald Alan (1983). The Reflective Practitioner. How Professionals Think in Action. New York: Basic Books.
Strauss, Anselm Leonard & Corbin, Juliet M. (1990). Basics of qualitative research. Grounded theory procedures and techniques. Newbury Park: Sage.
Tynjälä, Päivi. (2008). Perspectives into learning at the workplace. Educational Research Review, 3(2), 130-154.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm01 SES 11 C: Research on Collaborative Practices
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marita Kerin
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teacher Video Co-coaching to Support the Development of Dialogic Teaching in the Primary Classroom

Carole Bignell, Chris Holligan

University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Bignell, Carole; Holligan, Chris

Dialogic teaching has been seen as a method of supporting social and moral learning processes (English 2016). It has been framed as improving student learning by teachers improving classroom dialogue and interaction patterns (Alexander, 2020). This presentation reports on a two-year qualitative study of peer co-coaching triads introduced to develop English primary school teachers’ skills in dialogic teaching. Whilst much is known about teacher development by means of more formal learning activities, research on more everyday situated teacher learning is limited (Kyndt et al 2016). Supporting teacher development includes collaborative teaching practices, and increasingly, coaching is acknowledged as a facilitator of teacher professional development. In an educational context, coaching can take many forms, with emphasis often placed on the role of the instructional coach working in a dyadic relationship alongside a teacher with the intention of developing instructional practice (Haneda, Teemant, and Sherman 2017; Lofthouse, 2018). In the field of educational leadership, the potential of group coaching has been recognised for enhancing learning about leadership practices (Fluckiger et. al., 2016). However, research into group coaching in the wider school context (and specifically group coaching between teachers) remains minimal (Fluckiger et al, 2016). Furthermore, Roberston (2009) acknowledges that educational leaders do not necessarily have the skills, theoretical frameworks, time or experience to effectively coach their staff in the development of instructional practices.

This presentation responds to the lacunae in our professional knowledge through consideration of a research project undertaken with seven teachers in a primary school in the South of England. The research focused on developing teachers’ skills in using group (peer) video coaching to further dialogic teaching approaches in their classrooms. In doing so, it sought to address previous recommendations (Bignell, 2018) that academics should seek out models of professional development which empower teachers to lead professional dialogue in order to develop the depth of understanding required to effectively implement dialogic teaching in daily classroom practices.

To that end, a model of group (triadic) video coaching was adopted that sought to develop teacher skills in dialogic teaching and explore the potentialities of a group coaching methodology. In seeking to give voice to the participant experiences, the research drew upon pre and post-project questionnaires and post-project interviews. Throughout interviews, the teachers, Deputy Headteacher and Headteacher reflected extensively upon their experiences of group coaching and how they understood the impact on professional learning in situ. Two research questions were addressed:

  • To what extent can teacher video co-coaching enhance the development of dialogic teaching skills?

  • What are the advantages and limitations of a using group video co- coaching approach for professional development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research adhered to the interpretive paradigm. Teachers’ experiences of seeking to develop dialogic teaching in their classrooms were conceptualised as socially constructed.  Each participant’s experience of working in a reflective co-coaching triad to develop dialogic teaching in their classroom reflected local cultural realities, including patterns of experience within the participant group reflecting their collective experience.

A qualitative case study was conducted over a period of 2 years. The case was a large inner-city primary school in the South of England; the majority of pupils were from low socio-economic backgrounds.  At the start of the research period, 55% of pupils were identified as being eligible for Pupil Premium funding (Department for Education, 2017).  

A convenience and opportunistic sampling strategy was adopted to recruit.  The school was known to the researcher (having affiliated links to the University at which she was working).  Teachers from the school who were keen to develop their skills in dialogic teaching and co-coaching volunteered as participants. The Headteacher selected six teachers who had a range of teaching experience and taught pupils across the breadth of the primary age range.  With one teacher moving on to a new school at the end of the first year and another taking up his place at this point, seven teachers took part in this research-led intervention.

The intervention consisted of six termly researcher-facilitated co-coaching sessions over a period of two years.  During these sessions, teachers worked in co-coaching triads to watch, discuss and reflect upon videoed extracts of teaching.  Sessions lasted three hours, and so there was time for each teacher in the triad to share their chosen video extract and take part in an associated coaching discussion.  The teachers were encouraged to focus discussion of videoed teaching on teacher and pupil use of dialogic talk moves and the interactional behaviours. The GROW co-coaching model (Whitmore, 2009) was used to direct triad reflection and identification of each teacher’s next steps at the end of each session.  Interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed and thematically analysed.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Thematic analysis of interview data revealed that teachers reported using dialogic teaching approaches more frequently, attributing this to participation in the teacher triad co-coaching intervention.  The advantages of using group video co-coaching approach in this context were afforded by several dynamics:  

- the ability to replay teaching episodes for analysis of dialogic bids in order to be able to focus on the interactional detail of the lesson(s) - specifically dialogic teaching.

- the dialogic nature of the professional development intervention which mirrored the dialogic ‘drive’ in the classrooms.

- the opportunity for shared, focused reflection on dialogic teaching practices, underpinned by a willingness to be vulnerable to colleagues.

- for most teachers, the professional trust and respect was encoded in the professional model.  

The challenges of a using group video co-coaching approach in this context were that some participants felt that video co-coaching exposes potential vulnerabilities about classroom interactional practices that some teachers may prefer to avoid. Participants also reflected that senior leadership ‘drive’ for an intensive professional development intervention was key to its positive impact.

The findings of this research point to the crucial role that peer video coaching plays in supporting teachers to develop dialogic teaching skills in their classrooms. This development was supported by shared teacher analysis of interactional behaviours (specifically the use of dialogic talk moves) within the context of a co-coaching triad. Findings suggest that the participant teachers understood their development of dialogic teaching to be evidenced through the principles of dialogic teaching (Sedova, 2017) and underpinned by a professional commitment to seek out a dialogic stance in their classroom interactional practices (Boyd and Markarian, 2011).

References
Alexander, R.J. (2020). A Dialogic Teaching Companion. London: Routledge.  

Bignell, C. (2018) ‘Promoting NQT linguistic awareness of dialogic teaching practices: a dialogic model of professional development’.  Literacy, 53(3), 150-159.  

Davies, M., Kiemer, K. and Meissel, K. (2017) ‘Quality Talk and dialogic teaching - an examination of a professional development programme on secondary teachers’ facilitation of student talk’, British Educational Research Journal, 43(5), pp. 968–987.  

English, A.R. (2016) ‘Dialogic Teaching and Moral Learning: Self-critique, Narrativity, Community and “Blind Spots”’, Journal of Philosophy of Education, 50(2), pp. 160–176.

Fluckiger, B., Aas, M., Nocolaidou, M., Johnson, G., & Lovett, S. (2016). ‘The potential of group coaching for leadership learning’. Professional Development in Education, 43(4), 612-629.  

Whitmore, J. (2009) Coaching for performance: GROWing human potential and purpose - the principles and practise of coaching and leadership. London: Nicholas Brealey Publishing.

Haneda, M., Teemant, A., & Sherman, B. (2017). ‘Instructional coaching through dialogic interaction: Helping a teacher to become agentive in her practice’. Language and Education, 31(1), 46-64.  

Kyndt, E. et al. (2016) ‘Teachers’ Everyday Professional Development: Mapping Informal Learning Activities, Antecedents, and Learning Outcomes’, Review of Educational Research, 86(4), pp. 1111–1150.  

Lofthouse, R. (2018). ‘Coaching in education: A professional development process in formation’. Journal of Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 33–45.  

Robertson, J. (2009) Coaching leadership learning through partnership. School Leadership and Management, 29(1), 39-49.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Quavers to Quadratics, Interdisciplinary Co-teaching in Music, and Physics. Teacher Perspectives

Marita Kerin

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Kerin, Marita

Abstract

Building on earlier research that focused on the undergraduate experience, this paper presents the primary teacher perspective on an interdisciplinary music and physics educational outreach program called Quavers to Quadratics.

This popular program, now in its eighth year, involves pairs of undergraduate music and physics students, (interdisciplinary co-facilitators) creating and presenting a pioneering initiative for 4th – 6th class primary school children and their teachers. The program aims to playfully explore via co-teaching, concepts common to music and physics including pitch and frequency; dynamics and amplitude; tempo and velocity.

Co-teaching is an approach to teaching and learning encompassing the knowledge and skills of two or more ‘experts’ committed to teaching together and at the same time learning from each other. In this program, undergraduate students from the two faculties of music and physics [Music Education at Trinity College Dublin and Physics at University College Dublin] form interdisciplinary pairs of co-facilitators. Primary teachers participating in the program are invited to co-teach with the co-facilitators. Fidelity to the co-teaching model dictates that teachers and co-facilitators meet on three occasions. Co-facilitators visit the school classroom to meet the children and to co-plan with the teacher in advance of the children’s visit to the National Concert Hall, the location of four interdisciplinary workshops, seeing sound, hearing sound, feeling sound, and creating sound. On the day of the visit to the National Concert Hall, the teacher, and co-facilitators lead the children in their exploration of the concepts common to the two disciplines in an informal playful co-teaching pedagogical style. Later the children create their own instruments with recyclable materials. Co-reflection, the final part of the program involves co-facilitators visiting the classroom once again and co-reflecting on the experience with children and teacher. The Quavers to Quadratics program which is funded by Science Foundation Ireland has been rolled out across Ireland, including in Gaeltacht [Irish speaking] areas.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology: Following ethical approval from Trinity College Dublin, thirty online semi-structured interviews were conducted with participant teachers after the most current iteration of the program was completed. Following a preliminary analytical cycle, two participant-teacher focus groups were convened to further explore the initial themes identified. A subsequent analytical cycle produced the current findings.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings: Although many participant-teachers revealed an interest in both music and physics as a consequence of the program, most admitted to formerly feeling challenged teaching these subjects to senior students in primary school. Findings reveal that teachers hold the program in high esteem with all participants indicating that they would seek to participate in further iterations in the future. Many teacher participants recommended that the program run at the start of each of the three school semesters so that teachers in the classroom could continue to build on the learning experienced via the program.  An additional recommendation involved resource packs to help teachers extend the learning.

All teachers commented positively on the expertise and communication style of the undergraduate facilitator dyads.

Almost all teacher participants referred to the benefits of interdisciplinary co-teaching as professional development for teachers, claiming that the initiative served as a strong impetus for continuing music and physics in the classroom.   All spoke positively about the informal pedagogical style citing consistently high levels of pupil engagement throughout the program.  Some teachers reported that seeing their students participate in the program gave them a fresh perspective on pupil interests and capabilities.

However, many participant-teachers were unhappy with the preparation allocated for co-teaching. While this was conducted via an online introductory workshop, teachers found it hard to find the time to participate. Lack of familiarity with the model impeded their levels of participation initially.

Conclusion: This paper challenges the conventional primary teacher professional development model which takes place for the most part outside of school during the summer holidays. Emergent findings are interesting in the context of situated learning as an alternative, viable, and valued professional development model for teachers.

 

References
References

Kerin, M., & Murphy, C. (2015). Exploring the impact of coteaching on pre-service music teachers. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 309-323.

Kerin, M., & Murphy, C. (2018). Equal Temperament: Coteaching as a Mechanism for Musician–Teacher Collaboration. In Musician–Teacher Collaborations (pp. 217-230). Routledge.

Nilsson, M. H. Z., & Kerin, M. (2022). Interdisciplinary co-teaching in higher education: Comparing results from music-drama and music-physics partnerships in Sweden and Ireland. Nordic Research in Music Education, 3, 75-91.

Scantlebury, K. (2010). Coteaching in international contexts. K. S. C. Murphy (Ed.). Springer Netherlands.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teacher Collaboration in Indonesia: Conceptualisation and Practices

Wendi Wijarwadi, Dennis Alonzo, Hoa Nguyen

UNSW, Australia

Presenting Author: Wijarwadi, Wendi

Participation in professional development (PD) activities is a pivotal approach to stimulating school improvement and promoting continuous teacher learning. It is to ensure that teachers have the required competencies to deliver quality teaching and learning activities to support students in achieving better outcomes (Darling-Hammond, 2013; Dogan & Adams, 2020; OECD, 2020). However, the quality of PD programs has a long-standing critique because in-service training, workshop and seminar are perceived to be ineffective because they are not situated within the school context and not embedded in the daily teaching practices (Darling-Hammond, 2013; Forte & Flores, 2014). A school-based PD in the form of teacher collaboration is found to be more effective in improving teaching practices (Weddle, 2022; De Jong et al., 2022).

Studies have demonstrated that teacher collaboration is the key to creating an effective teacher PD program. For example, a report by OECD (2019) recognises teacher collaboration as one of the most impactful models of PD to improve teacher practices since it fosters continuous teacher learning within the school context and enables more flexibility and efficiency in teacher learning experiences. This evidence is consistent with Darling-Hammond's (2013) study that effective professional development requires strong collaboration among teachers. This research evidence supports teacher collaboration adoption in many schools worldwide (Shavard, 2022; Weddle, 2022)

Given its widely recognised importance, the discourse on teacher collaboration has attracted scholars in the last decades to study it further (e.g., de Jong et al., 2019; Hargreaves, 2019). Although teacher collaboration is a frequently used concept in the literature on professional development (Hargreaves, 2019), this concept is also not well understood. There are apparent issues related to understanding practices of teacher collaboration. First, teacher collaboration has been used in different ways, pointing to different types of interactions among teachers. For example, some scholars view teacher collaboration as an informal, spontaneous, and flexible activity built upon teachers' circumstances (e.g., Brodie, 2021; Hargreaves, 2019) while some view it as a formal and mandatory activity built on teachers' commitment (e.g., Schuster et al., 2021; Webs & Holtappels, 2018). Second, the term is poorly delineated because people conflate teacher collaboration with other professional development terminologies such as Community of Practices (e.g. Hjerto et al., 2014), and Professional Learning Community (e.g.Chua et al., 2020). Third, The existing literature paid little attention to examining the contextual differences in other educational contexts, most of which were conducted in non-western contexts. If teacher collaboration is a product of a particular educational setting, the practices of teacher collaboration in a system as diverse as Indonesia would be a distinctive practice. Hence, it is important to examine how this construct is perceived and practised in Indonesia because cultural dimension elements such as the power distance, the culture of individualism, and the culture of collectivism may influence it.

This issue, as mentioned previously, shows a greater need to grasp the clarity of the teacher collaboration concept so that it will stimulate teachers' engagement in collaboration and guide the principals to promote teachers' engagement in teacher collaboration in the school context. The theoretical perspective of Activity Theory was used since it provides an analytical tool for providing greater clarity for tackling theoretical questions underpinning teacher collaboration practices. In this study, Activity theory was used to examine teachers' experience in collaboration by examining the teachers' activity system and its development, the setting, and the issues that cut across multiple activities within the setting. Thus, we aim to provide greater clarity to these three issues in this paper by answering the following research questions:

How do teachers in Indonesia conceptualise teacher collaboration? What factors influence teachers’ engagement in collaboration?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employed a multiple case study design to address the research inquiry.
The participants of this study included 12 teachers and three principals from three schools in Indonesia recruited using a criterion sampling strategy to ensure the selected participants meet the identified criteria.

Data collection
The data collection phase integrated case study research and activity theory as its research framework. Data collection consisted of semi-structured interviews, field observation and document analysis. At the same time, the activity theory framework was integrated into data collection instruments comprising six components: subject, object, tools, rule, community and division of labour.
The interview questions were adopted from previous studies on teacher collaboration (e.g., Datnow, 2018; Vangrieken et al., 2015), and developed using the Activity Theory framework (Engeström, 1999; Vygotsky, 1978; Yamagata-Lynch, 2010). The interviews included open-ended questions integrating the six components of activity theory and the purpose of the research around these aspects: the understanding of teacher collaboration, the engagement of teachers in collaborative practices, and the factors that influence teacher collaboration practices. After interviewing the participants, the observation of teachers' interactions and collaborative practices was employed. The observation protocol was developed by integrating the activity theory component to record information consisting of participants' profiles, activities, and reflective notes, such as the observer's thoughts, ideas, and challenges.

Data Analysis
Case study research as the study design and activity theory as the theoretical framework were incorporated into the data analysis. This study undertook a theoretical thematic analysis by Braun and Clarke (2006) comprising of familiarisation with the data, generating initial codes, searching for themes, reviewing themes, defining and naming themes, and connecting thematic analysis to theoretical analysis. The activity theory was used to generate initial codes for a data set to determine coding relevance concerning the subject, object, tools, community, rule, and division of labour. It also includes classifying themes into relevant activity system components to determine which themes belong to specific components. The data analysis from each activity system and the joint activity system also explored contradictions within and across activity systems to produce a valuable theoretical lens for this study. It strives to examine the inconsistency between and within the activity systems of teachers and principals.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the data showed the following initial findings:
First, formal and mandatory collaboration emerged as Indonesia's main feature of collaboration practices. All participants referred to a school-based teacher collaboration called MGMP, a government program that clustered teachers based on their school subject. While some teachers value the MGMP program since it facilitates their professional development, some teachers voice their concerns for the MGMP as it is merely an obligatory program with a default structure to follow. This kind of collaboration has been mentioned as 'Contrived Collegiality' by Hargreaves (2019), potentially hindering teachers' progress in collaborative practices.
Second, teachers value collaboration more as a beneficial practice to enhance personal relations with other teachers. This perception may be influenced by the collective culture of Indonesian people, where they emphasise interrelation as the core value of how a society should operate. It also reflects how cultural contexts influence collaborative practices among teachers.
Third, some contradictions are identified within and between the activity system. For example, teachers' participation in collaboration was halted by their teaching workload during school hours. They value collaboration as a beneficial practice personally and professionally, yet, they rarely participate in it. Meanwhile, the principal praised the implementation of the new curriculum as more supportive of collaborative culture among teachers. However, teachers do not share the same perspective due to a lack of support to learn the new curriculum.
Conclusion
This finding provided empirical support for how teachers in Indonesia conceptualised and practised collaboration. While collaboration is mostly implemented in a formal and a top-down approach, teachers view the practice of collaboration as an instrument to connect with other teachers and build social relations. This study also made a theoretical contribution to the conceptualisation of practice where the social settings of a collaboration influence the practice of teacher collaboration.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Brodie, K. (2021). Teacher agency in professional learning communities. Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 560-573. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1689523
Darling-Hammond, L. (2013). Getting teacher evaluation right: What really matters for effectiveness and improvement. Teacher College Press.
Datnow, A. (2018). Time for change? The emotions of teacher collaboration and reform. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 3(3), 157-172. https://doi.org/10.1108/jpcc-12-2017-0028
de Jong, L., Meirink, J., & Admiraal, W. (2019). School-based teacher collaboration: Different learning opportunities across various contexts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 86, 12. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102925
Dogan, S., & Adams, A. (2020). Augmenting the effect of professional development on effective instruction through professional communities. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and practice, 26(3-4), 326-349. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2020.1832064
Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In Perspectives on activity theory (Vol. 19, pp. 19-30). Cambridge University Press.
Forte, A. M., & Flores, M. A. (2014). Teacher collaboration and professional development in the workplace: a study of Portuguese teachers. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(1), 91-105. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2013.763791
Hargreaves, A. (2019). Teacher collaboration: 30 years of research on its nature, forms, limitations and effects. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 603-621. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1639499
OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 results (volume II): Teachers and school leaders as lifelong learners. O. Publishing.
OECD. (2020). Education at a glance 2020: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/69096873-en.
Schuster, J., Hartmann, U., & Kolleck, N. (2021). Teacher collaboration networks as a function of type of collaboration and schools’ structural environment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103372
Shavard, G. (2022). From school improvement to student cases: Teacher collaborative work as a context for professional development. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2021.1879216
Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: Development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press.
Webs, T., & Holtappels, H. G. (2018). School conditions of different forms of teacher collaboration and their effects on instructional development in schools facing challenging circumstances [Article]. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 3(1), 39-58. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-03-2017-0006
Weddle, H. (2022). Approaches to studying teacher collaboration for instructional improvement: A review of literature. Educational Research Review, 35, 100415.
Yamagata-Lynch, L. C. (2010). Activity systems analysis methods: Understanding complex learning environments. Springer Science & Business Media.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm01 SES 12 C: Researching Teacher Humility, Motivation, Self-Regulation, and Identity
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ausra Rutkiene
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

What Motivates Teachers in Norway to Participate in Continuing Professional Development in Special Needs Education?

Cheng-Yu Peter Pan, Heidi Gudmundset, Sara Broevig Oestby

NLA Høgskolen, Norway

Presenting Author: Pan, Cheng-Yu Peter; Oestby, Sara Broevig

Continuing professional development (CPD) has been a major research area of interest in the field of the teaching profession. Within this context, teacher motivation plays a key role in teachers’ engaging in CPD. Research into the reasons why teachers are motivated to participate in CPD is valuable to help us better understand teacher professionalism (Guskey, 2000; McMillan, McConnell & O’Sullivan, 2016; Ng, 2010).

“Competence for Quality” (Kompetanse for kvalitet) is a 10-year (2016-2025) national strategy for in-service teacher training (videreutdanning) which has been in practice since 2016. The goal of this training is to enhance pupils’ learning outcomes through further developing teachers’ and school leaders’ professional and pedagogical competence (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2015). The Special Education 1 programme (Spesialpedagogikk 1) has become one important official offer in Norway providing in-service teachers with the competence package in the field of special needs education (SNE).

Although extensive research has been carried out on CPD of teachers in Norway, no single study exists which explores what motivates teachers to enrol in this Special Education 1 programme. In addition, the work in the field of SNE is usually viewed as one of the most challenging and most complicated compared to other fields of the teaching profession (Kiel, Heimlich, Markowetz, Braun & Weiβ, 2016; Payne, 2005). Hence, this research aims to examine what motivates teachers in Norway to engage themselves in this CPD programme in order to work in the field of SNE.

The theoretical framework applied in this research is Teacher CPD Motivation Model (McMillan, McConnell & O’Sullivan, 2016). This model attributes teacher CPD motivation to three major factors: intrinsic factors (advancement, growth, achievement), contingent factors (interpersonal relations, school policy), and tangential factor (compulsory system).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative approach was chosen. Data from this study were collected through the reflection notes. This reflection note was a pretask for all the teachers around Norway enrolling in the Special Education 1 programme. Each teacher submitted his/her own reflection note before the first seminar in autumn, in which s/he explained why s/he wanted to take this in-service teacher training programme. In total, 54 reflection notes were gathered from the teacher cohort in 2022-2023. Thematic analysis (Guest, MacQueen & Namey, 2011) was conducted to decipher the motivations behind the teachers’ engagement in CPD.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings of the current study reveal that the teachers in Norway are to a great extent motivated to engage in CPD out of the intrinsic factors. “To become a better teacher” for pupils with special educational needs (SEN) were frequently mentioned in the reflection notes explicitly and implicitly. The majority of teachers participating in the Special Education 1 programme (2022-2023) expressed their strong desire to acquire and advance their SNE competence so that they can better know how to help their pupils with SEN.
Contingent factor, such as school policy, is also highlighted in some teachers’ reflection notes. On the one hand, more specifically, some teachers were assigned by their school principals to this programme to obtain formal SNE qualification. On the other hand, despite the fact that they were not directly sent by the school principals, other teachers registered for the Special Education 1 programme because working with pupils with SEN has already been a part of their assigned teaching task.
Although it seems that tangential factor contributes less to teacher CPD motivation in this study, it can still be to some extent considered as an influential cause. It is not a mandatory practice in Norway for teachers to engage in CPD, but undoubtedly the implementation of Competence for Quality creates the atmosphere in which the teachers were encouraged and incentivised for CPD.

References
Guest, G., MacQueen, K. M., & Namey, E. E. (2011). Applied Thematic Analysis. SAGE Publications.
Guskey, T. (2000). Evaluating Professional Development. Corwin Press.
Kiel, E., Heimlich, U., Markowetz, R., Braun, A., & Weiβ, S. (2016). How to cope with stress in special needs education? Stress-inducing dysfunctional cognitions of teacher students: The perspective of professionalism. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 31(2), 202-219.
Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2015). Kompetanse for kvalitet: Strategi for videreutdanning for lærere og skoleledere frem mot 2025. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/731323c71aa34a51a6febdeb8d41f2e0/kd_kompetanse-for-kvalitet_web.pdf
McMillan, D. J., McConnell, B., & O'Sullivan, H. (2016). Continuing professional development - why bother? Perceptions and motivations of teachers in Ireland. Professional Development in Education, 42(1), 150-167.
Ng, C.-H. (2010). Do career goals promote continuous learning among practicing teachers? Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 16(4), 397-422.
Payne, R. (2005). Special education teacher shortage: Barriers or lack of preparation? International Journal of Special Education, 20(1), 88-91.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Relationships Between Teacher Intellectual Humility and Learning

Ausra Rutkiene, Gintarė Gudeliauskė, Ilona Tandzegolskiene-Bielaglove

Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Gudeliauskė, Gintarė

The study (N=267) examined how intellectual humility (IH) relates to learning, how it expressed in the following dimensions: independence of intellect and ego; openness to revising one's viewpoint; respect for others' viewpoints; lack of intellectual overconfidence. Philosophers discuss IH (Roberts, Cleveland 2016, Bąk et al. 2021, Barrett 2017) and/or explain the concept in religion (Hopkin et al., 2014, Hodge 2019). The psychological significance of humility has been examined by Wright, Nadelhoffer et al. (2017), intellectual humility in interpersonal theory was discussed by Priest (2017); However, although there are epistemologists interested in intellectual humility (Whitcomb et al., 2017; Kidd, 2016; Tanesini 2018; Spiegel 2012, etc.), attention to this phenomenon is not great. Cowley (2017) emphasizes that education should not only provide confidence valuing commonly available sources of meaning, but should also teach IH. Baeher (2016) argues that IH is closely related to good thinking and learning and is therefore a meaningful educational goal. IH can be seen as a humility that characterizes thoughts, beliefs, ideas and opinion area (Krumrei - Mancuso et al. (2020). IH involves openness to new information that can improve people's existing knowledge. In such a conceptualization, IH includes the independence of intellect and ego, which presupposes the conditions that people do not feel the threat of intellectual disagreements, are not overly confident in their knowledge, respect others' points of view and are ready to reconsider their own when the need arises (Krumrei-Mancuso, Rouse, 2016). In learning situations, the relationship between the advised and the consultant is common. Stephen, Truscot (2017) identify IH as important in the counseling relationship. An important aspect of IH is that respect for the beliefs of others encourages an honest exchange of ideas. Some opinions are incompatible with openness. Admitting that there is room for error and that someone else is wrong is an admission of imperfection. It involves an attitude that is potentially wrong, but that attitude is not weaker (Taylor, 2016). A teacher is a person who creates various learning situations involving students, colleagues, parents. In order to improve, the IH teacher should have an activity component.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The operationalization of the research object was carried out based on the IH 4 scales identified by Krumrei-Mancuso, E. J., & Rouse, S. V. (2016): independence of intellect and ego; openness to revising one's viewpoint; respect for others' viewpoints; lack of intellectual overconfidence. According to the extracted dimensions, a questionnaire was created. A questionnaire survey was organized. Non-probability targeted sampling was used, since the subjects (teachers) were selected for the survey based on the purpose of the research. The research questionnaire explained the purpose of the research to the respondents. During the survey, the following ethical aspects of the study were ensured: voluntary consent to participate in the study, as the subjects filled in the questionnaires without forcing anything; absence of harm to study participants; anonymity, because the researcher does not know who the subjects are; confidentiality - no personal information is made public. Descriptive statistics, ANOVA, non-parametric criteria were used for analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results revealed that the respondents rated intellectual and ego independence the lowest (average 2.33 on a five-point scale), and respect the highest (average 3.99). The averages of the evaluations of all dimensions differ statistically significantly (ANOVA p=0.000). It is planned to analyze how intellectual humility (INH) and its separate dimensions are related to learning, professional experience, and taught subjects. It is also planned to check the scales of the instrument and their compatibility by applying factor analysis.
References
Baehr, J. (2016). Is intellectual character growth a realistic educational aim? Journal of Moral Education. Vol. 45, No. 2, 117-131.
 Bąk, W., Wójtowicz, B., Kutnik, J. (2021). Intellectual humility: an old problem in a new psychological perspective. Current Issues in Personality Psychology.
Barrett, J. L. (2017). Intellectual humility. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12, 1–2.
Cowley, C. (2017). Education, Despair and Morality. Journal of Philosophy of Education. Vol. 51, No. 1, 298-309.
Hodge, A. S., Melian, K., Gazaway, S., Hook, J.  N., Zhang, H., Farrell, J. E., Mosher, D. K., Captari, L. E., & Coomes, S. P. (2019). Exploring religious intellectual humility and spiritual humility. Journal of Psychology and Christianity, 38, 22–34.
Hopkin, C. R., Hoyle, R. H., & Toner, K. (2014). Intellectual humility and reactions to opinions about religious beliefs. Journal of Psychology & Theology, 42, 50–61.
Kidd, I. J. (2016). Intellectual humility, confidence, and argumentation. Topoi, 35(2), 395–402.
Krumrei-Mancuso, E. J. (2018). Intellectual humility’s links to religion and spirituality and the role Intellectual humility 12 current issues in personality  psychology of authoritarianism. Personality and Individual Differences, 130, 65–75.
Krumrei-Mancuso, E. J., & Rouse, S. V. (2016). The development and validation of the comprehensive intellectual humility scale. Journal of Personality Assessment, 98, 209–221.
Krumrei-Mancuso, E. J., Haggardb, M. C., LaBouffc, J. P., Rowattd W. C. (2020). Links between intellectual humility and acquiring knowledge. The Journal of Positive Psychology. Vol. 15, No. 2, 155–170.
Priest, M. (2017). Intellectual Humility: an interpersonal theory. Ergo. Vol. 4, no. 16, p. 463-480.
Roberts, R. C., Cleveland, W. S. (2019). Humility from Philosophical Point of View. Routledge, 33-46.
Spiegel, J. S. (2012). Open-mindedness and intellectual humility. Theory and Research in Education, 10(1), 27–38.
Tanesini, A. (2018). Intellectual humility as attitude. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, 96(2), 399–420.
Taylor, R. M. (2016). Open-mindedness: an Intellectual Virtue in Pursuit of Knowledge and Understanding. Educational theory. Vol. 66, No. 5, 599-618.
Truscot, S. D., Kearney, M., A., Davis, D., E., Roach, A., T. (2017). Intellectual Humility And Morality as Consultee-Centeed Consultation Epistemologies. Journal of Educational and psychological consultation. Vol. 27, No. 1, 26-142.
Whitcomb, D., Battaly, H., Baehr, J., & Howard-Snyder, D. (2017). Intellectual humility: Owning our limitations. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, 94(3), 509–539.
Wright, J. C., Nadelhoffer, T., Perini, T., Langville, A., Echols, M., VeneziA, K. (2016). The psychological significance of humility. The journal of  Positive Psychology, 12(1), 3-12.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Can an Intervention Based on Motivational Interviewing Increase Teacher Efficacy and Students’ Motivation?

Martina Jordan, Stefan Wagnsson, Henrik Gustafsson

Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Jordan, Martina

Motivation is a central concept in education and the teacher-student relationship is significant in promoting students’ academic motivation and engagement in school (Hattie, 2009; Roorda et al., 2017). However, previous research has suggested that teacher education may not sufficiently prepare teachers how to build positive teacher-student relationships (Korpershoek et al., 2016; Rucinski et al., 2018). Teachers need a diversity of pedagogical strategies and professional tools to be able to adapt their instructional behaviour and motivational style to the diversity of students they meet in school. Motivational interviewing (MI) has gained attention as a method to promote students’ motivation (Rollnick et al., 2016; Strait et al., 2014), and previous studies have shown that MI can be an effective tool for teachers (Svensson et al., 2021). MI is a collaborative communication style used to enhance individuals’ motivation for change and is related to both positive academic outcomes as well as mental health outcomes (Rollnick et al., 2016; Snape & Atkinson, 2016; Strait et al., 2014). However, there is a lack of school-based interventions where teachers have specifically been trained in MI in order to increase students’ motivation, and to promote teachers’ instructional behaviours and teacher efficacy (i.e. teachers’ own belief in their capability to organize and implement specific teaching tasks required to achieve desired outcomes of student engagement and learning; Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001). Hence, this study aims to explore whether an MI-based intervention can increase teacher efficacy and teachers’ perceived autonomy-supportive teaching, and increase students’ academic motivation.

Theoretical background
Motivational interviewing (MI) is based on four central components: partnership, compassion, acceptance, and evocation of change talk (Miller & Rollnick, 2012). In MI, the core is to get the student to state their own arguments for change, in order to strengthen motivation and confidence in their own abilities. Although MI is a collection of communication techniques, MI is in many ways similar to Self-Determination Theory (SDT), which is used as a relevant theoretical framework to understand school motivation (Deci & Ryan, 2000; Ryan & Deci, 2017). Autonomy is central in both MI and SDT, and SDT distinguishes between autonomous motivation and controlled motivation. SDT emphasizes the importance of not controlling the students and suggests that students who are autonomously motivated are more engaged, effective and persistent compared to students who feel controlled. In this study, the concept autonomy support is central, which is defined as the teacher being respectful to the students’ perspective, and supports their intrinsic sources of motivation and sense of freedom of choice (Ryan & Deci, 2017). Previous research has shown that students who receive autonomy support from their teacher have reported increased intrinsic motivation and greater engagement in school (Reeve & Cheon, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods
We conducted an intervention study with a short-term longitudinal design (8 months), with an intervention group in which teachers were trained in MI, along with a control group where the students’ teachers did not receive this specific training. 14 upper primary teachers participated in the intervention group, and a sample of 478 students (10-12 years) participated in the study. The intervention was conducted at 16 Swedish elementary schools. The teachers received MI training with a focus on school settings, delivered in five workshops during one semester. The workshops provided the basic knowledge and skills in MI, and an understanding of the practical application of school-based MI. As part of the skills training, the teachers were given exercises between each workshop in order to apply MI in their classes. Previously validated measures were used to collect survey data. Teachers’ perceptions of their autonomy-supportive teaching style was assessed using Learning Climate Questionnaire (Black & Deci, 2000), rated on a four-point Likert-type scale. To assess self-reported teacher efficacy we used Teachers’ Sense of Efficacy Scale (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001), rated on a nine-point Likert scale. To assess students’ academic motivation, students completed the Academic Self-Regulation Questionnaire (Ryan & Connell, 1989), which concerns the self-regulations of why students perform school activities, rated on a four-point Likert-type scale. Teacher data were collected at two times, before and after the intervention, using a web-based survey. Student data were collected in three waves; before, during and after the intervention. The data collection took place in students’ regular classrooms, and they answered the survey on their iPads. To analyse teacher data we used paired sample t-tests. To analyse student data we used repeated-measures ANCOVA’s, controlling for gender and grade level.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results and Conclusions
Findings show a significant increase in teachers’ perceived autonomy-supportive teaching from Time 1 (M = 3.05, SD = .35) to Time 2 (M = 3.27, SD = .35, p < .05), which indicates that an MI-based intervention can help teachers become more autonomy-supportive towards their students. The results show a significant increase in teachers’ perceived efficacy in several teaching situations: in student engagement from Time 1 (M = 6.13, SD = .63) to Time 2 (M = 7.07, SD = .65, p < .001), instructional strategies from Time 1 (M = 6.54, SD = .66) to Time 2 (M = 7.37, SD = 0.63, p < .001), and in classroom management from Time 1 (M = 6.53, SD = .75) to Time 2 (M = 7.46, SD = .58, p < .001). However, this intervention did not increase students’ academic motivation over time. Students’ rated their motivation relatively high at Time 1, in both the intervention group (M = 2.65, SD = .60) and the control group (M = 2.70, SD = .60). At Time 3, the results show a significant decrease of students’ motivation over time in both the intervention group (M = 2.43, SD = .62) and the control group (M = 2.46, SD = .64, p < .05), but no significant differences were detected between the groups.
       These findings suggest that school-based MI may be more effective for teachers’ professional development than for younger students’ academic motivation. Teachers need to have a diversity of pedagogical strategies to handle various and challenging teaching situations, where MI seems to be an appropriate tool to cope with these challenges. This study can be a valuable contribution to the field of European educational research, as MI-training can influence teachers’ instructional behaviours and increase teacher efficacy, which in turn affects teaching quality.

References
Black, A. E., & Deci, E. L. (2000). The effects of instructors' autonomy support and students' autonomous motivation on learning organic chemistry: A self‐determination theory perspective. Science Education, 84(6), 740-756.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The "what" and "why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227-268.
Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning. A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge.
Korpershoek, H., Harms, T., de Boer, H., van Kuijk, M., & Doolaard, S. (2016). A meta-analysis of the effects of classroom management strategies and classroom management programs on students’ academic, behavioral, emotional, and motivational outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 86(3), 643-680.
Miller, W. R., & Rollnick, S. (2012). Motivational interviewing: Helping people change. Guilford press.
Reeve, J., & Cheon, S. H. (2021). Autonomy-supportive teaching: Its malleability, benefits, and potential to improve educational practice. Educational Psychologist, 56(1), 54-77.
Rollnick, S., Kaplan, S., & Rutschman, R. (2016). Motivational interviewing in schools: Conversations to improve behavior and learning. The Guilford Press.
Roorda, D. L., Jak, S., Zee, M., Oort, F. J., & Koomen, H. M. (2017). Affective teacher–student relationships and students' engagement and achievement: A meta-analytic update and test of the mediating role of engagement. School Psychology Review, 46(3), 239-261.
Rucinski, C. L., Brown, J. L., & Downer, J. T. (2018). Teacher–child relationships, classroom climate, and children’s social-emotional and academic development. Journal of Educational Psychology, 110(7), 992-1004.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. Guilford Publications.
Ryan, R. M., & Connell, J. P. (1989). Perceived locus of causality and internalization: examining reasons for acting in two domains. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57(5), 749-761.
Snape, L., & Atkinson, C. (2016). The evidence for student-focused motivational interviewing in educational settings: A review of the literature. Advances in School Mental Health Promotion, 9(2), 119-139.
Strait, G. G., McQuillin, S., Terry, J., & Smith, B. H. (2014). School-based motivational interviewing with students, teachers, and parents: New developments and future direction. Advances in School Mental Health Promotion, 7(4), 205–207.
Svensson, M., Wagnsson, S., & Gustafsson, H. (2021). Can motivational interviewing be a helpful professional tool? Investigating teachers' experiences. Educational Research, 63(4), 440-455.
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783-805.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Direct and Indirect Model of (Inter)professional Collaboration: Case Studies from Primary and Lower Secondary Schools in the Czech Republic

Jan Egerle, Lenka Dulikova, Teresa Vicianová, Alžběta Jurasová, Petra Dvořáčková, Alena Paroubková

Masarykova univerzita, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Egerle, Jan; Dulikova, Lenka

The phenomenon of (inter)professional collaboration might not be globally considered a new research field; this area continues to evolve and develop as the challenges faced by many professionals are increasingly complex. The concept of (inter)professional collaboration has been widely studied in a variety of disciplines. Significant part of research in this field has been focusing on professionals whose main objective is to provide an effective, high-quality care to patients or clients (i.e. doctors, nurses, social workers).

In education, (inter)professional collaboration can be defined as a mutual, reciprocal effort among professionals, families, and other caregivers to deliver effective interventions to children for their increased physical, emotional, and academic well-being (Mostert, 1996). Its importance has been rising especially since many educational systems have established inclusion and inclusive education as one of their key priorities. However, this priority is not (yet) reflected by educational practices in a sufficient manner (Slee, 2018).

Attending different needs of heterogeneous student populations (in inclusive classrooms) can cause the teachers to reach the boundaries of their professional competence (Švec et al., in press). From the standpoint of cultural-historical activity theory and the concept of expansive learning (Engeström, 2001), collaboration in school settings provides the professionals with greater room to maneuver, i.e. more ways of acting and reacting to the needs of students (Roth & Lee, 2007). At the beginning of the collaboration, involved professionals (subjects) form a shared goal or purpose of the collaboration (object) by expanding their original goals (objects) and thus find a common ground. The process of achieving mutually defined goal is determined by sharing the cultural and material resources used in the collaboration (tools) and effective division of work, which combined lead to new ways of acting (innovative practice). If expansive learning is successful, this process eventually leads to internalization of shared cultural tools and practices, resulting in qualitative transformation of all components of the activity system (Engeström & Sannio, 2009).

Despite many benefits of (inter)professional collaboration and its potential in education, schools worldwide lack directions and clear guidelines regarding how to ensure its most effective implementation (Gable et al., 2004). Research has shown a wide variety of ways in which professionals collaborate. It is possible to identify two broader models of collaboration - the direct and the indirect model. In the case of the direct model the support person works with students, whereas the indirect model is characterized by joint work of professionals who aim to develop the teaching and learning community (Hedegaard-Soerensen et al., 2017). Possible forms of indirect collaboration include exchange of materials, methods and knowledge, division of work, joint planning and structuring, (inter)professional discourse and sharing responsibility (Wiedebusch et al., 2020).

Bearing in mind the importance of collaborative practice and variability in its realization in education, the current study aims to describe how the (inter)professional collaborative practices take place at selected primary and lower secondary schools. The presented study is an introductory part of a larger project which intends to establish the research field on (inter)professional collaboration in education in the Czech context. Despite being a discussed topic among teachers and related professionals as well as among scholars, systematic research in our country is lacking. Research on various forms of collaboration in a different cultural setting will broaden the knowledge on the subject and thus contribute to establishing potentially functional inclusive practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Considering the global variance of collaborative practices, we strive for exploration of its possible forms in the Czech cultural context. We aim to describe how the (inter)professional collaborative practices take place at selected primary and lower secondary schools. Hence, the case studies provide an answer to the main research question of how (inter)professional collaboration between professionals is implemented among teachers and related staff.

As a methodological approach, an exploratory multi-case study was conducted (Yin, 2014) for the purpose of analyzing the diversity of (inter)professional collaboration in Czech schools. Regarding the research design, the study follows a holistic multi-case approach (Yin, 2014).

Each particular case study aims to contribute to the exploration of (inter)professional collaboration among the teaching staff. In order to reflect the assumed variation of (inter)professional collaboration, the participants were purposefully selected. In our research we focus on the analysis of interprofessional collaboration, which was implemented predominantly in the form of an indirect model, i.e. we concentrate on the collaboration among teachers and related professionals. The research sample consists of professionals, who collaborate most frequently in the Czech context. Therefore, following forms of interprofessional collaboration were studied: novice teacher and teaching assistant, class teacher in cooperation with special education teacher and school psychologist, class teacher and special education teacher, and learning community (represented by an experienced teacher and a group of novice teachers).The access into each examined area has been mediated through gatekeepers, which enabled the researchers to explore the specific field.
  
For the purpose of more profound exploration of the research topic, various sources of evidence were required. Research methods included interviews, observations, document analysis, reflective notes and video recordings. The obtained data were subsequently analyzed by means of thematic analysis (Maguire & Delahunt, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The case studies provided a detailed insight into some of the possible forms of collaborative practices among professionals at selected primary and secondary schools in the Czech Republic. Our evidence suggests that (inter)professional collaboration is not used continuously as an effective tool for inclusion but it is rather time-limited and often arises as a reaction to a certain situation or problem. At this “critical point”, class teachers reach the limit of their professional competence and thus reach out to professionals with a different expertise or more advanced level of experience. Although the research was initially focused on the indirect model of collaboration, the evidence indicates a necessity of a more complex approach. In most cases, collaboration can be described as a combination of the direct and the indirect model. Hence, both models appear to be interconnected and mutually influenced. Based on consultations among collaborating professionals, many direct forms of action took place, i.e. preventive or therapeutic sessions with individuals as well as with the whole class or diagnostics. Results of these direct actions were then again discussed among professionals with subsequent alterations of the original plan. Apart from (inter)professional discourse, other forms of indirect collaboration took place, such as joint planning, sharing materials and distribution of responsibility for teaching. New perspective on their students provided by the collaborating professional was also much appreciated by the class teachers. The evidence emphasizes the crucial role of positive professional relationships between involved staff. Further examination of (inter)professional relationships could provide a more profound understanding of this phenomenon.

To conclude, the results of the project offer recommendations for teacher education. The pre-service and in-service teachers ought to become familiar with the diversity and possibilities of (inter)professional collaboration as it has great potential.

References
Alborno, N. (2017). The “Yes … But” Dilemma: Implementing Inclusive Education in Emirati Primary Schools. British Journal of Special Education, 44(1), 26 – 45.  https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12157

Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133 – 156. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080020028747

Engeström, Y., Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges, Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1 – 24.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.12.002

Gable, R.A., Mostert, M.P., & Tonelson, S.W. (2004). Assessing Professional Collaboration in Schools: Knowing What Works. Preventing School Failure: Alternative Education for Children and Youth, 48(3), 4 – 8. https://doi.org/10.3200/PSFL.48.3.4-8


Hedegaard-Soerensen, L., Jensen, C.R., & Tofteng, D.M. (2018). Interdisciplinary collaboration as a prerequisite for inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(3), 382 – 395. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1314113


Maguire, M., & Delahunt, B. (2017). Doing a Thematic Analysis: A Practical, Step-by-Step Guide for Learning and Teaching Scholars. AISHE-J, 3, 3351-33514.

Mostert, M.P. (1996). Interprofessional Collaboration in Schools: Benefits and Barriers in Practice. Preventing School Failure, 40(3), 135 – 138. https://doi.org/10.1080/1045988X.1996.9944667


Roth, W.M., Lee, Y.J. (2007). “Vygotsky’s Neglected Legacy”: Cultural-Historical Activity Theory. Review of Educational Research, 77(2), 186 – 232. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654306298273

Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive Education isn't Dead, it Just Smells Funny (1st ed.). London: Routledge.


Švec, V., Baranová, P., Dvořáková, T., Ďulíková, L., Egerle, J., Janík, T., Márová, I., Paroubková, A., Veselá, V. [Manuscript submitted for publication]. Podoby profesní spolupráce ve škole: Případové studie. 1. vyd. Brno: Masarykova univerzita.

Wiedebusch, S., Maykus, S., Gausmann, N., & Franek, M. (2020). Interprofessional collaboration and school support in inclusive primary schools in Germany. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 37(1), 118–130. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1853971

Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods. Los Angeles: Sage.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 13 C: Action Research and Lesson Study Research
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Pi-Ju Wu
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Professional Learning of Individual Teachers in Lesson Study

Dayana Balgabekova

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Balgabekova, Dayana

Lesson Study (LS) is being utilised globally as a powerful model for teacher professional learning and development. This structured approach to teacher professional learning is based on collaborative group work of teachers researching their teaching practice through joint planning, teaching, observation and discussion of classroom lessons (Dudley, 2014). Having originated in Japan more than a century ago (e.g., Stigler & Hiebert, 1999; Dudley, 2014; Fujii, 2014), LS is becoming popular among teachers and teacher educators worldwide. Elliott (2014) forecasts that as LS is utilised in different contexts worldwide it will shape up in different ways. Though numerous studies report on the benefits of LS in relation to teacher learning, there is still a lack of understanding of how the learning of individual teachers is shaped in LS. More needs to be known about the factors that influence professional learning experiences of individual teachers in the context of LS. This study aims to explore how the learning of individual teachers is shaped in LS looking at multiple level factors, which include individual, group and school factors.

The theoretical framework for this study is based on Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory (1978), which emphasises human learning as a social process and looks at how the societal context contributes to an individual’s development, and on Valsiner’s Zone Theory (1997) that redefines Vygotsky’s zone of proximal development (ZPD) by suggesting two additional zones, the zone of free movement (ZFM) and the zone of promoted actions (ZPA) that address the roles of context and the goals and actions of an individual. More specifically, Valsiner’s Zone Theory adaptation by Goos (2013) was applied in this study. Goos (2013) interpreted the ZPD as “a set of possibilities for development of new knowledge, beliefs, goals and practices created by the teacher’s interaction with the environment, the people in it, and the resources it offers” (p. 523), the ZFM as the possibilities and constraints within a teacher’s professional environment, and the ZPA as professional activities that a teacher can engage in to develop professionally (both formally and informally). In this study, with reference to Valsiner (1997) and Goos (2013), the ZPD was re-interpreted and defined as the set of personal characteristics of a teacher that can enable or hinder a teacher’s learning experience in LS. As LS is recognised as a collaborative learning approach and teachers work and interact in a group with their colleagues to improve their practices the ZPA was referred to as the LS group context and dynamic. While teachers work within their LS groups, they also function within the wider school context, which can either facilitate or constrain the learning experiences of teachers in their LS groups. Therefore, in this study, the ZFM was defined as the school professional environment. The proposed adaptation of Valsiner’s Zone Theory in the context of LS allowed to explore the individual and environmental factors that can shape individual teachers’ learning experiences in LS considering the collaborative aspect of LS with the focus on an individual teacher.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study employed an interpretive case study approach exploring experiences and perspectives of twelve teachers involved in four LS groups in two secondary schools in Kazakhstan. The teachers participated in focus group discussions (FGD) and individual semi-structured interviews. Additionally, the participants were invited to share a video recording capturing their lesson planning and post-observation discussion within their LS groups. Based on these video recordings, indirect observation notes were taken. Some teachers also shared their LS artefacts (e.g., lesson plans, reflective reports). Both the video recording notes and the LS artefacts shared by the teachers contributed to the development of narrative descriptions of the teachers’ LS experiences and work processes within their LS groups and served as the sources of triangulation in relation to teachers responses obtained through FGDs and interviews. The data gathered via FGDs and interviews were coded and analysed through emerging themes relevant to individual, group and school factors facilitating or hindering individual teachers’ learning experiences in LS.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings demonstrate that the learning of individual teachers in LS appears to be shaped by three aspects: a teacher’s personal characteristics (e.g., a teacher’s background (educational and professional), perception of LS, LS experience, motivation to conduct LS, potential for change, professional goals), the LS group context and dynamic (e.g., the quality of interaction among the group members, the level of established trust, personal compatibility, group leader’s role, group learning atmosphere), and the school professional environment (e.g., school Lesson Study policy, teacher certification (attestation) and school leadership approach to LS). The findings show that teacher learning has a complex multicausal and multidimensional nature and to understand this complexity it is necessary to consider the interaction and interrelation between the teacher, the learning activity (LS in this study) and the school environment. Drawing on the personal and contextual factors within the individual characteristics of a teacher, LS group and school, identified from the learning experiences of twelve teachers from four LS groups at two secondary schools in Kazakhstan, this study proposes Individual Teacher’s Professional Learning in LS Model (developed based on Valsiner’s Zone Theory), which offers a framework for capturing and understanding these fragmented factors together.

The findings of this study will contribute to research in the field of LS, specifically in relation to a professional learning model for teachers within secondary education, by providing a better understanding of the factors that facilitate or constrain individual teacher learning within LS group process. Furthermore, the study gives a deeper insight into how interaction within a LS group influences individual teachers and their professional learning and development which will be of interest to teachers, teacher educators and educational scholars in Kazakhstan and internationally.

References
Dudley, P. (2014). How Lesson Study works and why it creates excellent learning and teaching. In P. Dudley (Ed.), Lesson Study: Professional learning for our time (pp. 1-28). Routledge.
Elliott, J. (2014). Lesson study, learning theory, and the cultural script of teaching. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 3(3).
Fujii, T. (2014). Implementing Japanese lesson study in foreign countries: misconceptions revealed. Mathematics Teacher Education and development, 16(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.3316/aeipt.205654
Stigler, J., & Hiebert, J. (1999). The teaching gap: Best ideas from the world’s teachers for improving education in the classroom. New York, NY: The Free Press.
Valsiner, J. (1997). Culture and the development of children's action: A theory of human development. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Interaction between learning and development. Readings on the development of children, 23(3), pp.34-41.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Lesson Study as a Teachers Learning

Aizhan Mansurova, Nursultan Japashov

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Mansurova, Aizhan

Lesson study (LS) is a pedagogical approach that characterizes a special form of research in action in the classroom, aimed at improving knowledge in the field of teaching practice (Dudley, 2015). Lesson studies involve teams of teachers collaborating in planning, teaching, observation, analysis of learning and teaching, and documenting their findings (Rock & Wilson, 2005).

Nowadays, in Kazakhstan, large educational reforms are taking place. The main purpose of these reforms is to improve teaching and learning by implementing the best educational practices of the world’s educational system. To expedite this process, since 2008, the Kazakhstan government has established new types of experimental schools, named Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, to test the best foreign educational practices for the Kazakhstani population. Since then, Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools are successfully implementing Lesson Study and shared their experience with all secondary schools in the country (Wilson & Sharimova, 2019). A recent study by Khokhotva, (2018) shows that LS is gaining momentum in Kazakhstan and getting popular among secondary school teachers.

According to the rising tendency of Lesson Study in Kazakhstan, we considered it necessary to contribute to the development of this field and show teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward the implementation of Lesson Study in their practice, by surveying them with the use of a validated tool for Kazakhstan population (Abdulbakioglu et al, 2022). For this purpose, we put the following research questions:

What are the beliefs and attitudes of teachers toward LS?

Do the teachers’ beliefs and attitudes differ toward LS according to gender?

Do the teachers’ beliefs and attitudes differ toward LS across discipline groups?

Do the teachers’ beliefs and attitudes differ toward LS according to their teaching experiences?

Do the teachers’ beliefs and attitudes differ toward LS according to the number of conducted and participated LS?

What are the advantages and disadvantages of LS for teaching and students’ learning?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Here mixed methods were applied, through an online survey, to analyze the secondary school teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward LS. Overall 76 teachers responded to the survey (24 were males, 52 were females). To analyze the differences between groups, we grouped our sample as follows: we separately investigated the responses of Social Science Teachers (24 teachers) and Science and Math Teachers (52 teachers). According to the work experience, we divided our sample into three groups: the first group of teachers who have 1-5 years of work experience, a second group with 6-15 years of work experience, and a third group of teachers with more than 15 years of work experience. According to the number of conducting LS and participating in LS, we also divided teachers into six sub-groups:   in the first two sub-groups teachers who conducted or participated in LS less than three times; in the second two sub-groups teachers who conducted or participated in LS between 4 and 6 times; in the last two sub-groups teachers who conducted or participated in LS more than seven times.  
In this study, we used an instrument that was originally developed by Abdulbakioglu et. al, (2022) to investigate the teachers’ and students’ perceptions, attitudes, and beliefs about Open Lessons. Open Lesson similar practice to LS, Open Lesson is widely known in Post Soviet Union Countries as a demonstrative lesson. We adopted this survey to LS with keeping the original meaning of its items.  
The survey includes 25 items with quantitative responses, a set of 5‐point Likert scale scaled questions (1 = “Strongly Agree,” 5 = “Strongly Disagree”), with three dimensions: a) teachers’ attitudes and beliefs about LS and teaching (14 items), b) attitudes and beliefs about LS and students’ learning (6 items), c) and attitudes and beliefs about LS and professional collaboration with colleagues (5 items).
At the end of the survey open-ended questions such as: What is your favorite topic in your subject that you conduct the LS on?; What kind of preparations do you do before an LS?; What are the advantages of LS for your teaching and your student’s learning?; What are the disadvantages of LS for your teaching and your student’s learning? -  were asked by teachers.
Depending on variable size, for the second and third research questions, we used an independent sample t-test, and for the fourth and fifth research questions, we applied the ANOVA test. The rest data were analyzed qualitatively.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Generally, according to descriptive statistics, teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward LS for all dimensions of the survey (Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward teaching LS, Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward students learning during LS, and Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward professional collaboration with colleagues) is positive (Mean value > 2.5).  
According to our second research question, the results showed that females have more positive attitudes than males regarding professional collaboration during LS.
For the third research question, we only found that Science subject teachers have a  more positive attitude toward students learning during LS than non- Science subject teachers.
As a fourth research question, we searched the difference between teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward LS according to their work experience. In this case, we did not find any significant differences between groups. It means that all teachers regardless of their work experience have positive attitudes toward LS.
According to the fifth research question data analysis showed that teachers who participated in LS more than seven times believe that they teach better at LS compared with those who participated in LS less than three times. For the other groups, we could not find any differences.
Analysis of the qualitative part of the research has shown that, generally, teachers have a positive attitude toward the implementation of LS in their practice. Most of them indicated that during LS they use different teaching methodologies and it helps to better represent the content of the subject and positively affects students’ understanding of the topic. Although, some teachers do not fully agree with the opinion of their colleagues and noted some negative sides of the Lesson Study in their qualitative response. In their opinion, preparation for Lesson study is time-consuming and does not reflect every day’s lesson context.

References
Abdulbakioglu, M., Kolushpayeva, A., Balta, N., Japashov, N., & Bae, C. L. (2022). Open Lesson as a Means of Teachers’ Learning. Education Sciences, 12(10), 692.
Dudley, P. (2015). Lesson study. Professional learning for our time.
Khokhotva, O. (2018). Lesson Study in Kazakhstan: case study of benefits and barriers for teachers. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 7(4), 250-262.
NIS, 2023. Retrieved from web site: https://cep.nis.edu.kz/o-programme/?lang=en
Rock, T. C., & Wilson, C. (2005). Improving teaching through lesson study. Teacher education quarterly, 32(1), 77-92.
Wilson, E., & Sharimova, A. (2019). Conceptualizing the implementation of Lesson Study in Kazakhstan within a social theory framework. International journal for lesson and learning studies.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

A Mixed-Methods Research Synthesis of Classroom Action Research on Teaching in Taiwan

Pi-Ju Wu

National Changhua University of Education, Taiwan

Presenting Author: Wu, Pi-Ju

Although teaching focuses on the activities teachers perform, its purposes and outcomes involve changes occurring on the part of students (Svensson & Doumas, 2013). The complexity and uncertainty involved in teaching generate innumerable problems occurring in the context of classroom environments. It gives the impetus to solve those problems through research, especially action research. Action research as a democratic and participative orientation to knowledge creation brings together action and reflection, theory and practice, in the pursuit of practical solutions to issues of pressing concerns (Bradbury, 2015).

Classroom action research (CAR) can be based on diverse research perspectives and take on different forms. The core feature of it is the idea that there should be an intimate, two-way relationship between research and some form of practical activity‒such that the focus of inquiry arises out of, and its results feed directly back into, the activity concerned, in a spiral of improvement (Hammersley, 2013, pp. 85-86). Therefore, CAR is practice- and reflection- oriented. It means that teachers engage in action research aiming to explore methods of solving real classroom problems in order to improve their pedagogical practice. As a result, CAR connects meaningfully with student learning and potentially becomes an effective strategy for school improvement.

CAR also closely relates to teacher professional development. Flynn and Bruce (2019) paralleled the characteristics of teacher professional learning with action research structure. They both emphasize evidence-informed practice, the need to balance teacher voice and the bigger context of school goals, and the need for supportive and engaged leadership. Therefore, CAR has been regarded as one of the most powerful strategies for teacher professional development. It can help teachers develop new knowledge directly related to their classrooms, promote reflective teaching and thinking, and expand teachers’ pedagogical repertoire (Johnson, 2019, pp. 258-259). It is becoming increasingly known as an approach that encourages teachers to be in control of their own lives and contexts (McNiff, 2010). An issue related to the connection between CAR and teacher professional development is concerned with what types of knowledge CAR constructs. CAR produces living knowledge or practical knowledge that is useful to people in the everyday conduct of their lives (Reason & Bradbury, 2001, pp. 1-2) and insider knowledge that is not accessible to traditional researchers coming from outside (Somekh, 2006).

Since 2022 the EU Academy has offered a self-study module “Improving Classroom Practice through Action Research” for classroom practitioners to reflect on and innovate their teaching practices and analyze the effects of their innovation (European Commission, 2022). In Taiwan, the government has launched a series of curricular and instructional reforms entering the 21st century. The Grade 1-9 Curriculum Guidelines had been gradually implemented since the academic year 2002 in order to meet national development needs and public expectations (Ministry of Education, 2008). Then, the Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education have been implemented since 2019 in response to the emerging social issues such as the low birth rate, population aging, diversified interactions between ethnic groups, growing awareness of social justice, and so on (Ministry of Education, 2014). Both guidelines encourage teachers to engage in diverse professional development activities such as action research and to conduct innovative teaching experiments or action research with funds and assistance provided by relevant competent authorities. Thus, the number of CAR on teaching is quite large in Taiwan. The rise in the number of CAR results in the need for knowledge synthesis in order to provide more convincing evidence for practitioners and policymakers. However, the findings of those studies produced as a whole have been less known so far. The purpose of this study was to synthesize the findings of CAR on teaching in Taiwan.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A mixed-methods research synthesis (MMRS) is a type of systematic review aimed at the integration of results from both qualitative and quantitative studies in a shared domain of empirical research (Sandelowski et al., 2006). Since qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods research designs are appropriate for and all types of data can be used in action research (Mertler, 2022), the findings of classroom action research can be integrated through MMRS.
After formulating the research questions which focused on what findings of classroom action research on teaching were generated in Taiwan, searching for and retrieving action research studies focusing on topics including curriculum development, teaching strategies, subject matters, and instructional media in grades K-12 in Taiwan and published in academic journals in English or traditional Chinese between Jan. 1, 2002, and Dec. 31, 2020 were performed. Moreover, the author, or at least one of the authors, should be a teacher in grades K-12. A total of 188 classroom action research studies were retrieved and met the inclusion and exclusion criteria. Among those CAR studies, 104 studies (55.5%) were conducted in elementary school; 41 studies (21.8%) were conducted in junior high school; 27 studies (14.4%) were conducted in kindergarten’ and only 16 studies (8.5%) were conducted in high school. The subjects/domains involved in the studies were diverse, such as integrative activities, mathematics, arts, Mandarin, and social studies. Moreover, 83 studies  (44.1%) collected qualitative and quantitative data, 75 studies (39.9%) collected qualitative data, 11 studies (5.9%) collected quantitative data, and the data types of 19 studies (10.1%) were not identified. The duration of action plans was 5-8 weeks in 40 studies (21.2%) and 9-12 weeks in 30 studies (16.0%); however, 33 studies (17.6%) did not mention the duration of action projects. A large portion of the studies (77.7%) used innovative teaching as the action strategies, which included experiential learning, cooperative learning, picture book reading, and so on.
Joint displays are visual displays that are used to integrate quantitative and qualitative data during data collection, analysis, and interpretation. (McCrudden et al., 2021). Although there has been limited use of joint displays in mixed methods reviews, they exemplify an effective visual representation of integrated datasets (Younas et al., 2021). In this study, the side-by-side joint displays were used to represent merging by arraying findings of qualitative-, quantitative-, and mixed-methods-oriented CAR studies next to each other.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The reasons why teachers conducted CAR related to factors of teaching, teacher, student, and policy. That teachers tried solving problems in the classroom and increasing their teaching effectiveness through action research was found in 73 qualitative-, 11 quantitative-, and 83 mixed-methods-oriented studies. Additionally, that teachers’ needs for professional development, application of professional development knowledge, and self-identification, students’ psychological and physiological growth, adolescent subculture, and change in educational policies motivated teachers to conduct CAR was mainly presented in the qualitative- and mixed-methods-oriented action research.
The effects of action plans on students were presented in the qualitative results of 153 studies and the quantitative results of 98 studies. While the quantitative results provided more information related to effects on students’ academic achievement, cognitive competence, and physical health, the qualitative results provided more information related to effects on students’ affective competence, social competence, motor skills, and behavioral performance. The action plans also increased teachers’ general competence and behavioral, affective, cognitive, and social dimensions of pedagogical expertise in the qualitative results of 52 studies. A small portion of qualitative and quantitative results showed that action plans had positive impacts on parent-child relationships, classroom climate, and students’ peer relationships.
Teacher knowledge is mainly generated by mixed-methods- and qualitative- oriented studies. The major types of teacher knowledge included pedagogical content knowledge, pedagogical knowledge, teacher personal knowledge, learner knowledge, context knowledge, curriculum knowledge, knowledge of teaching purposes, values, and beliefs, research knowledge, and content knowledge. The CAR studies produced more pedagogical content knowledge related to how to teach mathematics, arts, students with disabilities, picture books, and so on than other types of teacher knowledge did. The research knowledge found as a distinct type of teacher knowledge but not generally regarded as practical knowledge, came from teachers’ experience of participating in action research and showed the connection between academia and practice.

References
Bradbury, H. (2015). Introduction: How to situate and define action research. In H. Bradbury (Ed.), The Sage handbook of action research (pp. 1-11.). Sage.
European Commission. (2022). Teachers as Researchers – Improving classroom practice through action research. European Union. https://academy.europa.eu/courses/teachers-as-researchers-improving-classroom-practice-through-action-research-1658151350
Flynn, T., & Bruce, C. D. (2019). Action research as professional learning for educators. In C. A. Mertler (Ed.), The Wiley handbook of action research in education (pp. 273-294). Wiley Blackwell.
Hammersley, M. (2013). The myth of research-based policy & practice. Sage.
Johnson, A. (2019). Action research for teacher professional development. In C. A. Mertler (Ed.), The Wiley handbook of action research in education (pp. 253272). Wiley Blackwell.
McCrudden, M. T, Marchand, G., Schutz, P. A. (2021). Joint displays for mixed methods research in psychology. Methods in Psychology, 5. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.metip.2021.100067
McNiff, J. (2010). Action research for professional development: Concise advice for new (and experienced) action researchers. Author.
Mertler, C. A. (2022). Introduction to educational research. Sage.
Ministry of Education. (2008). General Guidelines of Grades 1-9 Curriculum for Elementary and Junior High School Education. Author.
Ministry of Education. (2008). Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education. Author.
Reason, P., & Bradbury, H. (2001). Introduction: Inquiry and participation in search of a world worthy of human aspiration. In P. Reason & H. Bradbury (Eds.), Handbook of action research: Participative inquiry and practice (pp. 1-14). Sage.
Sandelowski, M., Voils, C. I., & Barroso, J. (2006). Defining and Designing mixed research synthesis studies. Research in the Schools, 13, 29. Retrieve from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2809982/pdf/nihms151622.pdf
Somekh, B. (2006). Action research: A methodology for change and development. Open University Press.
Svensson, L., & Doumas, K. (2013). Contextual and analytic qualities of research methods exemplified in research on teaching. Qualitative Inquiry, 19, 441-450. https://doi.org/10.1177/ 1077800413482097
Younas, A., Inayat, S., & Sundus, A. (2021). Joint displays for qualitative-quantitative synthesis in mixed method reviews. Research Method in Medicine & Health Sciences, 2(3), 91-101. https://doi.org/10.1177/2632084320984374
 
Date: Friday, 25/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am01 SES 14 C: Learning Approaches: Problem-based and Project-based
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gulzada Zhanzhigitova
Paper session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Exploring Teachers Experiences in Working with Gender Responsive History Teaching Resource Pack through PBL

Hasmik Kyureghyan, Talin Saghdasaryan

Paradigma Educational Foundation, Armenia

Presenting Author: Kyureghyan, Hasmik; Saghdasaryan, Talin

This study is an exploratory study that looks at teachers’ experiences of using the history resource pack through Project Based Learning. The study was done in the framework of an experimental project carried out with 30 public school history teachers in Armenia. The teachers were all female, with almost equal representation from all regions in Armenia.

In 2021, the Paradigma Educational Foundation started an initiative of developing resources to help teachers teach under-explored sections of Armenian history, including gender-sensitive topics and women’s role in Armenian history, through the lens of active historical thinking (Metzger and Harris, 2018; Seixas 2015). To that end, the foundation developed an innovative history-teaching resource pack called “History #5”. Therefore, this paper reports the finding of the study done to explore the practices of teachers with the resource pack in developing active historical thinking skills and multiperspectivity, as well as discussing gender-sensitive topics. The project was run in collaboration with UNICEF Armenia and the National Center for Education Development and Innovation.

The aim of the study was to explore teachers’ experiences of teaching with the resource pack through PBL and their practices of dealing with gender-sensitive topics. The study also aimed at identifying the affordances and constraints of the resource pack for further improvement.

The “History#5” resource pack is a history-teaching resource based on the theories of active historical thinking and multiperspectivity. Active historical thinking as a theory developed at the end of the 1970s in the UK, USA, Canada, and Germany (Metzger and Harris, 2018) and has been internationally spread through the work of Peter Seixas (Seixas, 2015). Active historical thinking theory holds that history teaching and learning should aim at helping students: Establish historical significance; Use primary source evidence; Identify continuity and change; Analyze cause and consequence; Take historical perspectives; and Understand the ethical dimension of historical interpretations.

Multiperspectivity is based on the constructivist approaches of the Nouvelle Histoire movement. It assumes that “we too have a perspective which has been filtered through our own cultural context, reflects our own standpoint and interpretation of what has happened and why, our own view of what is and is not relevant, and may also reflect other prejudices and biases” (Stradling, 2003, p.14).

In the course of the project teachers used the resource pack through project-based learning, as it helps students develop key knowledge and skills (Larmer et. al, 2015). Moreover, using PBL is required by the new national curriculum. Within history teaching, that means the development of active historical thinking concepts and multiperspectivity, as well as encouraging student-centered experiential learning (Kolb, 2015), and a facilitator role for the teacher through scaffolding (first introduced by Wood, Bruner and Ross, 1976).

Therefore, studying this new resource pack through PBL aims at contributing to the knowledge base of history teaching and provides implications for policymakers, history educators, teachers, and the organizations working in the field. Moreover, it seeks to contribute to an understanding of the teachers’ motivation for using the resource pack, challenges and opportunities associated with the pack, its sensitive topics, and PBL. Thus, to achieve this aim this study employs a qualitative methodology and sets out to answer the following research questions:

  • What were the experiences of teachers doing project-based learning through the use of the “History#5” resource pack and the project-based learning guide developed to assist project implementation?

  • What were the experiences of teachers while discussing the gender-sensitive topics of the “History #5” resource pack and questions arising during the project?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employed a qualitative methodology to reach  desired outcomes which is influenced by research questions (Crotty, 1998). As a research strategy it was broadly interpretivist (Bryman, 2012). It was an exploratory study as the use of the resource pack through PBL and gender sensitive topics was a completely new context for teachers thus firstly there was a need to explore the experiences and perspective of teachers.
30 teachers participated in the project. The teachers were invited by the “Paradigma” Educational Foundation: of the initially invited 60 teachers, who had previously participated in history education projects with the foundation, 30 replied and joined the project.
To fully answer the research questions the data was generated from the three surveys that included both qualitative and quantitative questions and semi-structured interviews. The questions were directed toward revealing the teachers’ experiences thus most of them were qualitative in nature. The surveys were sent to all participants and had a response rate of around 70% in average.
The first survey was conducted in the beginning of the project asking about teachers' expectations around project-based learning, and their assumptions of how gender-sensitive the topics are. The second survey was done in the middle of the projects and was asking teachers to reflect on their experiences so far, the roles they and their students have within that, and the dynamics of their roles. The third survey was conducted at the of the project and included questions about the usefulness of project-based learning in developing historical thinking concepts and discussion gender-sensitive topics, the main difficulties of the project, and what their perception of their students’ experiences were.
The semi-structured interviews were conducted following Kvale’s approach which allowed flexibility depending on participants’ responses (Kvale, 2007, Charmaz, 2014). Interviews were reflective in nature and revealed participating teachers' experiences and perspectives. To choose the interview participants, a question was added in the second survey that asked for voluntary participation in an interview. Of the 14 teachers who consented to go through an interview, 5 were chosen through purposive sampling (Babbie, 2007). For the purpose of gaining detailed reflections the teachers who provided more details and content-rich data in the survey were purposely selected and invited to participate in the semi-structured interview. The interviews were recorded and then transcribed using name tags to ensure anonymity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Two datasets (surveys and interviews) responses were read and re-read to identify patterns and themes, and to develop a set of codes. The qualitative data from the surveys were analysed thematically. 32 codes were generated which were categorised within 3 broad themes such as i) Positive aspects of the project, ii) Challenges of the project and iii) Opportunities for improvement.
The coding of interview data revealed ten focused codes which were categorised within four themes, which are: i) Satisfaction from the resource pack and PBL, ii) the challenges of using the resource pack and the PBL, iii) sensitive topics and stereotypes, and iv) need for continuous learning.  
The results of this study indicate that the teachers have had positive experiences using resource pack through PBL. Although teachers explicitly mention the challenges they faced during the project, that did not hinder them from having a positively unique learning experience from the project.
The data analysis shows that the main difficulties noted by the teachers are based on a lack of experience of working with the methods and topics used in the project: for example, difficulties around finding the required material, language of resources (Western Armenian vs Eastern Armenian), research skills were lacking. They also noted difficulties of working with primary historical resources, grouping of students, planning and facilitating project-based learning effectively.
As for the second research question on sensitive topics, the data revealed that teachers avoided engaging and/or guiding the discussions on gender sensitive topics, mostly because of lack of relevant knowledge and skills.
The research findings highlight that the participants are willing to work with the resource pack and PBL in general however taking into account the workload it requires they find it difficult and require more opportunities for future learning, development and practice.

References
Babbi, E. (2007). The Basics of Social Research, 4th Edition. Wadsworth Publishing.
Bryman, A. (2012). Social Research Methods. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis. SAGE. London.
Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. Sage Publications.
Kolb, D.A. (2015) Experiential Learning: Experience as the Source of Learning and Development. 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, Inc.
Kvale, S. (2007). Conducting an interview. In Qualitative Research kit: Doing interviews (pp. 52-66). SAGE Publications Ltd doi: 10.4135/9781849208963.n5
Larmer, J., Mergendoller, J.R. and Boss, S. (2015). Setting the standard for Project Based Learning: A proven approach to rigorous classroom instruction. Alexandria, VA: ASCD.
Metzger, S.A. and Harris, L.M. (2018). Introduction. In The Wiley International Handbook of History Teaching and Learning (eds S.A. Metzger and L.M. Harris). https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119100812.ch0
Seixas, P. (2017). A Model of Historical Thinking, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49:6, 593-605, DOI: 10.1080/00131857.2015.1101363
Stradling, R. (2003). Multiperspectivity in history teaching: a guide for teachers. Council of Europe. Germany.
Tompson, K.J. and Beak, J. (2007). The Leadership Book Enhancing the Theory-Practice Connection Through Project-Based Learning. Journal of Management Education 31(2):278-291
Wood, D., Bruner, J. S., & Ross, G. (1976). The role of tutoring in problem solving. Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 17(2), 89–100.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Professional Learning and Pedagogical Development in Primary Education: Problem-based Learning as a Driver for Professional Development

Nikolaj Stegeager, Helle Korsgaard, Trine Lindvig Thomsen

Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Stegeager, Nikolaj; Korsgaard, Helle

This paper reports on a pilot project in a public school (pupils aged 6-16) in a small municipality regarding a school development project that the authors have developed and facilitated in the school year 21/22. The goal of the project was to create knowledge about how to foster teacher development through an intervention centered around Professional Learning Communities (Stoll, et al., 2006; Doagan & Adams, 2018) and Action Learning (Aubusson, 2012; Revans, 1998). More specifically, the project sought to fulfill the ambition of the school administration who wanted problem-based and project-organized learning (PBL) to be the focal point for a pedagogical and organizational reorientation of the public schools in the municipality. A reorientation that held the potential to improve student motivation as well as increase the schools’ ability to develop students’ understanding of the world around them and foster their acquisition of 21st century skills (OECD, 2019) – a goal that is shared widely in the primary educational sector across Europe and described in the European Councils recommendation on key competences for lifelong learning (European Council, 2018).

PBL is an international recognized pedagogical approach. Evidence for PBL’s effectiveness in improving stu-

Dents’ outcomes is promising although further research is still needed (Condliffe, 2017; Grant & Tamim, 2019). PBL can be organised in many different ways and in very diverse settings. However, across the research literature there is general agreement on the common characteristics that form the basis of PBL in education (Barrows 1996; de Graaff & Kolmos 2007; Savin-Baden & Major 2004). As such, PBL is characterised by the following principles:

  • Learning is organised around real and complex problems that links theory to practice
  • The nature of the academic work that students produce is authentic
  • Knowledge is constructed through active learning processes
  • Learning is a social phenomenon based on students’ active participation and involvement
  • Learning takes place in small groups in order to achieve a goal only reachable through collaboration
  • Teachers acts as facilitators of learning
  • Students take responsibility for identifying own learning needs and organizing own learning path.

The full paper describes the concrete background for the competence development project as well as the didactic and practical considerations behind the design. Through countless research projects, organizational researchers have documented the difficulties of implementing successful organizational change (Beer & Nohria, 2000; Hughes, 2011). Educational institutions are in no way more susceptible to change than other organizations - rather the contrary (Burner, 2018). However, Fullan (2011), points to four conditions that, if met, provides initiatives aimed at promoting educational change a greater probability of success:

  1. Cultivate the intrinsic motivation of teachers and students
  2. Engage teachers and students in continuous improvement of teaching and learning
  3. Inspire cooperation and teamwork
  4. Be sure to involve all teachers and students

Based on Fullan’s four principles and Hargreaves & Shirleys (2020) notion of Leading from the Middle, small groups of teachers met once a month with a university facilitator to develop pedagogical PBL-based experiments which were subsequently tried out in class and finally evaluated at the next meeting in the learning group. After one year, the project was subject to a quantitative evaluation through a survey questionnaire. Finally, focus group interviews with teachers and managers were conducted (interviews with students is to be completed in Spring 2023). The research question that the project sought to answer was:

Are the principles behind theories of Professional Learning Communities, Action Learning and Problem-based Learning an effective way to foster pedagogical development for teachers in all subjects and classes simultaneously in primary education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on qualitative and quantitative data. By the end of the project, a questionnaire survey (Martin, 2006) was administered to all participants (N=30), who were asked about their perception on changes in own learning and practice as well as the benefit for the students. Furthermore, two focus group interviews (Morgan, 2001) were conducted with eight teachers (four in each group) and one focus group interview was conducted with the school management team (3 persons). The interview guides were partly based on answers and themes from the questionnaire survey, partly theoretical concepts from the research literature. Interviews lasted approximately one hour.
Interviews were subsequently transcribed and coded. All authors used an inductive approach to search for themes and provide preliminary codes (Coffey & Atkinson, 1996) of both the questionnaire data and the interview transcriptions. The authors compared and discussed the themes and the coding until consensus was obtained regarding themes and codes. The primary inspiration for the coding was a four-phase matrix model developed by Glaser & Strauss (1967): Conceptualization of the overall theme, rough division of data into general categories, division into subcategories and further division into finer categories. In this case, the data was categorized into four broad categories, ten subcategories, and fifty-three finer categories. Furthermore, the finer categories were analyzed based on Boeije's (2002) five-step approach to continuous comparison, where he emphasizes the importance of looking for patterns, or in other words for combinations of categories or codes (Ibid., 397). The data underwent several rounds of comparing and contrasting established patterns and representative quotations for reporting the themes were assigned (Miles et al., 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the questionnaire we see that the teachers believe that PBL fits as a teaching approach in all educational subjects. However, even though all teachers feel that the training course has provided them with the necessary skills and tools to implement PBL they differ in their perception of the applicability of the approach. In this regard answers indicate that teachers within humanistic subjects and teachers in the younger classes (age six to nine) find it more difficult to apply the PBL principles than natural science teachers and teachers in the older classes.  
The qualitative interviews center around four basic themes: Teacher learning, Student learning, Professional Learning Communities & organizational learning. The interviews confirm and elaborate the findings from the questionnaire.  The teachers report on changes in their professional role and identity and how their teaching style has shifted from transmission of knowledge to facilitation of learning. Furthermore, they describe how the fact that all teachers have worked simultaneously with the project has led to a change in organizational culture. Best illustrated through all the physical learning objects that are displayed throughout the hallways of the school. Moreover, teachers detect a change in their internal communication and their collaborative approach to pedagogical development brought forward by the dialogues in the professional learning communities.  Overall, the teachers express a positive attitude towards the full-scale educational change approach based on the principles of Professional Learning Communities and Action Learning. However, they also raise concerns about questions of economy, resources, national legislation, different learning perspectives and whether it is possible to retain the established communities of practice when support from the professional learning consultants cease.
In our conference presentation we shall further elaborate on these perspectives for us to be able to answer the problem statement of this paper.

References
Aubusson, P., Ewing, R. & Hoban, G. (2012). Action learning in schools: Reframing teachers' professional learning and development. Routledge.
Barrows, H. S. (1996). Problem‐based learning in medicine and beyond: A brief overview. New directions for teaching and learning, (68), 3-12.
Beycioglu, K. & Kondakci, Y. (2021). Organizational change in schools. ECNU Review of Education, 4(4), 788-807.
Boeije, H. (2002). A purposeful approach to the constant comparative method in the analysis of qualitative interviews. Quality and Quantity, 36, 391-409.
Burner, T. (2018). Why is educational change so difficult and how can we make it more effective. Forskning og forandring, 1(1), 122-134.
Coffey, A., & Atkinson, P. (1996). Making sense of qualitative data: Complementary research strategies. Sage Publications, Inc.
Condliffe, B., Visher, M. G., Bangser, M. R., Drohojowska, S. & Saco, L. (2016). Project-based learning: A literature review, https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED578933.pdf  
De Graaff, E., & Kolmos, A. (2007). Management of Change: Implementation of Problem-Based and Project-Based Learning in engineering. Sense Publishers.
European Council (2018, May 22). lifelong learning.  https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=EN
Fullan, M. (2011). Choosing the wrong drivers for whole system reform. Victoria: Centre for Strategic Education.
Glaser, B. and Strauss, A.L. (1967). The discovery of grounded theory. Aldine.
Grant, M. M., & Tamim, S. R. (2019). PBL in K–12 Education. In Moallem, M., Hung, W. & Dabbagh, N. (Eds.). The Wiley handbook of problem-based learning. John Wiley & Sons, 221-243.
Hargreaves, A. & Shirley, D. (2020). Leading from the middle: its nature, origins and importance. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5(1), 92-114.
Hughes, M. (2011). Do 70 per cent of all organizational change initiatives really fail? Journal of change management, 11(4), 451-464.
Martin, E. (2006). Survey questionnaire construction. Survey methodology, 13, 2006.
Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M. & Saldaña, J. (2018). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook. Sage publications.
Morgan, D. L. (2001). Focus group interviewing. In Gubrium, J. F. & Holstein, J. A. (2001). Handbook of interview research: Context and method. Sage Publications, 141-159.
OECD (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills - Learning Compass 2030 – A series of Concept Notes. Paris: OECD.  
Revans, R. (1998). ABC of Action Learning. Empowering Managers to Act and to Learn from Action. Lemos & Crane.
Savin-Baden, M.  & Major, C. H. (2004). Foundations of Problem-based Learning. McGraw-hill Education.
Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M. & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221–258.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Enhancing the Skills of Judging Information Relevance While Working with Project-based Learning.

Gulzada Zhanzhigitova1, Nartay Chultukov1, Mukkadas Mirzakhmetova1, Saken Nurzhautov2

1Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan, Turkestan; 2Center of Pedagogical Excellence

Presenting Author: Chultukov, Nartay

Abstract

With continuous development of the Internet, learners are overwhelmed by information flow which is available and sometimes accurate if filtered properly. During our experience of implementing different projects with Nazarbayev Intellectual School students, we noticed that they tend to find most of the information on the Web, but not necessarily criticizing it or checking for relevance to what they’re looking for. For that reason, as an Action research group, we took an aim to enhance learners’ skills of judging information for relevance while implementing project-based learning thereby improving their reading literacy.

Project-based-learning (PBL), as it is called, stands for a teaching method in which students learn by actively engaging in projects. The concept of PBL is similar to the notion of “knowledge building” launched by Bereiter and Scardamalia. Students are focused because they are creating a product or building something that reflects their dedication and passion.

The definition of PBL in Blumenfeld’s publication (1991) which discussed the effectiveness of project-based learning and motivation, PBL is a set of drive activities that culminate in a final product. Moreover, a question or a problem is set before the project begins and the solution is found by the end of the project. Analyzing the nature of PBL through different scientific articles we decided that implementing PBL would be advantageous as it matched perfectly with my goals to improve my students’ digital literacy, searching and sorting skills. Thus, we linked research to PBL as conducting research and doing projects is essential for their further academic life, development of problem-solving, critical analysis, communication and evaluation skills.

Defining the problem:

Though conducting research and working on a project might seem appealing and engaging, there are hurdles which students can be faced with. First of all, they find it challenging to identify the relevance of the data they collected to their project goals and research questions which may in turn take them off the track if not guided or given support. Students usually have problems:

While working with data from the internet:

  • students write full sentences to a search engine thinking that more they write, more accurate information will show up;

  • students trust a search engine that may return hundreds of unreliable documents;

  • students hope that one or two listed on the first page will be relevant;

  • students limit their research with one or two sources;

While working with data they collected from their surveys, interviews, experiments:

  • they think every information they collected is relevant to their project. Therefore they struggle with sorting information which includes evidence and facts

  • students struggle with contracting open-ended questions;

  • after every new information students tend to shift from their initial goal.

  • students focus on irrelevant, additional information rather than relevant data.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology

Action research is accepted as a method in which teachers become researchers of their own practice. This method allows teachers to test hypotheses in the real world. Action research
usually starts with a question or a problem that teachers and the main advantage of this method is that it is done by observing, evaluating and modifying the situation.
The main stages of Action research are: planning, acting, observing, reflecting. In order  to guide the research process, the research plan is elaborated. With an aim to undertake the first stage, a group of two English teachers, a teacher of mathematics (in a vice-principal position) and a manager of the Center of Pedagogical excellence developed a plan and outlined what to undertake, when and how. The common problem was lack of data processing skills in learners which resulted in poor judgment of whether the information they found is relevant or not to their search. The Action research group aimed at improving the situation and getting positive outcomes such as formation of  focused search skill; improving students’ e-literacy; data processing skills.
Bearing that in mind, after a planning stage, as a group, we immediately started the action: we created projects on different topics related to their curriculum (projects on environmental issues, reading literacy, well-being of teenagers, etc). We included 5-6 students in each group and students started working on their projects (they had to work with data). The group of teachers observed students while they were working with data: collecting, processing and checking for relevance. Students conducted their own surveys, wrote literature reviews on the given issues. They came up with their solution or a product at the end of the project and the teachers observed, recorded and took notes over some time. Continuous work with other teachers in the group has brought positive results. Reflecting on the gathered data, the teachers took some steps to help learners improve their data processing skill:
 narrowing students’ research and making their research topic specific;
 explaining students the basic rules of constructing sentences for surveys.
ensure that the information they found is relevant, valid, and comprehensive.
It is important to question the assumptions that are often overlooked and this can then lead to a new action-reflection cycle. For that reason, we went through the stages of Action research (planning, action, observation, reflection) several times in order to avoid bias.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Outcomes:
If students acquire the basics of data processing simultaneously implementing their projects, they will master functional literacy which refers to the set of skills of searching, using, adapting, creating and using information for communication and action (Rosenblatt 1995, 2005). One of the essential anticipated outcomes of the research is that students may achieve high results in PISA (Programme for International Student Assessment) tests. Having acquired these skills of data processing, after graduating school students will meet the requirements of leading companies in the global market.

References
References
1.Bell, S. (2010). Project-based learning for the 21st century: Skills for the future, The Clearing House, 83, 39–43.
2.Colliver, J. (2000). Effectiveness of problem-based learning curricula, Academic Medicine 75, 259–266.
3.Dochy, F., Segers, M., Van den Bossche, P. and Gijbels, D. (2003) Effects of problem-based learning: A meta-analysis, Learning and Instruction 13(5), 533–568
4.Godden, D.R. and Baddeley, A.D. (1975). Context-dependent memory in two natural environments: On land and underwater. British Journal of Psychology 66, 325–331.
5.John Larmer and John R. Mergendoller (2010). The Effectiveness of Problem-Based Instruction: A Comparative Study of Instructional Methods and Student Characteristics
a.https://scholarworks.iu.edu/journals/index.php/ijpbl/article/view/28108
6.Helle, L., Tynjala, P., & Olkinuora, E. (2006). Project-Based Learning in Post-Secondary Education—Theory, Practice and Rubber Sling Shots. Higher Education
7.Lave, E. and Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
8.Norman, G.R. and Schmidt, H.G. (2000). Effectiveness of problem-based learning curricula: Theory, practice and paper darts, Medical Education 34, 721–728
9.OECD Reports (2015). Reviews of School Resources: Kazakhstan
10.Phyllis C. Blumenfeld, Elliot Soloway, Ronald W. Marx, Joseph S. Krajcik, Mark Guzdial & Annemarie Palincsar (1991) Motivating Project-Based Learning: Sustaining the Doing, Supporting the Learning, Educational Psychologist, 26:3-4, 369-398
Teasley, S. and Roschelle, J. (1993). Constructing a joint problem space: The computer as a tool for sharing knowledge, in Lajoie, S.P. and Derry, S.J. (eds.), Computers as Cognitive Tools Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, pp. 229–257.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm01 SES 16 C: Research on Students’ Motivation and Learning
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Aigul Suleimenova
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Growth Mindset Intervention: How Effort-based Feedback Enhances Pupils’ Learning

Nurtas Adaikhan, Ardak Taibotanova, Raushan Jumatayeva, David Were

Nazarbayev Intellectual School of PhM, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Adaikhan, Nurtas; Taibotanova, Ardak

Abstract

Nowadays, scientists have made enormous discoveries in the fields of neuroscience and neuropsychology. However, to translate these findings to classroom teaching and learning process in order boost academic achievements requires another branch of investigation. Consequently, teachers carried out action research to examine the usefulness of the concept in benefiting students of different age groups, culture, gender, etc. At the end, action researchers drew conclusion recommending the selective adoption of the pre-existing ideas. In his book called “how the brain learns”, David Sousa (2016) states: The cognitive belief system is a window through which we can see the world to understand it, there is a self-concept underlying the cognitive belief system. Self-concept means how we understand ourselves in the world. One of the most important components of our self-concept is a mindset. There are two basic types of mindsets: fixed mindset and growth mindset. Neuro scientist David Huberman from Sandford university explains the process-effort reward concept from the point of view of Neuroscience and in terms of the chemical neurotransmitters, and concludes that if you recognise the agitation, stress and confusion as an entry point to where you eventually want to go, it is allowed to pass through more easily, and rewarding it makes you feel joyful in the process. (David Huberman, 2021). This action research will examine the effect of the mind-set in enhancing the teaching and learning in the classroom.

Introduction

The term “growth mindset” was coined by psychologist Carol Dweck in the mid-eighties. “The “Growth Mindset” is the belief that mindset can be changed, especially in the education system, it refers to the belief that a student’s intelligence or learning ability can be improved when teachers give praise for the effort” (Carol Dweck, 2017). Dweck argued that we all have different beliefs about the underlying nature of ability; children and adults with a growth mindset believe that intelligence and abilities can be developed through effort, persistence, trying different strategies and learning from mistakes (Carol Dweck, 2017). Dweck argues that having a growth mindset can improve academic achievements.Dweck introduces simple methods for teachers to apply during lesson time to improve students’ experiences and academic achievements. She provides two simple tools to encourage students’ growth mindset in her ted-talk. She states the praising students’ effort and rewarding their process help to master their growth mindset and boost their academic achievements. (Carol Dweck 2014).

A search of the available literature found that there are currently no studies testing the value of growth mindset approaches in Kazakhstan. By analysing our own teaching experience and observing our colleagues' lessons over the years, I noticed that in most cases, students were praised for their intelligence and rewarded only for their achievements.

Despite being selected through examination, NIS school students have a wide range of abilities within each grade, even within each class. Students in Kazakhstan, especially those who have lower achievement levels, may find that using the growth mindset approach improves their learning experiences and academic achievements. To determine how the growth mindset intervention could benefit learners in Kazakhstan, called for an action research. This research will focus on the relevance of the concept to the Kazakh curriculum and possible pitfalls to avoid in the future while successfully implementing it in the classroom teaching and learning practices. To qualify the research process, the following research question was formulated:

What benefits can periodic use of “praising effort” instead of “intelligence rewarding” of achievement bring to academic achievement of year-12 students?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During the study in NIS PhM in Nur-Sultan, all teachers who teach any subject to the eleven-grade students were trained for growth mindset intervention. A team was created to carry out this research throughout the academic year, the team had regular weekly meeting to plan, analyse, make changes and identify next steps.

The intervention was applied to all grade 11 students, but focus group for the observation was mainly the students with lower academic achievement. Because there is no bigger room for students with higher academic achievement. (Yeager, 2019). But it is expected that high achiever students might show interest in other extra curricula activities to enrich their potentials, since there are plenty of opportunities in NIS for self-development.
Observational data was collected on first and last week of each academic term throughout the intervention period. But the observation and teacher training was taking place regularly throughout the period to make sure the intervention was taking place.
To increase the credibility and validity of research, a three-tier data collection method was employed: student survey, observation lessons (focus criteria is introduced below) and compering term final exam results. Firstly, students were asked to complete growth mindset questionnaire by Carol Dweck, which is designed to identify the level of their mindset, the survey was improved with the help of the school psychologists.  Secondly, lesson observations were made through following focus criteria:
• teachers’ phrases/ways to praise the students
• volunteering for answering the teacher’s questions
• focus levels to the tasks
• taking notes during lessons
• students’ interactions with their classmates during lessons
• performance level of their classwork
• performance level of their homework
 During the lesson observations, how teachers’ language and approaches of giving feedback supports the implementation growth mindset was analysed and training was organised in case of a lapse. Growth mindset students value the effort rather than showing off. Fixed mindset students are reluctant to put effort on learning, because they think putting too much effort means less intelligence. (Carol, 2016).  Thirdly, students’ exam results will be analysed throughout the intervention period, mainly their before and after intervention term summative exam results were compared, in addition, their results were compared to previous year students’ results in general, and their daily progress also was analysed with the help of their teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In applying growth mindset teaching methods in a (year 11) participant group, this study aims to identify potential methods for improving students’ learning experiences and academic outcomes.
This study provided insights into…
o Ways of identifying the students’ current mindset
o Student experiences and their reaction to feedback from teachers
o Teacher experiences on giving feedback to students and an analysis of what messages teachers are sending to students when they’re giving feedback.
o Methods of encouraging students to work harder
o The roles of self-esteem and delf-concept in learning
o Potential value in adopting the growth mindset method in Kazak context
From classroom observation several positive results are expected: firstly, teachers become more emphasise the student’s effort rather than the students’ achievements in their feedback, some teacher found the approaches to reward students’ learning process, which motivates them even deeper.
Consequently, there were significant improvements in students’ behaviours as well. Students gain a deeper insight into that achievement is based on a hard work, they understood that more effort can bring more success. After being periodical praised, they started to enjoy much the learning process, so hard working became a usual joyful moment for them. Secondly, there was a considerable increasing trend in students’ term final exam results, since the most noticeable changes were in the low-achieving students’ results. Thirdly, from analysis of survey result, we witnessed these:  students’ concept about hard-working students was changed, their self-esteem on their learning was improved, they became willing to take more responsible for their behaviours, they value the effort more, they will embrace challenges, they have character of persisting in face of setbacks, they will see efforts as path to mastery, they will have willing to learn from criticism, they will find inspiration from others’ success. (Carol Dweck, 2017)

References
References
1.Carol Dweck, 2017. Mindset: Changing the Way You think To Fulfil Your Potential.  Robinson.
2.David Anthony Sousa, 2016, How the Brain Learns,
3.Carol Dweck, 2014. The power of believing that you can improve, TEDx Norrkoping.
4.Yeager, D.S., Hanselman, P., Walton, G.M. et al. A national experiment reveals where a growth mindset improves achievement. Nature 573, 364–369 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-019-1466-y
5.Zhang, J. F., Kuu- sisto, E., & Tirri, K. (2017). How Teachers’ and Students’ Mindsets in Learning Have Been Studied: Research Findings on Mind- set and Academic Achievement. Psychology, 8, 1363-1377. https://doi.org/10.4236/psych.2017.89089
6.Mueller, C. M., & Dweck, C. S. (1998). Praise for intelligence can undermine children's motivation and performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75(1), 33–52. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.75.1.33

8.Hatice uluduz, Ilhan Gunbayi, ministry of national education, akdeniz university, faculty of education, Turkey. 2018. Growth mindset in the classroom. https://www.oapub.org/edu/index.php/ejes/article/view/1777/4417
9.Zhao Y, Niu G, Hou H, Zeng G, Xu L, Peng K and Yu F (2018) From Growth Mindset to Grit in Chinese Schools: The Mediating Roles of Learning Motivations. Front. Psychol. 9:2007.  
doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2018.02007
10.Susan Hallam * & Judith Ireson (2005) Secondary school teachers' pedagogic practices when teaching mixed and structured ability classes, Research Papers in Education, 20:1, 324,  
DOI: 10.1080/0267152052000341318
11.De Kraker-Pauw E, Van Wesel F, Krabbendam L and Van Atteveldt N (2017) Teacher Mindsets Concerning the Malleability of Intelligence and the Appraisal of Achievement in the Context of Feedback. Front. Psychol. 8:1594.  doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01594
12.Elizabeth R. Peterson, S. Earl Irving, 2008, Secondary school students' conceptions of assessment and feedback, Learning and Instruction, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2007.05.001
13.Xing S, Gao X, Jiang Y, Archer M and Liu X (2018) Effects of Ability and Effort Praise on Children’s Failure Attribution, Self-Handicapping, and Performance. Front. Psychol. 9:1883. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01883
14.  Hsieh H-F, Shannon SE. Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research. 2005;15(9):1277-1288. doi:10.1177/1049732305276687
15.Ho AD, Yu CC. Descriptive Statistics for Modern Test Score Distributions: Skewness, Kurtosis, Discreteness, and Ceiling Effects. Educational and Psychological Measurement. 2015;75(3):365-388. doi:10.1177/0013164414548576
16.Smyth, S. (2017). ‚A Growth Mindset Approach to supporting children who experience anxiety‛, University of Victoria
17.Podcast: Change Your Brain: Neuroscientist Dr. Andrew Huberman | Rich Roll Podcast, 2021


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Using Storytelling at English and History Lessons with Twice Exceptional Students

Aigul Suleimenova, Gabit Mukhtaruly

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Suleimenova, Aigul

Twice exceptional students (2e students) are those young people who combine superior ability in one or more areas and disabilities that may be areas of specific learning disabilities, behavioural or attention deficits, or social impairments (Reis et al., 2014, Ronksley-Pavia et al., 2018). Based on teachers’ observation currently there are more learners who can be both gifted and possess additional exceptionality. Another observation is that there are more students who have difficulties when expressing their thoughts, understanding own emotions and following accepted behavioral patterns. Hence, it is highly important to provide differentiation strategies for 2e students as several studies report that negative school experiences have lifelong ramifications. These students continue to feel insecure, undervalued, and like they do not belong (Ronksley-Pavia et al., 2018).

Teacher collaboration is vital when searching for ways to adjust curriculum and teaching strategies. One of these experiences is described in this study. Teachers of History and English (as a foreign language) conducted a Lesson study implementing storytelling into their lessons.

Purpose of study

The study is aimed at identifying effective teaching instruments for facilitating twice exceptional students with the focus on storytelling. The following research questions were shaping this study:

How effective is the use of storytelling in meeting the needs of twice exceptional students?

What are some suggestions for school administration and teachers who are interested in meeting the needs of twice exceptional students?

Conceptual framework

There are two concepts which are shaping this study: twice exceptionality and storytelling.

Understanding the needs of twice exceptional students is a critical factor of curriculum adjustment. More than 50 articles were analyzed and important findings were taken into consideration when planning collaborative work for this study. Based on literature review storytelling teaching method, which currently is gaining popularity, can be an effective tool to help twice exceptional learners use their full potential in educational organizations.

The topic of twice exceptionality has been widely discussed by researchers mainly focusing on inclusive and special education. There is a lack of research suggesting strategies which could be employed on a wide range of subjects in regular classrooms for developing countries where inclusive education is being introduced currently (Gierczyk & Hornby, 2021, Yuying 2015, Metelski 2022). Another important finding is the difficulty in identifying 2e learners. Educators frequently are unaware or unable to identify 2e learners (Baldwin et al., 2015, Neihart, 2018, Bechard, 2019, Baldwin et al., 2015) since “some 2e learners achieve average grades because their superior talents and disabilities are counterbalanced in a manner that masks both high potential and areas of weakness” (Neihart, 2018). Therefore, there role of teachers conducting professional dialogs with their colleagues to understand the complexity of 2e nature is crucial. Since these learners can be very complex and have needs that are usually met in gifted or special education settings constant development of teachers’ skills by sharing their results and opinions through research could bring positive effects (Bechard, 2019).

Regarding storytelling teaching method, research shows that for language and History lessons storytelling can be employed in various ways and the implementation of this technique can lead to improvements in academic performance and enjoyable learning process (Atta-Alla, 2013, Xu, Park, & Baek, 2011, Gakhar & Thompson, 2007; Myatt, 2008, Schell, 2004; Nguyen, et.al., 2014). Moreover, it can lead to a positive transformation of students and improved social interactions and language outcomes (Maier & Fisher (2007). As for History, a number of educational scholars have indicated that viewing history as a story offers stronger possibilities for bringing overall coherence and interest to history instruction (Schell, 2004).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study is classroom action research focusing on the development of teacher practice knowledge and improvement of learners’ academic performance (Dudley, 2011). To understand the challenges 2e students face at the lesson the collaboration of teachers who are working in the same group was required.
The cycle in the lesson study consisted of stages: meeting with colleagues, selecting teaching strategies, joint planning, teaching and observing the lesson, and discussing the results (Dudley, 2011). During pedagogical meetings similar difficulties were found out and at joint planning storytelling was selected as the most effective way to address needs of all students in that group. Lesson observation form designed by Dudley (2011) was applied. Moreover, to get a deeper understanding of students’ needs, there were interviews conducted with students, parents and other teachers. The collected data was used to adjust teaching and provide more support for 2e students and their classmates.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to Foley-Nicpon et.al. (2012) teachers’ keen observation and recommendation is the first step to discover students who have high ability but struggle with disabilities. Moreover, a good support system and collaboration at all levels can help the 2E students to be benefited in their learning experience. Therefore, the first finding is widening our pedagogical horizon when collaborating with like-minded professionals.  
This collaborative work provided a deeper understanding of students’ needs. As teachers who deliver content on another language, namely English is the third language and History is taught in Kazakh for students to whom it is their second language, we have noticed that there is a full engagement of students when storytelling is used. Tasks were adapted in accordance with learning needs of students.
By the end of this study the summative assessment results of students have leveled off. Moreover, students were engaged every lesson, and they saw connections of ideas and topics discussed at previous lessons. Finally, 2e students had more opportunities to use their potential at fullest. Surprisingly, 2e students, who never talked about emotions, showed their gratitude and started smiling more often.
Teachers used guided questions while telling stories related to topics. In case of history when talking about the beginning of XX century in Kazakhstan 2e students provide examples from World History, Art, Medicine and Literature. They helped other group members to start seeing the bigger picture of that particular period.  
However, we have noticed that safe environment is crucial. 2e students are vulnerable to any comments or sudden sounds. Therefore, every lesson teachers applied collaboration techniques making sure that everyone felt comfortable emotionally. At the end of every lesson teachers gave the link to the next lesson explaining what students should be ready for.

References
Amran, H. A., & Majid, R. A. (2019). Learning Strategies for Twice-Exceptional Students. International Journal of Special Education, 33(4), 954–976. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1219411.pdf
Bannister-Tyrrell, M., Mavropoulou, S., Jones, M., Bailey, J., O’Donnell-Ostini, A., & Dorji, R. (2018). Initial Teacher Preparation for Teaching Students with Exceptionalities: Pre-service Teachers’ Knowledge and Perceived Competence. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(6), 19–34. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2018v43n6.2
Brouillette, L. (2010). Nurturing the social-emotional and cognitive development of K-2 gifted learners through storytelling and drama. Gifted Education Communicator.
Gierczyk, M., & Hornby, G. (2021). Twice-Exceptional Students: Review of Implications for Special and Inclusive Education. Education Sciences, 11(2), 85. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11020085
Jeweler, S., Barnes-Robinson, L., Shevitz, B. R., & Weinfeld, R. (2008). Bordering on Excellence: A Teaching Tool for Twice-Exceptional Students. Gifted Child Today, 31(2), 40–46. https://doi.org/10.4219/gct-2008-760
Josephson, J. B., Wolfgang, C. H., & Mehrenberg, R. L. (2018). Strategies for Supporting Students Who Are Twice-Exceptional. The Journal of Special Education Apprenticeship, 7(2), 8.
Reis, S., Gelbar, N., & Madaus, J. (2022). Pathways to academic success: specific strength-based teaching and support strategies for twice exceptional high school students with autism spectrum disorder. Gifted Education International, 026142942211241. https://doi.org/10.1177/02614294221124197
Reis, S. M., & McCoach, D. B. (2000). The Underachievement of Gifted Students: What Do We Know and Where Do We Go? Gifted Child Quarterly, 44(3), 152–170. https://doi.org/10.1177/001698620004400302
Watts, J. (2008). Benefits of Storytelling Methodologies in Fourth- and Fifth-Grade Historical Instruction. Storytelling, Self, Society, 4(3), 185–213. https://doi.org/10.1080/15505340802303519
Yuying, L. (2015). Supporting Twice exceptional Students in Regular Classrooms in the United States. Manuscript Without Identifiers Supporting.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm01 SES 17 C: Research on Teacher Identity
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Suzie Dick
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

A Cross-cultural Analysis of Teacher Identity Patterns

Alina Turculet, Daniela Popa

Transilvania University, Brasov, Romania

Presenting Author: Turculet, Alina; Popa, Daniela

Teacher identity has been conceptualized as a second-order construct, as a set of meanings connected to the professional roles of teachers, each meaning reflecting a part of what teacher identity is (Hanna et al., 2020). Professional teacher identity is a role identity (Brenner et al., 2018), socially constructed and preserved (Burke & Stets, 2009). A teacher role identity preserves the impression management (Goffman, 1959) in relation to authority and hierarchy of educational field. The role performance is influenced by many factors, including mindset (Yeager & Dweck, 2020) and context (Turner et al., 1994). Therefore, cultural dimensions and differences (Hofstede, 2011) are important social contributors to the construction of teacher identity. A broaden perspective to cultural differences reveals the contribution of national and organisational cultures to teacher identity.

The construction of teacher identity can be set in initial teacher education and may increase student teachers learning potential (Nias, 2002) and decrease the risk of dropout before graduation or shortly after (Hong, 2010), or safeguard the quality of education avoiding burnout and dropout (Den Brok, Wubbels, & Van Tartwijk, 2017). Nevertheless, a cross-cultural approach to teacher identity describes different patterns of learning and professional development and factors contributed to these specific patterns.

The research question is whether there are differences in the exposed patterns in the development of professional identity among student teachers from Romania, Poland, and Georgia.

The first aim of this research is to investigate the teacher identity of student teachers from the perspective of motivation, self-image, self-efficacy, task perception, and cultural dimension at individual level.

The second aim is to analyse the differences in the exposed patterns of identity profession of student teachers exploring the background of the teacher identity construction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants and procedure
The research involves data collection from three independent samples of totally 300 student teachers from similar education institutions in Romania, Poland, and Georgia. Ethical approval will be granted by the Ethics Committee of Transilvania University of Brașov, Romania. All student teacher respondents will provide informed consent before the measurement instrument was administered online, in February, from 1st to 28th, 2023. The online administration of the survey will be supervised by a researcher and will last on average 15 minutes.
The exposure of teacher identity patterns will allow a deepen analysis in each participant country. Interviews with enablers and stakeholders will be carried out. A comparative case-study will be provided.

Measurement instrument
The Teacher Identity Measurement Scale (TIMS) assess student teachers’ professional identity (Hanna et al., 2020). The instrument decomposes teacher identity in four domains (motivation, self-image, self-efficacy, and task perception, and follows the requested procedure of scale development (e.g., DeVon et al., 2007; Kline, 2011). The Cultural Dimension at Individual Level Robertson & Hoffman (1999) Scale evaluates cultural dimensions at the individual psychological level (Culpepper, Stephen& Watts, 1999). The validated Likert-scale instruments were translated from English to Romanian, Polish and Georgian using standard procedure of translation and back translation (Sperber, 2004). Some items were adapted to the Romanian, Polish and Georgian languages, and contexts.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The measurement of the professional identity of student teachers will expose relevant patterns in the development of professional identity of the participants, that will be used to support and manage study programs and activities to increase their involvement in learning and commitment to learning tasks. Country comparison for Hofstede’s cultural dimensions enhance the following scores: power-distance: 68 Poland – 90 Romania – estimated 65 for Georgia; individualism: 60 Poland – 30 Romania – estimated 41 for Georgia; masculinity: 64 Poland – 42 Romania – estimated 55 for Georgia; uncertainty avoidance: 93 Poland – 90 Romania – estimated 85 for Georgia; long term orientation: 38 Poland – 52 Romania – estimated 38 for Georgia; indulgence: 29 Poland – 20 Romania – estimated 32 for Georgia. Since there are dimensions with important scores differences, a deepen analysis will show relevant aspects regarding the implications of cultural differences on learning and professional development. Furthermore, cultural differences explain authority management, tolerance towards diversity, purpose of education etc. (Hofstede, 2011).
After the delimitation of the identity patterns in Romania, Poland, and Georgia, statistical analysis will be provided. T-tests will enhance whether there are significant differences between the three independent samples.
The qualitative sequence of the study will allow to explore in depth the specific contexts of professional identity construction, even though there are common historical, social, and cultural backgrounds in the three countries.
The methodological limitation of this research consists in self-reported data and gender inequalities caused by teaching is mostly a feminine profession in Romania, Poland, and Georgia.
The finding will support educational strategies, interpersonal relationships, organizational management, and educational policies regarding higher education curricula.

References
Brenner, P.S, Serpe, R.T., & Stryker, S. (2018). Role-specific self-efficacy as precedent and product of the identity model. Sociological perspectives, 61, 57-80. https://doi.org/10.1177/0731121417697306
Burke, P.J., & Steets, J.E. (2009). Identity theory. Oxford University Press
Culpepper, R., Stephen, F., & Watts, L. (1999). Measuring cultural dimensions at the individual level: an examination of the Dorfman and Howell (1988) scales and Robertson and Hoffman (1999) scale. Academy of Strategic and Organizational Leadership Journal, Volume 3, Number 1, 1999
Den Brok, P., Wubbels, T., & Van Tartwijk, J. (2017). Exploring beginning teachers’ attrition in Netherlands. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 881-895. http://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1360859
DeVon, H.A., Block, M.E., Moyle-Wright, P., Ernst, D.M., Hayden, S.J., Lazzara, D.J., et al. (2007). A psychometric toolbox for testing validity and reliability. Journal of Nursing Scholarship, 39, 155-164. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1547-5069.2007.00161.x
Goffman, E. (1959). The presentation of self in everyday life. New York: Bantam Doubleday Dell Publishing Group, Inc.
Hanna, F, Oostdam, R, Severiens, S.E., & Zijlstra, B.J.H. (2019). Assessing the professional identity of primary student teachers: Design and validation of the Teacher Identity Measure Scale. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 64 (2020) 100822. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2019.100822
Hofstede, G. (2011). Dimensionalizing Cultures: The Hofstede Model in Context. Online Readings in Psychology and Culture, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.9707/2307-0919.1014
Hong, J. (2010). Pre-service and beginning teachers’ professional identity and its relation to dropping out the profession. Teaching and teacher education, 26(8), 1530-1543. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.06.003
Nias, J. (2002). Primary teachers talking: A study of teaching as work. Oxford, United Kingdom: Routledge
Sperber, A.D. (2004). Translation and validation of study instruments for cross-cultural research. Gastroenterology, 126, S124-S128. https://doi.org.10.1053/j.gastro.2003.10.016
Turner, J. C., Oakes, P. J., Haslam, S. A., & McGarty, C. (1994). Self and Collective: Cognition and Social Context. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20(5), 454–463. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146167294205002
Yeager, D. S., & Dweck, C. S. (2020). What can be learned from growth mindset controversies? American Psychologist, 75(9), 1269–1284. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000794


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Professional Learning and the Importance of Identity and Place for Those Teaching in the Remote, Rural and Island Communities

Suzie Dick

Queen Margaret University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dick, Suzie

In this paper I will discusses the question of identity within an island community and the potential impact this may have on a person’s professional identity, and the implications around this in relation to professional learning and networking for remote, rural and specifically island based teachers. Using Biesta’s three educational domains of qualification, socialisation and subjectification as a lens, what are the professional learning needs of teachers in remote, island communities, and what are the opportunities to the members and their school communities. In an increasingly digital age, there are still limitations for those in less digitally connected rural areas to take part in national professional learning opportunities, along with whether there is a desire to do so, leaving the question of what is the nature of professional development for island communities, the influencing factors, and the ultimate question of whose needs should a teacher’s professional learning serve? Identity is simply the story we tell about ourselves and Identity is not something one has, but something that develops during one’s whole life and, as such, is an ongoing process of interpretation and re-interpretation of experiences.It is important to recognise that professional identity is formed by an interplay of different spheres of life, including those outside work and education, and that some of these spheres play a bigger part depending on the time and situation. The notion of identity can be used as an analytic tool in determining how, what or where you place yourself in relation to others in a particular context or sphere, in this case, in an island community as a teacher. Thus, tradition influences the way in which teachers act day to day, the way in which professional learning is approached, and the conditions that are needed to suppor and improve professional learning and development for those working in the margins of Europe. The challenge, for all of us who work, research and stand up for those in the island communities is how to enable apprpriate professional learning, that is cognisant of current policy, but in which recognises and celebrates our unique heritage, opportunities and challenges.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using a constructivist (Charmazian) grounded theory framework, this research examined the perceptions and attitudes towards professional learning, and seek to identify what influence this may have on professional identity and classroom practice.  This work analysed the literature relating to Charmazian grounded theory, discussed how this research was conducted, and examine the researcher’s positionality within the subject area. Through the research, a number of themes emerge from the data and are discussed, including newly qualified teachers’ (NQT’s) perceptions of professional learning, the importance of relationships, and what influences professional identity. Through the research methods of focus group and interviews, this papers looks to challenge the practice of a mandated professional learning generally, and those in remote rural areas specifically.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The recommendation from this research is that there needs to be a shift in understanding and promotion of professional learning in remote rural schools, and island schools in particular.  Drawing together, the implications of professional development on the islands is that there are many factors that should be considered when deciding what professional development is needed, by whom for whom? Professional development is linked to the situation of those on islands; it is not only about one person’s needs but the island’s, being community ready first and ready to support community sustainability through personal professional development. In return, communities support their teachers, providing greater diversity of opportunities for professional and personal growth.  The establishment of the Erasmus Island Schools Network across the European nations with island schools is an extension of this, connecting islands, connecting teachers, connecting professional learning. The question now is around the policy context in which professional learning is currently dictated to occur centrally, to one that recognises the situational contexts for the teachers on the margins, and to reconsider what the conditions and practices are needed there, in those places, for effective and relevant professional learning and development to take place.
References
Birks, M. and Mills, J., 2015. Grounded theory: A practical guide. Sage.
Bryant, A., 2021. Continual Permutations of Misunderstanding: The curious incidents of the grounded theory method. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(3-4), pp. 397-411.
Charmaz, K., 2006. Constructing Grounded Theory. London: Sage.
Slay, H.S, and D.A. Smith. 2011. “Professional identity construction: Using narrative to understand the negotiation of professional and stigmatized cultural identities.” Human relations 64 (1): 85-107.
NystrOm, S. 2009. Becoming a professional. Linkoping: Linkoping University.
  Larsen, E, and J Allen. 2021. Teachers as Professional Learners. Palgrave Macmillan
  Lasky, S. 2005. “ A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform.” Teaching and teacher education 21 (8): 899-916.
  White, S, and J. Kline. 2012. “Developing a rural teacher education curriculum package.” The Rural Educator 33 (2): 36-43.
  Echazarra, A, and T Radinger. 2019. Learning in Rural Schools: Insights from PISA, TALIS and the Literature. . OECD Education Working Papers, No. 196. , OECD Publishing.
  Downes, N, and P Roberts. 2018. “ Revisiting the schoolhouse: A literature review on staffing rural, remote and isolated schools in Australia 2004-2016.” Australian and International Journal of Rural Education 1.
  Brown, J, C McLennan, D Mercieca, D. P Mercieca, D. P. Robertson, and E. Valentine. 2021. “Technology as thirdspace: teachers in Scottish schools engaging with and being challenged by digital technology in first COVID-19 lockdown.” Education Sciences 11 (3): 136-`52.
Hunt-Barron, S., K.N Tracy, E Howell, and R., Kaminski. 2015. “Obstacles to enhancing professional development with digital tools in rural landscapes.” Journal of Research in Rural Education 30 (2).
Quinn, F, J Charteris, R Adlington, N Rizk, P Fletcher, and M., Parkes. 2020. “ The potential of online technologies in meeting PLD needs of rural teachers.” Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education.
Hunt-Barron, S., K.N Tracy, E Howell, and R., Kaminski. 2015. Obstacles to enhancing professional development with digital tools in rural landscapes. p. 11
Orr, D. 2013. “Place and pedagogy .” The NAMTA Journal, 38 (1): 183–188. p.184
Lavina, L. 2020. “Identity and place-based teacher identities: what connects across diverse personal and professional landscapes?” Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education 41 (3): 241-261. p.242.
 

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany